'1 8V OF THE City of Nashville Tennessee An Ordinance Providing for Fire Limits and Regulations Governing the Construction, Alteration, Equipment, Repair or Renewal of Buildings or Struc- tures within the Cor- porate Limits. COMMISSION GOVERNMENT GEO. J. TOMPKINS, Com. Fire, Sprinkling and Building Inspection JAS. H. YEAMAN ROBT. T. MOORE . . . Supervisor of Buildings Assistant Supervisor of Buildings . . . . Electrical Inspector . Boiler and Elevator Inspector Secretary CLIFF P. COCHRAN WM. G. REYER. . JOHN T. MARLER NASHVILLE, TENN.: PRESS OF MARSHALL & BRUCE COMPANY 1917 (oU^'V .. H\^ FOREWORD. \°v n In consideration for the best Code of Building Laws to be had, the Commissioner sent special requests to all the building interests, the Builders’ Exchange and the Real Estate Exchange, property owners and all who would like to participate in or advise along any matter that would shed light on or better the conditions and ordi- nances relative to a new Code. The following gentlemen very kindly tendered their services, and have made it possible to have an up-to-date Building Code by recommending the following to' Vie Board of Commissioners for enactment into laws. They deserve the thanks of every citizen in our great and growing city. u- c ' Architects. Russell E. Hart, B. J. Hodge, Homer Colley, C. K. Colley, Jos. W. Holman, L. E. Kern. Civil Engineers. Prof. C. S. Brown, Hunter McDonald, S. F. Pfeifer, W. F. Widen er, F. E. Freeland, Chas. Simpson, W. H. Allen, S. E. Linton. Contractors. J. W. Patrick, Jas. A. Sloan, H. E. Parmer, B. G. Rash, G. C. Link, M. M. Brien, H. P. Jacobs, Wilber Creighton. Jno. W. Lee, Jas. Shingleton, C. C. Ftiller, A. Tillman Jones. Insurance. Elliott Middleton, F. B. Quackenbos, J. 0. Treanor, C. V. Norred. Signs. Chas. A. Howell, Wm. Sory, E. Wasserman, J. W. Seaton, W. A. Sheetz, Nashville Ry. & Light Co. Chas. W. Schuyler, State Fire Prevention Commissioner, W. L. Mitchell, State Factory Inspector, The Nashville Building Exchange, The Nashville Real Estate Exchange, A. A. Rosetta, Chief of Fire Department, And many property owners and capitalists. Compiled by 45630A Jas. H. Yeaman, Supervisor of Buildings . * . ' ■ - . ' TABLE OF CONTENTS. PART. 'PAGE. I. Remedial Ordinance 3 II. Fire Limits, Plans, Approvals, Repairs, Duties of Supervisor, Board of Appeal 3 III. Building Inspection, Fees, Bond for use of Streets, etc 13 IV. Piling of Materials, Bond for Wrecking, House Mov- ing, Building in Fire Retarding Zone 16 V. Definitions 18 VI. Classification of Buildings 24 VII. Areas to be Occupied 29 VIII. Excavation and Foundation 31 IX. Walls, Piers, Ashler, Tables of Wall Thickness 38 X. Heights and Areas 49 XI. Allowable Loads 51 XII. Means of Egress, Stairways, Smokeproof Towers, Fire Escapes 53 XIII. Tests, Quality and Weights of Materials 63 XIV. Working Stresses 69 XV. Cast Iron Construction 73 XVI. Steel Construction 75 XVII. Timber Construction 79 XVIII. Roofs and Roof Construction 81 XIX. Fire Doors, Fire Windows and Shutters 85 XX. Protection of Vertical Openings, Shafts, etc 87 XXI. Miscellaneous Construction Requirements 92 XXII. Vaults, Area Ways and Projecting Structures 94 XXIII. Mill Construction 95 XXIV. Fireproof Construction and Fireproofing 98 XXV. Pressed Steel Construction 106 XXVI. Reinforced Concrete Construction 107 XXVII. Reinforced Concrete for Fireproofing 123 XXVIII. Fire Tests of Construction 126 XXIX. Strength Tests of Floor Construction 128 XXX. Chimneys, Flues and Heating Apparatus 131 XXXI. Buildings, Raised, Altered, Repaired or Moved 137 XXXII. Frame Buildings 138 XXXIII. ^tandpipe Requirements 142 XXXIV. Sprinkler Requirements 145 XXXV. Construction and Equipment of Theaters 148 XXXVI. Construction of Moving Picture Theaters 166 XXXVII. Assembly Halls, Safety Requirements 169 XXXVIII. Garages 170 XXXIX. Storage and Handling of Volatile Substances 172 XL. Buildings for Dry Cleaning 176 XLI. Storage and Handling of Dynamite, Powder, etcl. 182 XLII. Enclosures around Elevators in General 184 XLIII. Signs, Bill Boards, Fences, Awnings — Bonds for___ 185 XLIV. Marquise 192 XLV. Protection of Workmen and the Public 192 XLVI. Tenement Houses in General 194 XLVII. Drilling and Blasting 203 XLVIII. Work on Sabbath Day 204 XLIX. Electrical Installation 204 L. Boiler and Elevator Inspection 208 LI. Duty oi City Officers, Complete Ordinance 224 LII. Fines and Penalties.. 225 section. . 241-242 243-255 256-257 258-264 ' ” )5 266— 26T 26 8 269-276 277-292 293-294 295-299 300-311 312-325 326-329 330-331 332-337 338-342 343-350 351-352 353-357 358-361 362-365 366-373 374-380 -381 382-426 427-438 439 440-442 443-451 452 453-458 459 460 461-519 520-523 524 525-530 531-542 543-550 551-556 557-560 561-582 583 584-587 588-617 618 619 620-628 629-645 646-648 649 Digitized by the Internet Archive in 2017 with funding from University of Illinois Urbana-Champaign Alternates https://archive.org/details/buildinglawsofciOOnash BUILDING LAWS. PART I. A Remedial Ordinance. 241. This Ordinance to be Known and Cited a® the Building Code. 1. The following provisions shall constitute and be known as the Building Code, and may be cited as such and presumptively provides for all matters concerning, affecting or relating to the construction, equipment, alteration, repair or removal of buildings or any struc- ture whatsoever erected or to be erected in the City of Nashville, Tennessee. 2. Unless existing buildings or structures are specifically men- tioned, the provisions of this Code shall apply only to buildings or structures hereafter erected or altered. Board of Commissioners, Ord. 759. Approved June 7, 1916. 242. Building Code a Remedial Ordinance Applying to New Buildings and Buildings to be Altered or Repaired. — This ordinance is hereby declared to be remedial, and is to be construed liberally to secure the beneficial interests and purposes thereof. Idem. PART II. Pire Limits, Plans, Approvals, Repairs, Definitions. 243. The following shall be the fire limits of the City of Nash- ville, Tennessee, and shall be bounded as follows: Beginning at a point on the western bank of the Cumberland River on a direct line of Wharf Avenue (if projected and intersecting with said river) ; thence westward on said line and Wharf Avenue and Chestnut Street to Fourth Avenue, South; thence northward on Fourth Avenue, South, to Oak Street ; thence westward on Oak Street and Bass Street to Eighth Avenue, South ; thence southward on Eighth Avenue, South, to Douglas Avenue; thence westward on Douglas Avenue to Tenth Avenue, South; thence southward on Tenth Avenue, South, to Law- ( 3 ) 4 NASHVILLE BUILDING LAWS rence Avenue ; thence westward on ’Lawrence Avenue to Twelfth Avenue, South,; thence southward on Twelfth Avenue, South, to Lin- den Avenue ; thence westward on Linden Avenue to Belmont Boule- vard; thence northward on Belmont Boulevard to Acklen Avenue; thence westward on Acklen Avenue to Twenty-first Avenue; thence northward on Twenty-first Avenue to Capers Avenue, or Peabody Place; thence westward on Capers Avenue, or Peabody Place, to Thirty-second Avenue; thence northward on Thirty-second Avenue to West End Avenue; thence eastward on West End Avenue to Twenty-fifth Avenue; thence northward on Tw r enty-fifth Avenue to Cedar Street ; thence eastward on Cedar Street to Eleventh Avenue ; thence northward on Eleventh Avenue to Jo Johnston Avenue; thence eastward on Jo Johnston Avenue to Tenth Avenue, North; thence northward on Tenth Avenue, North, to Jefferson Street ; thence east- ward on Jefferson Street and the viaduct bridge approach to the Cum- berland Biver ; thence southward with the Ctimberland Biver to the beginning point at intersection of Wharf Avenue with the Cumber- land Biver. Idem. 244. Beginning at a point two hundred feet north of an extended line of Main Street where it intersects with the Cumberland Biver ; thence extending eastwardly along said line and parallel with Main Street and the-North side thereof to the Gallatin Bead; thence north- wardly two hundred feet west of said Gallatin Boad to Eastland Avenue ; thence eastward two hundred feet north of Eastland Ave- nue to Sixteenth Street ; thence two hundred feet southwardly east of Sixteenth Street to Woodland Street; thence westward along the center of Woodland Street to Thirteenth Street; thence southwardly along the center of Thirteenth Street to Eatherland Street; thence westward along the center of Eatherland Street to Tenth Street; thence southward along the center of Tenth Street to the center of Dews Street ; thence with the center of Dews Street and an extended line of same to the center of Fifth Street ; thence northward with the center of Fifth Street to the center of Shelby Avenue ; thence with the center of Shelby Avenue and the Sparkman Street bridge viaduct to the Cumberland Biver ; thence northward with the eastern rtiargin of the Cumberland Biver to the beginning point ; ' provided , however, that where there is an alley back of the street line, these boundaries of the fire district on the east side of the Cumberland Biver are intended to extend to the alley, except where the center of the street is made the line. And for the west side of the Cumberland Biver the outside NASHVILLE BUILDING LAWS 5 boundaries of the fire district shall be the center of* the streets 1 named as provided in Sections 243 and 246. Board of Commissioners, Ord. 829. Approved Sept. 19, 1916. 245. These lines constitute the limits of the fire district and shall be known as the outside boundary of the Second Zone of said fire district. The remaining territory outside of the. fire district and in- cluded in the corporate limits shall be 1 known as the Third Zone*- Board of Commissioners, Ord. 759. Approved June 7, 1916. 246. Boundary of First Zone.- — -The following lines shall con- stitute the boundary of the First Zone of the fire district, and shall be as follows : Beginning at the intersection of a direct line of Mul- loy Street with Cumberland River ; thence westward on said line and Mulloy Street to Second Avenue, South ; thence southward on Second Avenue, South, to Peabody Street ; thence west on Peabody Street to Lea Avenue ; thence westward on Lea Avenue to Tenth Avenue, South; thence northward on Tenth Avenue, South, to an extended line of McGavock Street ; thence westward with said extended line and McGavock Street to Sixteenth Avenue, South ; thence northward with Sixteenth Avenue, North, to Hayes Street ; thence eastward with Hayes Street to Fifteenth Avenue, North; thence southward with Fifteenth Avenue, North, to Grundy Street; thence eastward with Grundy Street and an extended line of same to Tenth Avenue, North ; thence northward on Tenth Avenue, North, to Cedar Street; thence eastward on Cedar Street to Ninth Avenue, North ; thence northward on Ninth Avenue, North, to Jo Johnston Avenue ; thence eastward on Jo Johnston Avenue and a direct extended line of same to the Cumberland River; thence southward with the western margin of the Cumberland River to the beginning at the intersection of Mulloy Street with said Cumberland River. Idem. / Fire Retarding Zone. 247. Within the limits of the First Zone of the fire district there shall be a zone which shall be known as the Fire Retarding Zone. This zone shall be bounded as follows: Beginning at the intersection of an extended line of the north side of the Public Square, with the Cumberland River; thence west- wardly along said line and the north side of the Public Square (cov- ering all property fronting on said line) to Third Avenue, North; thence along Third Avenue, North, southwardly on west side of Pub- lic Square (covering all property fronting on said line) to Cedar 6 NASHVILLE BUILDING LAWS Street; thence westwardly on C&dar Street (covering all prop- erty fronting on both sides of said street) to Seventh Ave- nue, North; thence southwardly on Seventh, Avenue, North, (covering all property fronting on east side of said Avenue) to Union Street; thence westwardly on Union Street (covering all prop- erty fronting on both sides of said street) to Eighth Avenue, North ; thence southwardly on Eighth Avenue, North, (covering all property fipnting on the eastern side of said Avenue) to Church Street; thence westwardly on Church Street (covering all property fronting on both sides of said street) to Ninth Avenue, North; thence southwardly on Niinth Avenue, North, (covering all property on east side of Ninth Avenue, North, to Payne Street) and continuing southwardly on Ninth Avenue, North, covering all property fronting on both sides of the street to Broadway, and all property fronting on both sides of Broadway from the Nashville Terminal Company’s east lines to Cum- berland Biver; thence northwardly along the western bank of the Cumberland River to the beginning point, and all property embraced within the above described boundary lines. Idem. 248. Factory Zone . — The following lines shall constitute the factory zone: (1) Beginning at the corporate line at junction of Hancock Street and the Cumberland River; thence eastward on Hancock Street to Orleans Street ; thence south on Orleans and Cowan Streets to Spring Street ; thence east on Spring Street to within 250 feet of the main track of the L. & N. R. R. ; thence north on a parallel line (maintaining 250 feet distance to westward) with main track of L. & N. R. R. to Mile End Avenue ; thence east on Mile End Avenue to L. & N. R. R. ; thence with L. & N. R. R. and the Corporate line to Cleveland Street; thence east on Cleveland Street to a point 250 feet distant from L. & N. R. R. ; thence southward on a parallel line (maintaining 250 feet distance to eastward) with main track of L. & N. R. R. to Seventh Street, North; thence southward on Seventh Street, North, to Webster Street; thence westward on Webster Street and Howerton Street to Second Street, North; thence southward on Second Street, North, and Second Street, South, to Crutcher Street; thence eastward on Crutcher Street and Greenwood Street to Seventh Street; thence south on Seventh Street, South, and Tenth Street, South, to the north margin of the Cumberland River; thence with the north margin of said river to the beginning point on Hancock Street. NASHVILLE BUILDING LAWS 7 (2) .Beginning at the Corporate line at Junction of Van Buren Street and the Cumberland River; thence westward on Van Buren Street to First Avenue, North; thence southward on First Avenue, North, to Monroe Street; thence westward on Monroe Street to Sec- ond Avenue, North; thence southward on Second Avenue, North, to Jackson Street; thence westward on Jackson Street to Eighth Ave- nue, North ; thence southward with Eighth Avenue, North, to within 300 feet of the T. C. R. R. ; thence westward and northward off ja parallel line (maintaining 300 feet distance to northward and east- ward) with T. C. R. R. track and following the curve thereof to the Corporate line at the corner of Twenty-first Avenue, North, and Jefferson Street; thence westward on Jefferson Street to Twenty-third Avenue, North; thence southward on Twenty-third Avenue, North, to junction of Booker Street ; thence southward, westward and north- ward paralleling the lines of the T. C. R. R. and N., C. & St. L. Ry. (maintaining 300 feet distance therefrom) to a point on Centennial Avenue (in the former town of West Nashville) ; thence westward on Centennial Avenue to a point 300 feet to west of the N., C. & St. L. Ry. track; thence parallel with said N., C. & St. L. Ry. track (maintaining 300 feet distance therefrom) and the meand- erings thereof to Forty-second Avenue, North ; thence south- ward on Forty-second Avenue, North, to Minnesota Avenue; thence eastward on Minnesota Avenue to a point 300 feet beyond the track of the N., C. & St. L. Ry. ; thence northward and parallel with the N., C. & St. L. Ry. (maintaining 300 feet distance therefrom) to a point intersecting with Jo Johnston Avenue ; thence eastward on Jo Johnston Avenue to Twelfth Avenue, North; thence southward on Twelfth Avenue, North, to Porter Street; thence eastward on Porter Street to track of L. & N. Terminals ; thence northward and parallel with track of L. & N. Terminal Company to Cedar Street; thence eastward on Cedar Street to Ninth Avenue, North ; thence northward on Ninth Avenue, North, to Jo Johnston Avenue; thence eastward on Jo Johnston Avenue and Locust Street to the Cumberland River; thence northward with the western margin of said river to,* the begiif- ning point at Van Buren Street. (3) Beginning at the Corporate line at Junction of Fairfield Avenue (extended) and the Cumberland River; thence southward on Fairfield Avenue to and with the Corporate line and tracks of T. C. R. R. ; thence eastward with Corporate line to Stanley Street ; thence southward with Stanley Street and the Corporate line to Fillmore Street; thence eastward on Fillmore Street to Meridith Street; thence 8 NASHVILLE BUILDING LAWS southwestward on Meridith Street to Donelson Street; thence south- ward on Donelson Street to Morton Street if projected to the Cor- porate line; thence with said projected line and Morton Street to and enclosing the State Fair Grounds on all sides and to Raines Avenue; thence north on Raines Avenue to Fourth Avenue, South, and Humph- rey Street ; thence westward on Humphrey Street to Montee Street ; thence southward on Montee Street to Merritt Street; thence west or 1 Merritt Street to the line of the L. & FT. R. R. ; thence south- ward with the L. & FT. R. R. to Bradford Avenue; thence westward on Bradford Avenue to Wilson Avenue; thence northward on Wilson Avenue to Wedgewood Avenue and parallel with the L. & H. R. R. track (maintaining 300 feet distance to westward) northward and northwestward to Eighth Avenue, South, and Division Street ; thence westward on Division Street to Twelfth Avenue, South ; thence north- ward on Twelfth Avenue, South, to Gleaves Street and the L. & FT. Terminals; thence on said Gleaves Street to Eighth Avenue, South; thence north on Eighth Avenue, South, to a point 250 feet from north line of FT., C. & St. L. Ry. track (maintaining 250 feet distance east- ward) to the north boundary of the Hashville Warehouse and Elevator property at City Cemetery; thence with said property line between said cemetery and warehouse property. to Fourth Avenue, South, thence southward with Fourth Avenue, South, to Chestnut Street; thence eastward with Chestnut Street to Third Avenue, South ; thence southward with Third Avenue, South, and Ensley Boulevard and Factory Street to East Hill Street; thence north on East Hill Street and Fairfield Avenue (if extended) to Robertson Street; thence northastward and parallel with the T. C. R. R. track (maintaining 250 feet distance to westward) to Fillmore Street; thence westward on Fillmore Street to Decatur Street; thence northward on Decatur Street to Willow Street ; thence westward on Willow Street to "Wharf Avenue ; thence northward with Wharf Avenue to within 200 feet of main line of T. C. R. R. on south side; thence on said 200 feet parallel line to and including the boundary lines of the old Breen Rock Quafry and northward across main line of T. C. R. R. to Cum- berland River; thence eastward with south boundary of said river to the beginning point at junction of Fairfield Avenue, extended. (4) Within the track or yard areas of the Railroad Terminal Companies and the L. & FT. R. R., F\, C. & St. L. Ry. and the T. C. R. R., there may be erected such switch houses, look-outs, etc., as are commonly erected and used by and for such companies. Ho one of said structures shall cover an area of exceeding 400 square feet or NASHVILLE BUILDING LAWS 9 be more than 25 feet high, and shall not be be nearer than 30 feet of any other building or structure. (5) Such switch-houses, look-outs, etc., shall be erected in com- pliance with requirements of metal-clad construction. Idem. 249. The Office of Supervisor of Buildings. /"Tv (1) The office of the Supervisor of Buildings is hereby crLAjl. His salary shall be $1,800 per annum, payable as provided by ordi- nance. He shall give bond in the sum of two thousand ($2,000.00) dollars, with surety thereof, signed by an indemnity insurance com- pany authorized to transact business in the State of Tennessee, con-' ditioned that said officer will faithfully discharge the duties that are now or may hereafter be imposed upon him, and all liability that may accrue by reason of his office. Said bond shall be approved by the Board of Commissioners as provided by Charter. Board of Commissioners, Ord. 916. Approved Feb. 13, 1917. (2) The office of Assistant Supervisor of Buildings is hereby created. His salary shall be $1,500.00 per annum, payable as pro- vided by ordinance. He shall give bond in the sum of two thousand ($2,000.00) dollars, with surety thereof, signed by an indemnity insurance company authorized to transact business in the State of Tennessee, conditioned that said officer will faithfully discharge the duties that are now or may hereafter be imposed upon him, and all liability that may accrue by reason of his office. Said bond shall be approved by 'the Board of Commissioners as provided by Charter. Board of Commissioners, Ord. 916. Approved Feb. 13, 1917. (3) The Supervisor of Buildings and Assistant Supervisor of Buildings shall be elected by the Board of Commissioners and nomi- nated by the Commissioner of Fire, Sprinkling and Building Inspec- tion, and are under his supervision and control. Board of Commissioners, Ord. 788. Approved July 13, 1916. (4) The Supervisor of Buildings shall issue or cause to be issued all permits and notices, keeping a record of all such proceedings, and shall pass on all questions arising under this Code, and the laws and ordinances in force in the city relating to the same subject-matter, and in case of dissatisfaction because of his decision (except in respect to insecure and unsafe buildings and property requiring immediate action) the question in dispute may be referred to the Board of Ap- peal and a decision of a majority of the said Board shall determine the issue. Board of Commissioners, Ord. 759. Approved June 7, 1916. 10 NASHVILLE BUILDING LAWS (5) The Supervisor of Buildings shall have the authority to enter and inspect any building, structure or sign or part thereof in the City of Nashville, to condemn the same and order it, (when condemned), demolished, torn down or removed or placed in a safe condition. Board of Commissioners, Ord. 908. Approved Jan. 30, 1917. /^o. Bocurd of Appeals. t j (*.) For that purpose there is hereby created a Board, to be known a/s the Board of Appeals of the Department of Building, to consist C>f three members ; one an architect, one a structural engineer and one /a builder. (2) Each to be appointed by the Commissioner of Fire, Sprink- ling and Building Inspection, with the approval of the Board of Com- missioners. (3) The members thereof are to be subject to removal by the Commissioner of Fire, Sprinkling and Building Inspection at any time, and unless removed shall serve during the term of the Commis- sioner appointing them and until their successors are appointed and qualified. (4) The party taking the appeal shall have the right to challenge for sufficient cause any member of the Board, and if the Commis- sioner shall so determine he may appoint any other architect, struc- tural engineer or builder to replace the one so challenged (for suffi- cient cause) for the case in question only. (5) Each member shall take an oath to faithfully perform his duties under and in compliance with this ordinance and all laws and ordinances of the City of Nashville applicable hereto. (6) The Board shall have such use of the office of the Building Inspection Department and service of inspectors, clerks and stenog- raphers as may be required. (7) Each member of the Board shall serve without stated com- pensation but shall be paid such fees as may be allowed by the Com- missioner, and all necessary expenses, all of said amounts to be paid by the party appealing a question to them ; provided , said question be decided against the party taking the appeal ; but if said question be decided in favor of the party taking the appeal, all said amounts shall be paid by the city. (8) Any party so appealing to the said Board shall at the time deposit with the city a sufficient sum to cover all such allowances and expenses, said sum to be refunded if said question be decided in favor of the party taking the appeal. Board of Commissioners, Ord. 759. Approved June 7, 1916. NASHVILLE BUILDING LAWS 11 251. Tenants to be Notified. 1. Whenever a building or structure has been condemned, or- dered tom down, or repaired, by the Supervisor, he shall notify the tenant or tenants of such condemnation in writing, and warn- ing the said tenant or tenants to vacate within a specified time, if necessary, or do and perform such other acts or works as may be necessary to fulfill the orders set out in the condemnation notice. 2. And should said tenant or tenants fail or refuse to promptly comply with such notices and orders they shall be deemed guilty of a misdemeanor. Idem. 252. Danger Cards . — Whenever the Supervisor has knowledge of any unsafe building, structure, or part thereof, the conditions being such as to endanger the public or the occupants thereof, it shall be his duty to affix suitable notices in a conspicuous place on the exterior thereof ; and any person removing such notices shall be deemed guilty of a misdemeanor. Idem. 253. Preliminary Requirements for Permits. 1. No building or structure, platform or staging, sign, sign bul- letin, signboard, billboard, awning, fire escape, marquise, or other structure shall be erected, unless it be in conformity to the provisions of this ordinance. 2. No building, structure or other item as herein stated (already erected) shall be raised, altered, repaired, moved or built upon in any manner that would be in violation of any of the provisions of this ordinance. Idem. 254. 1 . Any person or persons desirious of erecting, repairing, altering, or changing, in any way, any building or structure, fire es- cape, window or door, stairway, or other means of ingrees or egress, awning, sign, billboard, or other structure within the limits of the City of Nashville, shall first apply at the office of the Building In- spection Department for a permit to do the work desired, and shall * make such written statements, and file such data, plans and specifica- tions as are required by said department for the purpose of a clear understanding by said department that said works are, and are con- templated to comply with the ordinances relative thereto. Provided that it shall be obligatory to file plans and specifications with the 12 NASHVILLE BUILDING LAWS Building Inspection Department for all structures of a valu6 ex- ceeding $1,500.00, and the data of Kidder’s Manual shall be used by the Supervisor in estimating values of such works when considered necessary. (Note. — See Sec. 38 Jf..) The plans and specifications required to be filed with the Supervisor shall he accompanied by a written certificate of the architect or engineer certifying that the gen- eral arrangement of the entire construction in all important details, including the size, length, the qualities, proportions, and the dead and live loads each floor is designed to carry are in conformity with the provisions of this Code. All such plans and specifications shall be signed by the architect, engineer, contractor or person applying for the permit. In no case shall the construction deviate from the approved plans and specifications except by written consent of the Supervisor. 2. And said department, after receiving all such statements, data, plans and specifications (copy of which shall he retained until com- pletion of said buildings or works) shall take such time as is nec- essary to examine same, and if found that the said works are, and are contemplated to comply with the ordinances relative thereto may issue a permit therefor on a uniform blank as adopted and used by said department. 3. All permits shall be kept on or at the structure or works so that they may he inspected by the proper officers of the city, and such permits shall he null and void if actual work is not begun on the premises within 30 days from date of issuance. Idem. 255 . 1 . The Inspection Department shall approve or disapprove statements, plans and specifications, and condemn structures and works upon the conditions and demands of these ordinances alone. 2. If the Inspection Department find that the structure or works are being erected or done in violation of these ordinances, the permit shall be revoked, and all works shall be immediately stopped, and a notice of this action shall he posted on the works, and the owner, agent or contractor shall he notified in writing that the structure or works is, or is being constructed in violation of these ordinances. 3. And if the said person or persons shall fail or refuse to com- ply with said orders and make the necessary corrections, then there shall be no more work done on the said building, structure, or prem- ises, by any person or workman whatsoever; and, 4. The violation of said posted notice shall be a misdemeanor. Idem. NASHVILLE BUILDING LAWS 13 PART III. Building Inspection. 256. 1 . The Building Inspection Department shall not issue a permit for any works, changes or repairs on any building, sign, works or structure whatsoever, if said building, sign, works or struc- ture is of unlawful construction, provided that a permit may be issued to put any building, works or structure in a lawful condition. 2. Repairs of lawful buildings or structures (except stairways, elevators, fire escapes, doors, windows, and other means of ingress or egress) the value of which will not exceed $25.00 may be made with- out cost for a permit, provided, that this shall not be construed as permission to erect any new structure or works whatsoever, nor to proceed with such repairs without a permit, and further provided, that every permit shall be null and void and canceled if active work is not begun within thirty days from the date of issuance, and further provided, that such time may be extended by the Supervisor at his discretion, and further provided that it shall be unlawful to proceed with any works where such permits are necessary without having said permit on the premises and kept on the premises all the time during the progress of said works. 3. Fees for permits of buildings and structures as herein pro- vided for shall be as follows: Value of $ 25.00 to and including $ 50.00 $ .50 Value of 50.00 to and including 100.00 1.00 Value of 100.00 to and including 500.00 1.50 Value of 500.00 to and including 1,000.00 2.00 Value of 1,000.00 to and including 2,000.00 3.00 Value of 2,000.00 to and including 5,000.00 4.00 Value of 5,000.00 to and including 8,000.00 6.00 Value of 8,000.00 to and including 10,000.00 8.00 Value of 10,000.00 to and including 11,000.00 10.00 Value of 11,000.00 to and including 12,000.00 11.00 Value of 12,000.00 to and including 13,000.00 12.00 Value of 13,000.00 to and including 14,000.00 14.00 Value of 14,000.00 to and including 15,000.00 15.00 Value of 15,000.00 to and including 17,000.00 18.00 Value of 17,000.00 to and including 20,000.00 20.00 For all over the $20,000.00 in value the additional sum of twenty cents per one thousand of fractional part thereof. 14 NASHVILLE BUILDING LAWS Fees for Signs Shall be as Follows: For strip cloth sign, each $ .25 For sign containing 20 square feet or less .25 For sign containing 20 to 40 square feet .50 For sign containing 40 to 70 square feet 1.00 And the additional sum of twenty-five cents for each additional ten square feet, or fraction thereof. ISTo fee for small signs under a value of $2.50 (strip cloth signs excepted. ) Fees for Billboards and Sion Bulletins. Fees for billboards or bulletin 100 square feet or less $ .50 Fqes for billboards or bulletin 100 to 200 square feet .75 Fees for billboards or bulletin 200 to 300 square feet 1.00 Fees for billboards or bulletin 300 to 400 square feet 1.50 And the additional sum of twenty-five cents for each additional 100 square feet or fraction thereof. Fees for Awnings. For each awning erected on a business front, side, or rear on first story which is 20 feet wide or under, each $ .25 For such awnings as above over 20 feet in width, each .50 For each window awning above first story as above, each. ... .10 Repairs on awnings to the value of $1.50 may be made without permit. Lawful awnings may be erected on private residences located inside of property line and not overhanging public thoroughfares without permit or fee for same, and provided that permit is not necessary for the removal or rehanging of old awnings where they are removed and stored for the winter. Fees for fire escapes, each $2.00 Fees for Marquise, each 3.00 Fees for operators of picture machines (new license) 2.00 Fees for operators of picture machines (renewal license) .... 1.00 Fees for house moving, each 5.00 Provided that a house being moved within private propertly lines, and does not extend to, or beyond said property line, may be made under a valuation fee charged under the schedule herein provided for buildings and structures, and further provided, that small structures of not over 200 square feet of floor space may be moved from one point to another as herein provided, same is to be moved promptly NASHVILLE BUILDING LAWS 15 and continuously on the same day without obstructing the public thoroughfare for more than 10 hours, and which may be executed without bond therefor. Idem. 257. Storage or Piling of Materials. 1. In no case shall the storage of materials or using of space on street, alley or sidewalk be allowed or done in such manner as would in any way interfere with the passage of vehicles between moving v street cars and curb and the material or space to be used on at least one side of the street ; and, 2. Permits for same must be obtained from the Supervisor of Buildings at his discretion. 3. And when any excavation of pavement or any other area used by the public is being excavated, built under, or adjacent to any new or old building or any structural improvement connected therewith, said Building Inspection Department may issue a permit therefor, which shall not be valid until approved by the Commissioner of Streets, Sewers and Sidewalks. 4. The Supervisor of Buildings shall designate such space as his judgment may deem best for piling of material and order such fences, barricades, shelters and scaffolds as are necessary for the use of con- tractors in constructing buildings and works, all of which may remain a reasonable time, as determined by the Supervisor, for the storage of building material. 5. Provided , such fences, barricades, etc., shall not interfere with the public traffic and travel and no debris, or materials not to be used in the new structure or works shall be piled, stored, or allowed to re- main upon the streets, sidewalks, or alleys, but shall be removed at once. 6. And any person or persons having the use of any portion of the street or sidewalks for the purpose of erecting or repairing any build- ing (or for any other purpose) shall cause red lights in such numbers as may be necessary (spaced not over fifty feet apart) to be placed in a conspicuous place in front and along such construction and works and kept burning from sunset until sunrise each and every night the entire time of occupation. Idem. 7. During the time of such occupation of the street or sidewalk for such building operation the person or persons so occupying the same, whether with material or otherwise, shall enter into a good and sufficient bond to maintain and keep in repair any temporary 16 NASHVILLE BUILDING LAWS sidewalks, fences, sheds or other obstruction on the street or side- walk or over the same, and shall hold the City harmless from any damages that may be sustained by any person by reason thereof. Board of Commissioners, Ord. 891. Approved Jan. 3, 1917. Idem. PART IV. 258. Passage Around Building or Material. 1. The Supervior may grant limited permission in writing to en- close a part or all of the sidewalk in front of any building or struc- ture being erected or remodeled with a substantial close hoard fence six: feet high, provided that a heavy hoard walk four feet wide is main- tained around the same. 2. Or an approved shed of heavy materials and joist for floor, which shall be at least nine feet high and cover entire sidewalk or passageway. 3. No building materials, tools, machinery or appliances shall he permitted to remain on the streets or thoroughfares in a manner to interfere with convenient traffic, and during the time of occupation of the streets or thoroughfares for any building operations whatso- ever, the person, firm or corporation occupying any portion of said streets or thoroughfares shall maintain and keep in thorough repair such temporary sidewalks, fences, sheds, scaffolds, enclosures or cov- erings as have been permitted by the Supervisor to be erected by such person, firm or corporation for the protection of the public. Board of Commissioners, Ord. 759. Approved June 7, 1916. 259. The Supervisor may at any time he considers it necessary, for safety or convenience, order such changes in, or the removal of all such scaffolds, walks, fences, sheds, enclosures, etc. (as are herein provided for) to be taken down and removed, and the thoroughfares and sidewalks cleaned up and opened to the public within twenty- four hours after date of written notice to the said person, firm or cor- poration herein stated. Idem. 260. Bond for Wrecking or Removal of Buildings. 1. It shall be unlawful for anyone to wreck any building or structure within the City of Nashville or to erect any temporary sidewalks, fences, sheds or enclosures or scaffolds (as herein noted) over a public thoroughfare without first obtaining the approval of, NASHVILLE BUILDING LAWS 17 and a permit from the Supervisor of Buildings therefor, and executing such good and sufficient bond (as may be required and approved by the Commissioner), indemnifying the City of Nashville against all loss, damage or expense which might accrue because of the wrecking or removal of such building, structure or works, or for the proper maintenance of, and responsibility for such temporary sidewalks, fences, scaffolds and enclosures as are herein provided for. Provided , that any building or structure such as small cottages, outhouses or similar structure may be wrecked, or moved and reset, on the same lot without the execution of a bond therefor, and further 'provided that above proviso shall not apply to buildings being wrecked or re- moved when abutting on the property line. Idem. 261 . House Movmg. 1. Any person desiring to move a building to a new location within the city limits shall file a written application with the Su- pervisor therefor, setting forth the kind of building to be moved, its original cost and present value, its dimensions in extreme length and height and width, and present location, the route to be taken, and the particular lot or site to which it is proposed to be moved. The Supervisor shall thereupon examine and take into considera- tion the present value of such building, and whether the proposed removal can be made without serious injury to person or property. And if the works are feasible he may issue a permit therefor, which shall become valid when the proper bond has been filed with the Commissioner and approved by him. The permit shall state the streets or alleys along which the re- moval shall be made. Provided that no building shall be moved from 'the Third Zone into the Second Zone, or from the Second Zone into the First Zone, unless such buildings comply with the zone requirements. The owner or contractor shall cause written notice thereof to be given the Superintendent of Fire Alarm, Telephone and Electric Light Companies and others whose property may be affected by such removal. Idem. 262 . Conflict Between Special and General Provisions. — When- ever any provision or requirement herein relating especially to the construction, equipment, maintenance or operation of any building or structure or part of a building or structure used for the purpose of more than one class and there shall be a conflict with the general 18 NASHVILLE BUILDING LAWS provisions herein relating to the several classes of construction, equip- ment, maintenance or operation of such combination of buildings or structures generally, the specific provisions for the better class or risk of building or structures contained in such class or group shall govern each case, and such building or structure shall be constructed, re- modeled or maintained accordingly. Idem. 263 . Buildings Erected Within Fire Betarding Zone. 1. All new buildings erected, or old buildings remodeled or rebuilt to an extent of 50 per cent of the total value of such building, within the area of the Fire Retarding Zone up to and including two stories in height, shall have fire retarding construction for floors, inside walls, etc. 2. Such buildings more than two stories and up to and including four stories, may preferably be of fire proof construction, or shall he of mill construction. 3. And all buildings more than four stories in height shall he of fireproof construction. Idem. 264 . Debris to be Dampened. — Every contractor or other person repairing or tearing down buildings, or in removing debris from any building, shall keep all such debris thoroughly dampened with water to prevent the dust from rising. Idem. PART V. Definitions. 265 . The following terms when used in this Code shall be con- strued to have the meaning here given them. Words used in the present tense include the future as well as the present ; the singular number includes the plural, and the plural the singular ; the word “person” includes a corporation or co-partner- ship as well as an individual ; “writing” includes printing, printed, or typewritten matter. 1 . Apartment House. — Any building which is intended or de- signed for or used as the home or residence of two or more families, or households living independently of each other. 2. Approved. — The term “approved” refers to a device, material, or construction which has been approved by the Underwriters’ Labora- NASHVILLE BUILDING LAWS 19 tories ; or such approval may be granted by the Supervisor of Build- ings as a result of tests or investigation made under his direction ; or he may issue approval upon satisfactory evidence of competent and impartial tests or investigations conducted by others. 3. Approved Fire-Resisting Roofing. — Roofing which shall at least meet the requirements of the test specified. 4. Areaway. — An open sub-surface space adjacent to a building f^r lighting or ventilating cellars or basements. 5. Area of a Building. — The area 'of the horizontal cross-section at the ground level measured to the center of party walls or fire walls, and to the outside of other walls. 6. Basement. — A story partly but not more than one-half below the level of the curb. 7. Bearing Wall. — A wall which supports any load other than its own weight. 8. Billboard. — A billboard is a certain class of construction used for posting of paper or a similar class of advertising matter thereon, and is constructed of wooden posts and braces, and having a heavy galvanized sheet metal face secured to wooden frame strips and a heavy wooden mould on face margins and a band on edges each to be 11/2x5 inches. 9. Bulkhead or Pent House. — A structure erected on the roof of a building for the purpose of enclosing stairways to the roof, ele- vator machinery, water tanks, ventilating apparatus, exhaust cham- bers or other building equipment machinery and for janitor’s quar- ters. When used only for the above mentioned purposes, such struc- tures need not be considered in determining the height of the building. 10. Cellar. — A story whose height is more than one-half below the level of the curb. It shall not be counted as a story in determining the height of a building. 11. Cement Plaster. — A plaster composed of one part Portland cement, not more than three parts sand, and not more than 10 per cent, by volume of hydrated lime, with hair or other binder when necessary. 12. Cement-tempered Plaster. — A lime or gypsum plaster tem- pered with not less than 20 per cent of Portland cement. 13. Commissioner. — The word “Commissioner” as used in this ordinance shall be taken to mean the Commissioner of Pire, Sprink- ling and Building Inspection. 14. A Court is an open, unoccupied space, other than a yard, on the same lot with a building. A court not extending to the street or 20 NASHVILLE BUILDING LAWS yard is an inner court. A court extending to the street or yard is an outer court. If it extends to the street it is a street court. If it ex- tends to the yard it is a yard court. 15. Curb. — Wherever the word “curb” refers to the height of a building or to the definition of a basement or cellar, it shall be con- strued to mean the curb level or established grade at the center of the principal front of the building fronting on one street only; in the case of a building fronting on two or more streets, the curb level at the center of the front facing on the highest curb shall be taken, un- less the highest curb is more than ten feet higher than the lowest curb, in which case the average level of the two curbs shall be taken. Wherever the word “curb” refers to an excavation, the level of the curb shall be taken at the intersection of the lot lines and the curb lines. In the case of a building fronting on two or more streets, the curb levels shall be taken on each street at the intersection of the lot lines and the curb lines, and their relation to an adjoining building or buildings be as though two or more excavations were to be made. 16. Curtain Wall. — Any exterior non-bearing wall between col- umns or piers, which is not supported by beams or girders at each story. 17. Dead Load. — The weight of the walls, framing, floors, roofs, tanks, with their contents, and all permanent construction. 18. Department. — The Department of Buildings. 19. Division Wall. — Any interior wall in a building. 20. Dwelling. — A residence building designed for, or used as, the home or residence of not more than two separate and distinct families. 21. Existing Building. — A completed building or structure, or one for which plans have been filed previous to the date on which this Code goes into effect. 2:2. Exterior Wall. — Any outside wall, or vertical enclosure of a building, other than a party wall. 23. Factory. — A building or portion thereof, designed or used to manufacture or assemble goods, wares, or merchandise, the work being performed wholly, or principally, by machinery. 24. Fibre Plaster Board. — A board consisting of an intimate mix- ture of gypsum plaster composition and a fibrous binding material. 25. Fire Door. — A door, frame, and sill which will successfully resist a fire for one hour in accordance with test specifications. 26. Fire Exit Partition. — A sub-dividing partition built for the purpose of protecting life by providing an area of refuge. See Sec- tion 309. NASHVILLE BUILDING LAWS 21 27. Fireproof. — As used in this Code, except as elsewhere pre- scribed by test for particular types of construction, refers to mate- rials or construction not combustible in the temperatures of ordinary fires, and which will withstand such fires without serious impairment of their usefulness for at least one hour. 28. Fire Shutter. — A shutter which will successfully resist a fire for one hour in accordance with test, specifications. See Section 439. 29. Fire Wall. — A wall built for the purpose of restricting the area subject to the spread of fire. 30. Fire Window. — A window frame, sash, and glazing which will successfully resist a fire for one hour in accordance with test specifications given in Section 439, and has been approved upon such test. No single pane in a fire window shall exceed 720 square inches. 31. Foundation Wall. — Any wall or pier built below the curb level or nearest tier of beams to that level. 32. Garage. — A garage is that portion of a structure in which a motor vehicle containing volatile inflammable oil in its fuel storage tank is stored, housed or kept ; all that portion of such structure that is on, above, or below the space mentioned in which is not separated therefrom by tight, unpierced fire walls and fireproof floors. (a) “Public garage” is defined as a building used, let or rented for the purpose of selling, storing, or housing or of repairing or work- ing on such vehicles as described above. (b) “Private garage” is defined as a building used by an indi- vidual, or by one or more families or persons for the housing or stor- age on private premises of not more than three such vehicles as de- scribed above. 33. Gypsum Bloch. — The term “gypsum block” shall include tile or blocks composed of gypsum and not to exceed 5 per cent by weight of combustible fibre binding material; or a mixture of crushed cin- ders and 1 gypsum, commonly called “Cinder-plaster blocks.” 34. Height of a Building. — The vertical distance from the curb level to the vtop of the highest point of the roof beams in the case of flat roofs, or to the average height of the gable in the case of roofs having a pitch of more than 20 degrees with a horizontal plane. When a building faces two or more streets having different grades, the meas- urement shall be taken at the middle of a facade on the street having the greatest grade. When a building does not adjoin the street, the measurement shall be taken from the average level of the ground ad- joining such building. In measuring the height of a wall, the height of the parapet above the top of the roof beams shall not be included. See Section 346. 22 NASHVILLE BUILDING LAWS 35. • Hotel. — Any building or portion thereof, designed or used for supplying food or shelter tq residents or guests, and containing less than fifteen sleeping rooms above the first story. 36. Illuminated Signs. — An illuminated sign shall be defined as a double faced sign suspended over a sidewalk and at right angles to a building, front or diagonal on a corner, and constructed of metal and glass with sufficient hollow space between the faces to admit of necessary wiring for electricity, or pipes for gas ; the lights may be inserted in the face to give exterior light, or remain in the hollow space; all glass shall be of wire fabric make and not less than 3/16 inch in thickness. 37. Incombustile. — Materials or construction which will not ignite and burn when subjected to fire. 38. Joint Party Wall. — A joint party wall is a solid wall built on a dividing property line and projecting over both sides of said line and used to separate or support two or more buildings. 39. Length of Building. — Its greatest longitudinal dimension. 40. Live Load. — All loads other than dead loads. All partitions which are subject to removal or rearrangement shall be considered as live load. 41. Non-Bearing Wall. — One which supports no load other than its own weight. 42. Occupied. — Shall be construed to mean occupied, to be occu- pied, intended or designed to be occupied. 43. Office Building. — One used for professional or clerical pur- poses, but not for manufacturing, storage, or sale of goods, except by sample ; also excepting the first story, which may be used for commer- cial purposes. No part of such building shall be used for living pur- poses except by the janitor’s family. 44. Outhouses. — All structures not exceeding 12 feet in height, nor more than 400 square feet in area, exclusive of sheds. 45. Owner. — Any person, firm or corporation owning or control- ling property, and includes a duly authorized agent or attorney. Guardians, conservators or trustees shall also be regarded as owner. 46. Panel or Enclosure Wall. — An exterior non-bearing wall in a skeleton structure built between columns or piers and supported at each story. 47. Parapet Wall. — That portion of any wall which extends above the roof line and bears no load except as it may serve to support a tank. 48. Parking. — (a) Parking is the space between the sidewalk and the building line. NASHVILLE BUILDING LAWS 23 (b) Parking Line. — The line separating parking and sidewalk. 49. Party Wall. — A wall used or adapted for joint service be- tween two buildings. 50. Public Building. — See Section 267. 51. Public Hallway. — A ball, corridor or passageway used in common by the occupants of a building and serving as a means of communication for the public between an entrance to any story of a building, and the various rooms, apartments or spaces in that story. 52. Retaining Wall. — One constructed to support a body of earth or to resist lateral thrust. 53. Shed. — A roofed structure, open on all sides, which does not exceed 15 feet in height nor more than 500 square feet in area. 53. Sign Bulletin. — A certain class of construction erected and used on open lots, only for the purpose of painting signs and other advertising matter thereon, and is constructed with wooden posts and braces, and having a heavy galvanized sheet metal face secured to wooden framing strips, and a heavy wooden mould I%x5 inches around the edges and a band of same size. 55. Skeleton Construction. — A form of building construction wherein all external and internal loads and stresses are transmitted to the foundations by a rigidly connected framework of metal or rein- forced concrete. The enclosing walls are supported by girders at each story. 56. Skylight. — Any cover or enclosure placed above roof open- ings for the admission of light. 57. Slow-Burning Construction. — See Section 266. 58. Smokeproof Tower. — See Section 301. 59. Story. — That part of any building comprised between any floor and the floor or roof next above. In case any floor or the com- bined area of floors at any one level extends over less than 20 per cent, of the horizontal area included within the outside walls at that level, the same shall not be considered as a floor for the purpose of determining story heights. 60. Structure. — Includes the terms building, appurtenance, wall, platform, staging, or flooring used for standing or seating purposes ; a shed, fence, sign, or billboard on public or private property, or on, above or below a public highway. 61. Supervisor. — The Supervisor of Buildings, or such other official title as the Board of Commissioners may apply to that. office or position, which has assigned to it such duties as are generally recog- nized in supervising building construction. It shall also include any deputy or assistant authorized to represent such public official. 24 NASHVILLE BUILDING LAWS 62. A Tenement House. — Is any house or building, or portion thereof, which is either rented or leased, to he occupied in whole or in part as the home or residence of two or more families living inde- pendently of each other, and doing their cooking upon the premises; and having a common right in yards, hallways, stairways, etc. ; and includes apartment houses, flat houses and all other houses so occupied. 63. Theatre. — Any building or part of a building designed or used for theatrical or operatic purposes with accommodation for an audience, and having a permanent stage upon which movable scenery and theatrical appliances are employed; including also moving pic- ture theatres, either with or without a stage, and having capacity as above stated. 64. Warehouse. — A building or portion thereof, designed or used for the storage of merchandise. 65. Width of a Building. — The horizontal dimension next in value to the length. 66. Wired Glass. — Glass not less than one-fourth inch thick en- closing a layer of wire fabric reinforcement having a mesh not larger than seven-eighths inch, and the size of wire not smaller than Ho. 24-B., and S. guage. 67. Workshop. — A building or room in which articles of mer- chandise are manufactured or repaired wholly or principally by hand. 68. A Yard. — Is an open, unoccupied space on the same lot with a tenement house, between the extreme rear line of the house and the rear line of the lot. 69. Zone. — The word “Zone” is used herein to denote the divi- sion of the city into sections so that buildings constructed of certain materials or character may, or may not be erected therein. For ex- ample, (1) “The Fire Retarding Zone,” (2) “The First Zone,” (3) “The Second Zone,” (4) “The Third Zone,” and (5) “The Factory Zone.” Idem. PART VI. Classification of Buildings. 266 . Classification of Buildings by Construction. For the purposes of this Code, buildings shall be classified accord- ing to the method of construction as follows : NASHVILLE BUILDING LAWS 25 I. Frame Construction, (a) wooden faced walls, (b) metal faced walls. II. Veneered Construction. III. Non-Fireproof Construction, (a) Ordinary construction, (b) mill construction, (c) fire retarding construction. IV. Fireproof Construction. 1. Frame Construction. — (a) Structures having wooden frames work faced on outside with wooden siding or wooden shingles, and using a roof of wooden shingles, and may be erected in the Third Zone only. (b) For Factory Zone. — Structures may be erected having wooden framework with sheathing on outside, and faced with approved sheet metal for exterior wall surface, or masonry walls laid in cement mortar with a minimum of 8 inches in thickness and not over 30 feet in height and properly braced by sufficient cross walls, piers or but- tresses, not less than 16 feet apart and using a roof of approved in- combustible materials. Buildings of this class may be erected within the Factory Zone only for shops, warehouses or similar purposes, and the basement floor (if any) shall be of fireproof construction. 2. N on-Fireproof Construction . — The term “non-fir eproof con- struction” shall apply to all buildings or structures having exterior masonry walls with floors and other interior construction wholly or in part of wood. Ordinary Construction. — (a) A building having masonry walls with floors and partitions of wooden joists and stud construction, the supporting posts and girders may be of wood or of metal, or (a2) having veneered construction consisting of wooden frame work with wooden sheathing on the outside and faced with brick, stone, terra cotta, concrete, or tile not less than four inches thick, or a face of Portland cement stucco, or similar approved plastic material, not less than % of an inch thick on approved metal lath or plaster board not less than %-inch thick. Such walls may have the gable ends faced with wooden shingles which have been dipped two times in creosote shingle stain, or approved asbestos composition shingles not less than 3/16 of an inch thick. Or a composition shingle of an approved make of paper fibre with a slate or sand surfacing and well nailed at each lower corner to control the flexibility thereof. This class of gable construction may be used on one and two-story residences or similar structures in the Second and Third Zones only. 26 NASHVILLE BUILDING LAWS (b) Mill Construction. — (Sometimes called “slow-burning con- struction.”) A building baying masonry walls, and heavy timber in- terior construction. (c) Fire-Retarding Construction. — (cl) Consists of such fire- retarding works as stud walls fire-blocked and having metal lath or plaster board on both sides and plastered with cement plaster, and wooden joist with double thick floors not under %-inch each with two- ply of 14-pound asbestos paper between, and all ceilings covered with (1st) sheet metal. (c2) or metal lath or plaster board and plastered with cement plaster. (c3) And all stairways and elevator shafts enclosed as provided for mill construction. (c4) And all outside walls and Roofs of fireproof materials. (c5) And openings on courts or alleys as provided for fireproof buildings and structures. Idem. 4. Fireproof Construction. — Buildings of masonry, steel or re- inforced concrete construction in accordance with Sections 374 to 438, shall be considered fireproof. Board of Commissioners, Ord. 788. Approved July 13, 1916. Idem. 267 . Classification of Buildings by Occupancy. — All buildings shall be classified according to their occupancy or use under one of the three following groups: Public Buildings, Residence Buildings, and Business Buildings. These groups shall be further subdivided into classes, designated as A, B, C, D, E and F, as follows: 1. Public Buildings: Class A; Class B. 2. Residence Buildings : Class C; Class D. 3. Business Buildings : Class E ; Class F. 1 . Public Buildings. When Required Fireproof. — Public build- ings shall be construed to include all buildings or structures acces- sible to the public, and in which people may congregate for civic, political, educational, religious, amusement or transportation pur- poses; or in which they may be voluntarily or forcibly detained or housed for safety, punishment, observation, or care. Class A. Armories, asylums, bath houses (with sleeping accom- modations other than those required for janitor), city halls, colleges, courthouses, detention buildings, police station, hospitals, libraries, museums, nurseries, railway passenger stations, schools, and theatres. NASHVILLE BUILDING LAWS 27 Al. Buildings of this class shall be of fireproof construction, except that schools in which no pupils are accommodated above the second story may be of non-fireproof construction, and provided that floors in moving pictures theatres may be of mill construction as pro- vided in Section 520, paragraph 1. A2. Where armories, railway passenger stations, museums and similar buildings have large arched exposed roof construction, the fireproofing of the structural members of these roofs may be omitted if the construction of the remainder of the buildings would reasonably warrant such omission. Glass B. Amusement halls, churches, exhibition buildings, lodge rooms, and public halls. Buildings of this class may preferably have the floor over the . cellar or basement which is nearest to grade level of fireproof con- struction. Provided that all rooms containing heating apparatus, in- cluding the doors and windows thereof, shall be of fireproof construc- tion. Buildings of this class over three stories, or 40 feet high, shall be of fireproof construction throughout, except that church spires need not be fireproof until they exceed 75 feet in height. Every permanent structure intended for the seating or accommo- dation of the public, commonly known as grandstands, erected within the fire limits, shall be of fireproof construction, except that the seats may be of wood, and the structural steel work may be unprotected. When portions of such structures are enclosed, the enclosing construc- tion shall be fireproof. 2. Residence Buildings. When Required Fireproof . — Residence buildings shall be construed to mean and include all buildings in which sleeping accommodations (other than for janitor or watchman) are provided. Class 0. Mats, apartments, club houses, and studios with more than fifteen sleeping rooms, dormitories, hotels and lodging houses. (1) Buildings of this class when permitted of frame construc- tion with veneered surface to outside walls shall not exceed two stories or 30 feet in height. (2) All buildings of this class three stories in height shall have the floor over cellar or basement which is nearest to grade level of fireproof construction. (3) Buildings of this class over three stories, or 40 feet high, shall be of fireproof construction throughout. 28 NASHVILLE BUILDING LAWS Class D. Single dwellings of tenement houses not over two stories high and all other residence buildings (not specified in Class C) are to be erected only in the Third Zone. (1) Buildings of this class over two stories, or 30 feet high, shall have the floor over cellar or basement which is nearest to grade level of fireproof construction. (2) Buildings of this class over three stories, or 40 feet high, shall be of fireproof construction throughout. (3) When the lower stories or portions thereof in non-fireproof buildings of Classes C and D are occupied for business purposes, the construction shall be made in accordance with the requirements of Section 361. 3. Business Buildings. When Required Fireproof . Business buildings shall be construed to mean and include all structures used for or adapted to the transaction of business, the operation of mach- inery, the manufacture or storage of machinery or materials, the housing of live stock, or for any other industrial purpose. Class E. Factories, office buildings, printing houses, restaurants, stables, stores, warehouses, and workshops, or similar structures. (1) Buildings of this class, of ordinary construction over two stories, or 30 feet high, shall have the floor over the lowest story of fireproof construction. (2) Buildings of this class over four stories, or 55 feet high, shall be of fireproof construction throughout, or of mill construction. (3) Mill construction buildings shall not exceed 65 feet in height. Class F. Car barns, foundries, light and power plants, railroad freight stations ; also special industry buildings, constructed and occu- pied exclusively for a special purpose or industry and not otherwise classified, such as coffee roasters, dry cleaning establishments, grain elevators, ice-making plants, laboratories, malt houses, oil houses, oil refineries, refrigerating plants, rendering plants, soap factories, slaughter houses, wharf buildings and similar structures, also garages accommodating more than three cars, or in which cars are stored on more than one floor. (1) Buildings of this class, such as garages (as herein defined), oil houses, oil refineries, rendering plants, etc., and buildings or por- tions of buildings which are used for the storage or handling of large quantities of combustible packing or refuse material, shall be only of fireproof construction. NASHVILLE BUILDING LAWS 29 (2) All other buildings of Class E shall be of fireproof, or mill construction, if within the fire limits, or, if they exceed 55 feet in height. (3) Buildings of Class F, whether of fireproof construction and within the fire limits, or of non-fireproof construction and outside the fire limits, shall only he erected in such isolated localities and un- der such conditions as are provided by this Code. (4) Storage of lumber shall not be permitted within the fire limits, provided, that yards existing at the enactment of this ordi- nance may be permitted to remain. (5) When any building is not classified, or where there is any doubt as to its classification, the Supervisor shall designate under which class it shall be placed. (6) When any building is used for the purpose of two or more classes as herein defined, that portion devoted to the occupancy or use of a particular class shall be constructed in accordance with the re- quirements of that class, unless such construction shall prove imprac- ticable, or where there shall be a conflict between the requirements of the different classes, in which case the class requiring the safest form of construction shall govern the entire building. Board of Commissioners, Ord. 759. Approved June 7, 1916. Idem. PAKT VII. Permissible x\rea of Lot Occupied. 268 . Limits of Lot Area Occupied. 1. Except as hereinafter provided, all buildings shall have un- covered spaces for providing light and air. These spaces shall be open to the sky from the top of the second story window sills, and shall be in accordance with the following table ; in which all paragraphs from 2 to 11, inclusive, shall be read as if containing the words “except theatres, special industry buildings, and tenement houses.” 2. Buildings of Class C, on lots other than corner lots : 'Twenty per cent of total lot area when not exceeding 75 feet in height. Twenty-five per cent of total lot area when over 75 feet and not exceeding 125 feet in height. 30 NASHVILLE BUILDING LAWS Buildings of Class C, on corner lots: Fifteen per cent of total lot area when not exceeding six stories, or 75 feet in height, and shall increase 2 per cent for each additional story up to 125 feet in height. 3. All buildings not enumerated in paragraph 2 on lots other than corner lots : Ten per cent of total lot area when not exceeding 75 feet in height. Twelve and one-half per cent of total lot area when over 75 feet and not exceeding 125 feet in height. 4. All buildings not enumerated in paragraph 2 on corner lots not exceeding 2,500 square feet in area: Five per cent of total lot area when not exceeding 75 feet in height. Seven and one-half per cent of total lot area when over 75 feet and not exceeding 125 feet in height. 5. When buildings are on corner lots, more than 2,500 square feet in area, that portion of the building upon the excess lot area over and above 2,500 square feet shall be provided with open spaces in ac- cordance with the requirements of paragraph 2, or 3, as the case may be, of this section. 6. Every building (other than buildings of Class C) which occu- pies lots fronting upon three or more streets may occupy the entire lot area, provided the maximum width of the building does not exceed 75 feet. 7. The total area of the uncovered spaces of all buildings which are more than 75 feet in width and occupy an entire block front fac- ing upon thre$ or more streets may be less by 25 per cent than is required by the provisions of paragraphs 3, 4, 5 and 6 of this section. 8. There shall be a clear space not less than five feet in width, at and above the second story window sills, between the rear line of every building and the rear line of every lot except comer lots. This shall not apply to buildings which extend through from one street to another, or from a street to an alley. 9. In every court or yard the distance between opposite boundary walls shall be not less than five feet at any point for a height not exceeding 75 feet, and shall be at least one-half inch greater through- out its height for every additional foot above 75 feet. 10. When existing buildings are extended or increased in area, the ratio of total uncovered space to the area of the lot shall not be NASHVILLE BUILDING LAWS 31 required to be greater than it would be were the entire building erected in accordance with this Code. 11. In order to fulfill the requirements of this section, uncovered spaces may be increased in size as they go upward if thereby they provide at every given level the requisite area of uncovered space for a structure of that particular height. Idem. PAKT VIII. Excavations and Foundations. 269. Excavations. — The person causing any excavation to be made for a building, shall have the same properly guarded and pro- tected. Wherever necessary he shall at his own expense properly sheath, pile and erect masonry or steel construction, or a sufficient retaining wall to permanently support the adjoining earth. Such re- taining wall shall extend from full depth of 'excavation to the level of the adjoining earth and shall be properly coped. Idem. 270. Excavations Affecting Adjoining Property. 1. Whenever an excavation is not intended to be or shall not be carried to a depth of more than 10 feet below the curb level, the owner of every adjoining or contiguous wall or structure, yard, or bank of earth or rock shall protect the same, so that they shall be and remain as safe as before such excavation was begun. Such owner shall be permitted to enter upon the premises where the excavation is being made when necessary for this purpose. (“Provided, however, if the foundation of any such adjoining or contiguous wall or structure rests upon solid rock and is in good condition, then the owner of the land upon which such excavation work, if accorded the necessary license to enter upon the adjoining land, shore up, protect, and save from injury all footings, foundations, walls, or parts thereof which are liable to be injured by reason of such excavation.”) 2. Whenever an excavation of either earth or rock for buildings or other purposes shall be intended to be or shall be carried to the depth of more than ten feet below the curb, the person causing such excavation to be made shall at all times from the commencement un- 32 NASHVILLE BUILDING LAWS til the completion thereof, if accorded the necessary license to enter upon the adjoining land, and not otherwise, at his own expense, pre- serve any adjoining or contiguous wall, structure, yard, or bank of earth or rock from injury, and support the same by proper founda- tions or retaining walls, so that the said wall, structure, yard, or bank of earth or rock shall be and remain practically as safe as before such excavation was commenced, whether the said adjoining or contiguous wall, structure, yard, or bank of earth or rock are down more or less than ten feet below or above the curb. For this purpose such approved foundations or retaining walls may be built upon the property upon which the wall, structure, yard, or bank of earth or rock is situated. If the necessary license is not accorded to the person or persons mak- ing such excavation, then it shall be the duty of the owner refusing to grant such license, at his own expense, to make the adjoining or contiguous wall, structure, yard, or bank of earth or rock, safe, and support the same by proper foundations so that adjoining excavations may be made, and shall be permitted to enter upon the premises where such excavation is being made for that purpose, when necessary. Idem. 271 . Foundations Adjoining Party Walls. 1. In case a party wall is intended to be used by the person caus- ing an excavation to be made, and the footings and foundations of such party wall are in good condition and sufficient for the uses of both the existing building and the new one, then the person causing the excavation to be' made, shall, at his own expense, preserve such party wall from injury, and support the same by proper means, so that said party wall shall be and remain as safe as before the excava- tion was begun. 2. In case the footings and foundations of any said party wall are not in good condition, or not sufficient for the uses of both the existing building and the new r one, it shall be the duty of the person causing such excavation to be made to extend such defective or in- sufficient footing or foundation, or to replace same with a new foot- ing or foundation. Such extended or new footing shall project on each side of the party line such a distance as to bring the center of the footing under the center of the wall, so that the total load upon the wall may be uniformly distributed over the area of the footing. Any other method may be used which will adequately support the party wall. In order that this may be done, the person causing the excavation to be made shall be allowed access to the adjoining prem- ises. NASHVILLE BUILDING LAWS 33 3. In case any excavation or the removal of any existing building, shows any adjoining wall or structure to be unsafe at the time of the excavation was begun, it shall be the duty of the person causing the excavation to be made, or the building to be removed, to forthwith report the fact, in writing, to the Supervisor, who shall upon the receipt of such notice, forthwith cause an inspection of such adjoin- ing premises to be made, and if such inspection proves the aforesaid wall or structure to be unsafe, it shall be the duty of the Supervisor to declare such wall or structure to be unsafe and cause the same to be repaired as herein provided. 4. If the person whose duty it shall be to preserve or protect from injury any wall or structure shall neglect or fail so to do within twenty-four hours after the receipt of a notice from the Supervisor, then- the Supervisor may enter upon the premises and employ such labor, and furnish such materials and take such steps as, in his judg- ment, may be necessary to make the premises safe and secure, or to prevent the same from becoming unsafe or dangerous, at the cost and expense of the person whose duty it is to keep the same safe and secure. 5. Ho foundation wall shall be built up against another founda- tion party wall until the face of the old party wall is trimmed and made plumb and straight to the party line ; all such trimmings shall be done at the expense of the constructing property owner. Idem . 272 . Bearing Capacity of Soil. 1. When doubt arises as to the safe sustaining power of the soil upon which a building is to be erected, the Supervisor may order bor- ings to be made, or he may order tests of the sustaining power of the soil to be made by and at the expense of the owner of the proposed building. Such test shall be made in accordance with specifications established by the Supervisor, and he shall be notified before any test is made, so that he may be present or represented thereat. The rec- ords of such boring or tests shall be filed with the Supervisor. 2. The safe bearing capacity of different soils shall be as de- termined by the Supervisor, and in the absence of tests shall not exceed the values given in the following table : Character of Soil. Tons per Square Foot. Soft clay 1 Tfirm clay, fine sand, or layers of sand and clay, wet .... 2 34 NASHVILLE BUILDING LAWS Clay or fine sand, firm and dry 3 Hard clay, coarse sand, gravel 4 Hard pan 8 to 15 Rock 15 to 72 Idem . 273. Foundation Walls. 1. Foundation walls shall be construed to include all walls and piers built below the curb level, or nearest tier of beams to the curb, or to the average level of the ground adjoining the walls, to serve as supports for walls, piers, columns, girders, posts or beams. 2. If built of rubble stone or brick they shall be at least 8 inches thicker than the wall next above them to a depth of 12 feet below the curb level ; and for every additional 10 feet, or part thereof deeper, they shall be increased 4 inches in thickness. 3. If built of brick or plain concrete and supporting walls over 30 feet in height, they shall be at least 4 inches thicker than the wall next above them to a depth of 12 feet below the curb level; and for every additional 10 feet, or part thereof deeper, they shall be in- creased 4 inches in thickness. In buildings not exceeding 30 feet in height, the Supervisor may at his discretion permit the foun- dation walls to he the same thickness as the walls above. 4. Hollow blocks may be used for the foundation walls of build- ing not exceeding three stories or 40 feet in height, 'provided said walls are not less than the thickness required for foundation walls of brick or plain concrete. All blocks shall be laid to line and level and carefully bonded. When blocks are laid with cells vertical the sta- bility of the walls and their resistance to water, may he increased by being filled solidly with wet concrete. Such foundations shall not be stressed beyond the limits allowed in Section 320, taken over combined area of blocks and fill. 5. Portland cement mortar only shall be used in footings and foundation walls. Idem. 274. Footings. 1. The footings for foundation walls, piers and columns shall be constructed of plain concrete, reinforced concrete, or of steel grillage beams resting on a bed of concrete. Wooden footings may be used if they are entirely below the level of low water, provided that no footing is necessary if foundation rests on solid rock. NASHVILLE BUILDING LAWS 35 2. Footings shall he so designed that the loads they sustain per unit of area shall he as nearly uniform as possible, and the stresses shall conform to the requirements of this Code. The dead loads carried by the footings shall include the actual weight of the superstructure and foundations down to the bottom of the footing. All tanks or other receptacles for liquids shall be figured as being full. All vaults or similar built-in structures shall be considered parts of the building. The live load on column footings shall be assumed to be the same as the live load in the low r est tier of columns. 3. Loads exerting pressure under the footings of foundations of buildings more than three stories in height, shall be computed as fol- lows : (a) For buildings in wdiich the required live load does not exceed 75 pounds per square foot, assume the total dead load, plus 60 per cent of the full live load. (b) For buildings in which the required live load exceeds 75 pounds per square foot, assume the total dead load, plus 75 per cent of the full live load. In no case shall the load per square foot under any portion of any footing due to the combined dead, live and wind loads, exceed the safe sustaining power of the soil upon which the footing rests. 4. Concrete footings shall be not less than 12 inches thick, ex- cept as provided in Section 455. 5. Concrete footings shall be made of at least one part of Port- land cement, and not more than two and one-half parts of sand, and five parts of broken stone or gravel. 6. Broken stone shall be hard, durable and of quality approved by the Supervisor. Where gravel is used it shall be thoroughly washed. 7. Where mass concrete is used for footings or foundations, the stone or gravel shall be of such size as will pass through a two-inch ring, and shall be free from dust or other deleterious material. Suffi- cient smaller aggregate shall be added to secure density, and provided that one man stone may be used as a coarse aggregate if spaced not less than three inches apart and three inches away from the faces of forms. 8. Stepped-up courses of brick shall have offsets of not more than one-half inch if laid in single courses, and one inch if laid in double courses. 36 NASHVILLE BUILDING LAWS 9. If the nature of the ground and the character of the building are such as to make it necessary or advisable, isolated piers may be used instead of a continuous wall to support the building. 10. Grillage beams shall be united by holts and separators, and the grillage filled solid with concrete. All metal which forms a part of any footing or foundation shall he entirely encased with at least four inches of concrete. Idem. 275. 1 . Wooden piles shall be of approved timber. They shall he sound and straight. The diameter at the butt shall be not less than ten inches, and the diameter at the point shall be not less than five inches. Any pile over 20 feet in length shall be not less than 12 inches at the butt. The minimum distance between piles shall be two feet. 2. Piles shall be driven to refusal if possible, and the method of driving shall be such as not to impair their strength. The maximum load carried by a pile driven through firm soil to rock or hard pan shall be computed by multiplying the average area of cross section in inches by 500 pounds; but in no case shall such load exceed 15 tons. Piles driven through loose, wet soil to solid rock or hard pan, shall be figured as columns unsupported lasterally for their entire length. 3. The safe sustaining power of a pile not driven to refusal, which shall in no case exceed ten tons, shall be determined by calcula- tion based upon the following formula : 2 W H L— P 1 in which L = the allowable load in tons (maximum ten tons), W— the weight of the hammer in tons, H— the fall of the hammer in feet (maximum 15 feet), P— the average penetration in inches under the last five blows after the pile has sunk to a point where successive blows pro- duce approximately equal penetrations. The Supervisor shall be notified before any test is made of the sustaining power of piles, so that he may be present or represented thereat. 4. The sustaining power of wooden piles driven by steam or pneu- matic hammers or by jetting shall be determined by test as directed by the Supervisor. NASHVILLE BUILDING LAWS 37 5. Piles shall be cut off so that the tops are always below the level of mean low water. Portland cement concrete shall be rammed down in the interspaces between the heads of the piles to a depth of not less than eight inches, and laterally for a distance of not .less than twelve inches on each side of the row of piles. 6. Under frame buildings piles may be capped with timbers, the timbers shall be sound wood, not less than six inches thick, and properly joined together. The tops of all' such timbers shall be below the level of mean low water, except in the case of frame buildings built over the water or on soft meadow, or similar land, in which case piles may project above the water a sufficient distance to raise the building above high tide, and then the building may be placed directly thereon. Idem. 276. Concrete Piles. . 1 . Piles consisting of steel tubes filled with concrete shall have a minimum inside diameter of ten inches, and the thickness of the metal tube not less than %-inch. The length shall not exceed forty times the inside diameter. The ends of the tube shall be faced per- pendicular to its axis. Uo more than one splice of an approved de- sign shall be used in the total length of the pile. When driven to rock, the load on such piles shall not exceed 500 pounds per square inch on the concrete, and 7,500 pounds per square inch on the steel. In computing the effective area of the steel, %-inch of its thickness shall be deducted from the thickness of the tube to allow for corrosion. 2. Concrete piles moulded and cured before driving shall be pro- vided with not less than 2 per cent nor more than 4 per cent of longti- tudinal reinforcement with bands or hoops not less than %-inch diam- eter, and spaced not further apart than six inches. The average diameter of the pile shall be not less than 12 inches, and the diameter at the foot not less than eight inches. The length shall not exceed thirty times the average diameter for piles driven through firm soil, and shall not exceed fifteen times the average diameter for piles driven to rock through loose wet soil, or filled ground. When driven to rock the maximum load carried on such piles shall not exceed 6,000 lbs. per square inch on the longitudinal reinforcement and 500 lbs. per square inch on the concrete at the average cross section. The top of the piles shall be protected with a cushion cap of ap- proved design, and when driven to rock the foot shall be provided with a metal shoe having a square bearing. 38 NASHVILLE BUILDING LAWS 3. When piles of the types described in paragraphs 1 and 2 are not driven to rock their carrying capacity shall be determined by means of one or more test piles, and the working load shall not exceed one- half the test load under which the pile begins to settle, nor shall the prescribed unit stresses be exceeded. 4. Concrete piles cast in place shall be made in such manner as to insure the exclusion of any foreign matter, and to secure a uniform full-size section for the entire length. The average diameter of the pile shall be not less than 14 inches and the diameter at the foot not less than 8 inches. The length shall not exceed twenty-five times the average diameter. The carrying capacity of such piles shall be de- termined by means of one or more test piles, and the allowable working load shall be not greater than one-half the test load under which the test pile begins to settle, nor greater than 350 lbs., per square inch. 5. The concrete shall be mixed in the proportion of one part Portland cement, two parts of clean coarse sand, and four parts of broken stone or gravel of a size passing through a 1 1/4-inch diame- ter ring, with sufficient water to produce a plastic or viscous consist- ency. 6. The clear space between the heads of concrete piles shall be not less than 16 inches. 7. The permissible load upon piles driven out of plumb, and the extent to which piles may be driven out of plumb before being con- demned, shall be determined by the Supervisor. 8. No pile or group of piles shall be loaded eccentrically. Idem. PART IX. Walls. 277 . Brick Walls and Walls in General. 1. Every building other than frame buildings shall be enclosed on all sides with independent or party walls of incombustible ma- terials. This shall not preclude the construction of any story sup- ported on piers entirely open to the outer air, provided that in all such buildings the floor and the ceiling of such open story shall be protected by incombustible material. NASHVILLE BUILDING LAWS ' 39 2. The masonry walls and piers of every building shall be prop- erly and solidly bonded with mortar joints. They shall be built to a line and carried up plumb and straight. 3. All brick shall be thoroughly wet just previous to being laid), except in freezing weather, when they shall be thoroughly dry. IsFo mason work of any description shall be built when the temperature is below 28 degrees Fahrenheit on a rising temperature, or 32 degrees on a falling temperature at the point where the work is in progress. Ni o frozen materials shall be built upon, but shall be removed. 4. INPo wall of any building or structure shall be built more than two stories in advance of any other portion of the walls of the building or structure; this provision need not apply to buildings where walls are carried independently by girders at each floor. All walls shall be securely anchored and bonded at points where they intersect. Where such walls are not built at the same time, the perpendicular joint shall be regularly toothed with 4-inch offsets, and the joint shall be provided with anchors not less than 2-inch by %-inch metal, with bent-up ends or cross pins to form anchorage ; such anchors are to be not less than 3 feet long, extending 18 inches on each side of the joint and spaced not more than three feet apart in height. 5. The walls and beams -of every building during erection or alteration shall be securely braced wherever required until the build- is enclosed. 6. In brick walls every sixth course shall be a heading course, except where walls are faced with brick in Flemish bond, in which case the headers of every third course shall be full brick and bonded into the backing. Where running bond is used, it shall be bonded into the backing by cutting the comers of every brick of every sixth course of the face brick and putting in a row of diagonal headers behind the same, or suitable metal anchors shall be used in the bond- ing course at intervals not exceeding one foot. Where face brick is used of a different thickness from the brick used for backing, the courses of the exterior and interior brickwork shall be brought to a level bed at intervals of not more than eight courses in height of the face brick, and the face brick shall be properly tied to the backing by a full heading course of the face brick or other approved method. 7. Face brick shall be laid at the same time as the backing, and shall in no case be laid after the backing is in place. 8. When walls of hollow blocks are veneered as permitted in Section 287, the facing shall either be bonded to the baeking with 40 NASHVILLE BUILDING LAWS a row of headers every 16 inches, or be attached to the backing with approved metal wall ties bedded in the mortar joints. Snch ties shall not be spaced further apart on centers than one foot vertically and two feet horizontally. Such veneering shall not be considered a part of the required thickness of the wall. Brick facing or veneering may, however, he considered as part of a hollow terra cotta or concrete wall (or vice verse), provided the veneering is bonded at least four inches into the wall at intervals not exceeding six courses of brick. When veneering is used, special care shall be taken to fill all joints flush with mortar around wall openings. 9. No timber, except inside segments, as described in Section 291, and nailing blocks not over eight inches in length, shall be placed in any masonry wall. 10. The walls of each story shall he built up the full thickness to the top of the beams above. Idem. 278. Piers. 1. Every pier shall be built of squared stone, stone concrete, or approved brick. Stone or brick piers shall be laid in Portland cement mortar. Every exterior pier shall be -securely anchored to the beams or girders at the level of each tier. The height of any isolated pier shall not be greater than ten times its least horizontal dimension. Except in frame buildings, no masonry pier shall be less than 16 inches square. 2. Interior piers shall not be built of stone, neither shall stone bonds or caps be used in such piers, except in frame buildings. 3. Every exterior stone or brick pier less than six square feet in cross-section, which supports a beam, girder, arch or column upon which a wall rests, or a lintel spanning an opening over ten feet wide on which a wall rests, shall have built into it, at vertical intervals of not more than six times the least dimension of the pier, approved bond stones, steel, or cast iron plates. All bond plates shall be full size of the pier. 4. Steel bond plates shall be not less than %-inch in thickness and shall be perforated by three holes per square foot of area ; the diameter of the holes shall be not less than %-inch. 5. Monolithic stone posts shall not be used for the support of columns, girders or walls. Idem. NASHVILLE BUILDING LAWS 41 279. Stone Walls. 1. Every stone wall shall have one header extending through the wall in every 2 feet in height and every three feet in length. Headers shall be staggered. All headers shall he good, flat stones, not less than 12 inches wide and 8 inches thick. 2. All stones shall be laid on their natural bed. Ho stone which does not bond into the wall at least six inches shall be used. Stones shall be firmly bedded in mortar with all spaces and joints thoroughly filled. 3. Walls built of squared stone, with dressed level beds, shall have a thickness not less than that required for brick walls under similar conditions. 4. Walls built of rubble stone shall have a sufficient increase of thickness over that specified for squared stone walls. Ruble stone walls shall not exceed three stories, or 40 feet, in height. Idem. 280. Ashlar. 1. Stone or architectural terra cotta ashlar, or other approved material used for the facing of any building or structure, shall be not less than four inches thick. In stone ashlar, each stone shall have a reasonably uniform thickness, but all stones need not necessarily be the same thickness. 2. Each block of ashlar or other approved facing, shall either be bonded into the backing, or be securely anchored to the backing with metallic anchors, at least one for each 30 inches lineal length of course, and the backing, independent of facing, shall conform to the wall thickness required by this Code. 3. Where every alternate course of facing is at least eight inches thick and bonded into the backing, at least four inches, the ashlar may be counted as part of the thickness of the wall. 4. Ho wall faced with ashlar shall be less than 12 inches thick. Idem. 281. Mortar for Walls. — -Foundations, footings and parapet wall cappings shall be laid in Portland cement mortar, also arches over door- ways and windows. All chimney stems shall be laid in Portland cement mortar to which 10 per cent of lime has been added. Other brick walls may be laid in lime, lime and cement, or cement mortar. Hollow block walls shall be laid in Portland cement mortar to which 10 per cent of lime has been added. * Idem. 42 NASHVILLE BUILDING LAWS 282 . Brick Wall Thicknesses. 1. All bearing walls shall be of sufficient thickness to support the load to be carried without exceeding the stresses herein specified, but in no case shall such walls be less than 12 inches thick, unless built of reinforced concrete. 2. The minimum thickness of all brick bearing walls shall be in accordance with the following schedules and tables. In determin- ing the thickness of walls for varying heights, they shall be measured to the nearest tier of beams or support, whether this be a founda- tion, a beam, or a girder. 3. Walls for Dwelling House Class. — The expression, “walls for dwelling house class/’ shall be taken to mean and include walls for all buildings specified under Classes 0 and D, Section 267, as well as all other buildings used for temporary or permanent residence. For all brick bearing walls of buildings of the dwelling house class, the upper three # stories shall be not less than 12 inches thick, increasing four inches in thickness for each three stories or fraction thereof below. E"o three-story increment shall exceed 45 feet in height. 4. Table indicating minimum thickness of walls in accordance with above requirements : Dwelling House Class. Brick Bearing Walls. Stories. 123456789 10 1 12 . . * . . . . 2 12 12 3 12 12 12 4 16 12 12 12 5 16 16 12 12 12 6 16 16 16 12 12 12 7 20 16 16 16 12 12 12 8 20 20 16 16 16 12 12 12 . . 9 20 20 20 16 16 16 12 12 12 10 24 20 20 20 16 16 16 12 12 12 5. Walls for Warehouse Class . — The expression, “walls for ware- house class,” shall be taken to mean and include walls for all build- ings specified under Classes A, B, E, and F, in Section 267, as well as all other buildings used for similar purposes. NASHVILLE BUILDING LAWS 43 Excepting party and fire walls, brick bearing walls for all build- ings of this class, not exceeding five stories, or 65 feet, in height, shall have the upper two stories not less than 12 inches thick, in- creasing four inches in thickness for each two stories or fraction thereof below. For such buildings in excess of five stories, but not exceeding ten stories, or 125 feet, in height, the top story shall be not less than 12 inches thick, increasing 4 inches in' thickness for each two stories or fraction thereof below. No two-story increment shall exceed 30 feet in height. 6. Table indicating minimum thickness of walls in accordance with above requirements. Warehouse Class. Brick Bearing Walls . Stories. 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 1 12 2 12 12 3 16 12 12 4 16 16 12 12 5 20 16 16 12 12 6 24 20 20 16 16 12 7 24 24 20 20 16 16 12 8 28 24 24 20 20 16 16 12 9 28 28 24 24 20 20 16 16 12 10 32 28 28 24 24 20 20 16 16 12 7. In all buildings, except dwellings, brick party walls and fire walls which serve as bearing walls on both sides, shall be not less than 16 inches thick in the upper two stories or upper 30 feet, increasing four inches in thickness for each two stories or fraction thereof below. 8. The height of a wall between lateral supports shall not ex- ceed fifteen times its thickness unless strengthened by piers or cross walls. 9. When the clear span of a floor is greater than 25 feet in build- ings of Classes A. B, E, and F, and greater than 26 feet in buildings of Classes C and D, the thickness of bearing walls shall be increased four inches over that specified in the foregoing tables for every 12% feet or fraction thereof that the said span exceeds 2$ feet for build- ings of Classes A, B, E, and E, or 26 feet for Classes C and D; or shall have in lieu of this increase of thickness, equivalent piers or buttresses. 44 NASHVILLE BUILDING LAWS 10. If any horizontal section through a hearing wall shows- more than 30 per cent area of flues and openings in a wall laid up in lime, or lime and cement mortar, or 45 per cent in a wall laid up in Port- land cement mortar, the said wall shall be increased a thickness of four inches for every 15 per cent or fraction thereof for which the total area of flues and openings exceed 30 per cent or 45 per cent The total area of openings and flues in any bearing wall shall not in any case exceed 60 per cent, provided that the allowable stresses shall not be exceeded. 11. In all buildings, Avails 12 inches thick, and over 60 feet in length; and walls 16 inches thick which are over 100 feet in length, shall be four inches thicker throughout than is required by this Code, unless they are properly braced by cross walls, pilasters, or buttresses. 12. The thickness of non-bearing walls may be four inches less than that of bearing walls, provided that no non-bearing wall is less than 12 inches thick except it be of reinforced concrete. 13. In no case shall the thickness at the bottom of masonry re- taining walls be less than one-quarter the height of the Avail unless reinforced in an approved manner. 14. Brick or concrete walls for buildings outside the fire limits, which under this ordinance could be of wood, may have a minimum thickness of eight inches. Such walls shall not exceed two stories, or 24 feet, in height, exclusive of gables, and shall be properly braced by cross walls, piers, or buttresses, not less than 16 feet apart, and if of brick, to be laid in cement mortar with metal or other similar approved cross bonding material and no brick header bond shall be used in such exterior walls. Idem . 283. Panel or Enclosure Walls for Skeleton Construction. — In skeleton construction the panel walls shall be supported by girders at each floor level, and if of brick, shall be not less than 12 inches thick, laid in cement mortar. When the vertical distance betAveen supporting girders exceeds 15 feet the thickness of the wall shall be increased four inches for each 15 feet or fraction thereof that the said vertical distance exceeds 15 feet. Such walls shall be of brick, stone or gravel concrete, or hard burned terra cotta. Idem. 284. Curtain Walls. — Curtain walls over three stories, or 50 feet, in height shall be laid in cement mortar, and shall be not less than NASHVILLE BUILDING LAWS 45 12 inches thick for the uppermost 50 feet thereof, or nearest tier of beams to that height, and increased four inches for every additional section of three stories, or 45 feet, or nearest tier of beams to that height. When such walls are used, the foundation of the buildings shall be so designed that the load from the columns and the load of the walls are carried together. Curtain walls shall be anchored to the steel framing- at each floor level, the anchors being spaced not farther apart than six feet horizontally. Idem . 285. Fire Walls. 1. Fire walls shall be built of brick laid’ in Portland cement mor- tar, or of reinforced concrete. In fireproof buildings, brick fire walls supported by girders at each story, may be 12 inches thick through- out. In non-fireproof buildings, brick fire walls which do not serve as bearing walls shall be not less than 16 inches thick in the upper four stories, or upper 50 feet, increasing four inches in thickness for each two stories or fraction thereof below. ~No such two-story in- crement shall exceed 30 feet- in height. In frame buildings used’ for manufacturing or commercial purposes, and not exceeding two stories, or 30 feet in height, non-bearing fire walls shall be not less than 12 inches thick. 2. Every opening in a fire wall or a party wall, shall be pro- tected on each side of the wall by an approved automatic fire door. ISTo opening in any such wall shall exceed 80 square feet in area, ex- cept that by written permission of the Supervisor, a larger opening may be had upon the ground floor only ; but special precautions shall be taken to protect such opening, and in no case shall the total width of openings in any one story, other than the first story, exceed 25 per cent in linear length of the wall. Fire and party walls shall be continuous from foundation to three feet above roof level and be coped, except that such walls in fireproof buildings need not extend above the top of the roof beams. 3. When three or more buildings used for stores, factories or warehouses, communicate by openings through separating fire walls, the openings shall be protected by double fire doors, and each building shall also be provided with a system of approved automatic sprinklers. 4. If an opening in a fire wall is made to serve as an emergency or horizontal exit, and is included in the calculations for exits, it shall not exceed 48 square feet in area, and a self-closing fire door shall be substituted for one of the automatic fire doors. The automatic door 46 NASHVILLE BUILDING LAWS shall be controlled by an approved automatic door release on each side of the wall. Idem. 286 . Parapet Walls . — All exterior or party walls over 20 feet high, except where such walls are finished as cornices, gutters, or crown mouldings, excepting also the walls of detached dwellings with peaked or hipped roofs, shall be furnished with parapets. Parapet walls shall be the full thickness of the top story walls and shall pro- ject at least three feet above the roof at all points, except that on dwellings the parapets may be reduced to two feet. All parapet walls shall be coped with approved durable material. Idem. 287 . Hollow Building Bloch Walls. 1. Hollow building blocks of hard burned terra cotta or of con- crete may be used for all walls, except party and fire walls, of build^ ings not exceeding three stories, or 40 feet, in height, provided that such blocks have met the test requirements of Section 320, and are not stressed beyond the safe limits therein prescribed. The minimum thickness of such walls shall be as required for brick walls. 2. Concrete blocks shall not be used in construction until they have attained an age of 28 days, nor until they have developed the required test strength. All building blocks shall be laid in Portland cement mortar. 3. If a wall be built of blocks laid with the cells horizontal, which were designed to be normally laid with the cells vertical, or if band courses of such blocks with cells horizontal be laid in a wall otherwise built of the same blocks w 7 ith the cells vertical, the carrying capacity of such walls shall be calculated from the strength of the blocks tested with their cells horizontal. 4. Hollow Terra cotta blocks in exterior walls shall be either extra hard burned or be veneered with brick, architectural terra cotta, or stone, securely bonded and set as provided in Section 277, paragraph 8, or the blocks shall be covered on the exposed surface with at least %-inch of Portland cement stucco ; such blocks shall be well scored, grooved or roughened to retain the coating. The stucco shall not be considered as a part of the required thickness of the wall. 5. When hollow block walls, laid with cells vertical, are decreased in thickness, the blocks in the top course of the thicker wall shall be filled solidly with concrete, or the exposed openings in such top course NASHVILLE BUILDING LAWS 47 may be covered with slabs of hard burned terra cotta or concrete at least one inch in thickness. Terra cotta, concrete or metal slabs or templates of approved size and thickness shall be placed under all floor beams and girders as bearing plates in order that, the allowable working stresses sha^l not be exceeded. 6. Building blocks shall be so laid that the shells and webs shall be superposed upon the shells or webs of the ad'jacent block or blocks below. 7. Hollow blocks when used to form lintels, which are not keyed arches, shall be reinforced vdth steel rods, and be filled solidly with concrete. Such lintels shall be designed in accordance with the same stresses and other requirements for reinforced concrete as required in Section 382. 8. Except for party or fire walls, hard burned terra cotta blocks may be used for walls of skeleton construction having a height not exceeding four stories, or 55 feet. The thickness shall be the same as required for brick avails. Terra cotta blocks faced with brick bonded in the manner specified in the last half of paragraph 8, Section 277, may be used for walls of skeleton construction to a height of 10 stories, or 125 feet. Idem. 288 . Existing Walls. 1. Where an existing party wall is to be incorporated in a new building of skeleton or curtain wall construction, the vertical exten- sion of the existing party wall shall be supported entirely by columns and girders and not by the party wall below, except that such exist- ing party wall may be extended vertically to the height permitted by this Code for its existing thickness. 2. Should it be desired to increase the height of other existing •party or independent walls, which are less in thickness than required under this Code, this shall be done by lining with brickwork to form a combined thickness with the old wall of not less than four inches more than the thickness required for a new wall corresponding with the total height of the wall when so increased in height. Such lining shall be supported on proper foundations and carried up to full height. All linings shall be at least eight inches in thickness, laid up in cement mortar, bond'ed with 4-inch by 16-inch Brick toothing projecting four inches into the old w T all at least every seven feet, both horizontally and vertically, and shall be thoroughly anchored to the old brick walls with suitable wrought iron or steel anchors, placed two feet apart and 48 NASHVILLE BUILDING LAWS properly anchored into the old walls by through bolts or by expansion bolts set in cement or by other approved method. The anchors shall be placed in rows, alternating vertically and horizontally with each other, the old walls being first cleaned of plaster or other coatings where any lining is to be built against the same. Ho wall shall be lined unless in good condition. Idem. 289. Furred Walls cmd Hollow Walls. 1. The inside four inches of all walls may be built of hard burned hollow brick, the dimensions of ordinary brick, properly tied and bonded into the walls. Terra cotta, concrete, or gypsum tile or blocks used as lining or furring shall not be considered as forming part of the required 1 thickness of any wall. 2. In all hollow walls of stone, brick, or concrete, the same net horizontal section shall be used as if they were solid. The parts of hollow walls shall be connected by approved ties of brick, stone, or metal, placed not over 24 inches apart horizontally and vertically. Metal ties shall have the ends bent at right angles, and be not less than one inch wide by ^-inch thick, and shall extend into the wall on each side not less than four inches. Idem. 290. Recesses and Chases in Walls. 1. Recesses for stairways or elevators may be located within the required thickness of foundations or cellar walls, provided the walls are not thereby reduced to a less thickness than that required for a fourth story wall. Reinforcements shall be supplied where neces- sary to compensate for the diminished thickness. The brick backing of recesses for alcoves and similar spaces shall be not less than eight inches thick. 2. Ho pipe chases shall extend into any wall more than one-third of its required thickness. Ho horizontal chase or recess shall exceed four feet in length in any wall. Chases shall not be permitted within the required area of any pier. Chases or recesses in walls built of hollow blocks shall not be formed by cutting of blocks, or by other method which would impair the strength of the wall. Heat fitting metal sleeves, or asbestos covering, shall be provided around pipes at each floor level, and the chases at these levels shall be filled with solid masonry for the space of one foot in height. Idem. NASHVILLE BUILDING LAWS 49 291. Arches and Lintels. 1. Openings for doors and windows shall have arches or lin- tels of masonry or metal, which shall have a bearing at each end of not less than 6 inches on the wall. Bearing plates shall be provided for lintels resting on walls where the span is more than 6 feet. Tie rods shall be used in all arches where necessary to resist the thrust, and when steel or metal is used for lintels it shall be so arranged as to support the entire thickness of the wall. 2. On the inside of openings less than 4 feet in width in walls of non-fireproof buildings in which lintels or arches may be less than the thickness of the Avail to be supported, timber segments may be permitted which shall rest at each end not more than 2 inches on any Avail, and be cut to serve as center for a rowlock or keyed arch. Brick arches 5 feet wide and under shall not be less than 8 inches high. Idem. 292. Walls of Unfinished Buildings. — Any building, the erec- tion of which was commenced in accordance with specifications and plans submitted to and approved by the Supervisor prior to the pas- sage of this Code, if properly constructed, and in safe condition, may be completed or built upon in accordance with the requirements of laAv as to thickness of Avails in force at the time when such specifi- cations and plans were approved. Idem. PART X. Heights and Areas. 293. Heights of Buildings. 1. Hio building or structure hereafter erected, except church spires, water towers, smoke stacks or chimneys, shall exceed in height tAvo and one-half times the Avidth of the widest street upon which it fronts, nor shall it exceed the folloAving limits. Height in Height in Stories. feet. Frame buildings used for purposes other than dAvellings and tenements 2 30 Frame dwellings and tenements occupied by not more than two families 2 % 30 50 NASHVILLE BUILDING LAWS Frame dwellings occupied by not more than one family 3 35 Frame dwellings having bearing walls of hollow terra cotta or concrete blocks 3 40 ^on-fireproof buildings, ordinary construction. .4 55 Non-fir eproof buildings, mill construction. 5 65 Fireproof buildings used for factories, stores, warehouses or workshops 7 85 Fireproof buildings used for purposes other than factories, stores, warehouses or workshops. ... 10 125 2. If a single story building exceeds 30 feet in height the roof shall be constructed entirely of incombustible materials, and all metal framework of same shall be protected with fireproofing, except as provided in Section 267, paragraph 2. 3. A single story building not exceeding 30 feet in height may have a roof monitor not exceeding 10 feet in height. 4. No story of any building above the first story shall exceed 15 feet in height. Idem. 294 . Allowable Floor Areas. 1. In every building of the character named in this section the maximum area of any floor between fire walls or exterior walls, either without or with a full equipment of automatic sprinklers, shall be as follows : 2 . Non-Fire proof Construction. (a) Tenement houses, 3,000 square feet. (b) All other ordinary non-fireproof buildings, height not exceeding 55 feet. Fronting on One street Two streets Three or more streets Without Sprinklers. 5.000 sq. feet 6.000 sq. feet 7,500 sq. feet With Sprinklers , increase of 66 2/3 per cent 8,333 sq. feet 10,000 sq. feet 12,500 sq. feet (c) Mill construction buildings, height limit, 65 feet. NASHVILLE BUILDING LAWS 51 With Sprinklers, Without increase of Fronting on Sprinklers. 100 per cent. One street 6,500 sq. feet 13,000 sq. feet Two streets 8,000 sq. feet 16,000 sq. feet Three or more streets 10,000 sq. feet 20,000 sq. feet 3. Fireproof Construction. (a) All buildings of Classes A, B, C, and D ; light and power stations; office buildings: Xo restrictions as to area. (b) All other buildings not exceeding 65 feet in height. With Sprinklers, Without increase of Fronting on Sprinklers. 66 2/3 per cent. One street 10,000 sq. feet 16,666 sq. feet Two streets 12,000 sq. feet 20,000 sq. feet Three or more streets 15,000 sq. feet 25,000 sq. feet (c) Stores, warehouses, factories and workshops not exceed- ing 85 feet; and other buildings not exceeding 125 feet in height. With Sprinklers, Without increase of Fronting on Sprinklers. 50 per cent . One street 7,500 sq. feet 11,250 sq. feet Two streets 10,000 sq. feet 15,000 sq. feet Three or more streets 12,500 sq. feet 18,750 sq. feet (d) The first floor only of any fireproof building occupied as a store may have an area of 20,000 sq. ft., and if fully protected by approved automatic sprinklers may be increased 50 per cent, or have a maximum area of 30,000 sq. ft. Idem. PART XI. Allowable Loads. 295. Floor Loads. 1. Each floor of every building shall be of sufficient strength in all its parts to bear safely the weight to be imposed thereon, in addi- tion to the weight of the floor itself. It shall safely support a mimi- mum live load per square foot of area as specified in the following table : 52 NASHVILLE BUILDING LAWS Live Loads. *. Pounds per square foot. Ground and Lower Floors. Class of Building Foundries, light and power plants, printing and lithographing houses, railroad freight depots 250 Warehouses • 200 Car barns, garages 150 Fire houses 150 Armories, ball rooms, dance halls, exhibition buildings, factories, gymnasiums, work- shops, lofts, markets, stables, stores, public halls, restaurants 120 Railway passenger stations 120 Office buildings 120 Court Houses 100 Churches, libraries, museums, theatres 90 Schools and colleges 90 Asylums, bath houses, club houses, detention buildings, dormitories, hospitals, hotels, lodge rooms, lodging houses, studios . . Tenement houses and dwellings, 90 60 Upper Floors. 250 200 120 60 120 90 75 100 90 75 60 40 2. Any floor beam in a building of Class E shall be capable of sustaining a live load at its center of at least 4,000 pounds. 3. No safe shall be placed on a stair landing or in a stair hall, nor shall its weight be carried by any beam which also carries the floor of any stair landing or stair hall. Idem. 296. Roof Loads. — Every roof with a pitch of less than 20 de- grees with the horizontal, shall be proportioned to bear safely a live load of 30 pounds per square foot of surface. If the pitch be more than 20 degrees, the live load shall be assumed to be 20 pounds per square foot measured on a horizontal plane. Idem. 297. Column Loads. 1. Every column, post or other vertical support shall be of suf- fficient strength to bear safely the combined live and dead loads trans- mitted to it. NASHVILLE BUILDING LAWS 53 2. In buildings more than five stories in height, the following reductions are permissible: For columns supporting roof and top floor, no reduction; for columns supporting each succeeding floor, a reduction of 5 per cent, of the total live load per floor may be made, but the total deduction shall not exceed 50 per cent. 3. Ho reduction of live load on columns shall be permitted in buildings where the assumed floor load is more than 120 pounds per square foot and is likely to be permanent in character as in ware- houses, printing houses, machine shops, etc. 4. For structures carrying machinery, such as cranes, conveyors, printing presses, etc., at least 25 per cent shall be added to the stresses from live loads to provide for effect of impact and vibrations. Idem. 298. Sidewalk Loads. — For sidewalks between the curb and building lines, live loads shall be taken at 500 pounds per square foot or a concentrated load of 5 tons at any point. Idem. 299. Strength of Existing Floors to be Computed. — In every ex- isting building of Classes E and F, erected and occupied before the adoption of this Code, the weight that each floor will safely sustain shall be computed by a competent person employed by the owner or occupant. Such computations shall be filed with the Supervisor with an affidavit by the person making the same, in such manner as the Supervisor may direct, and shall give full information on which the computations are based. When the safe live loads on any existing floor thus ascertained has been approved by the Supervisor he shall post one or more copies of such approved live load in such conspicu- ous place or places on each story as may be designated by the Super- visor and no floor shall be loaded in excess of the safe allowances mentioned in said posted copy. Idem. PART XII. Means of Egress. 300. Number and Width of Exits and Doors. 1. Every building, except dwellings, and every story in each building above the first, shall have at least two means of exit remote 54 NASHVILLE BUILDING LAWS from each other ; one of these shall open to a street or fireproof pas- sage leading to a street, and one may open to a yard or other space deemed safe by the Supervisor and of sufficient area to accommodate all persons in the building. Two means of exit remote from each other shall be provided from each story of dwellings when over 2 stories in height. 2. In every building except buildings of Class D, all required exit doors in the first story, including the doors of vestibules, shall open outwards. Provided this requirement shall not prohibit the use of doors which swing both inwards and outwards, nor of sliding or rolling doors in stables, garages, storerooms, and the shipping and receiving rooms of manufacturing, mercantile and industrial build- ings, where conditions make such necessary. 3. When exit doorways have a clear wfidth of at least 40 inches each, the aggregate widths of such doorways shall be equal to the required width of corridor or stairway served by same. When indi- vidual doors are less than 40 inches wide, there shall be one door- way for each 22 inches of required width of corridor or stairway leading to same. Every doorway shall be at least 35 inches wide in the clear. All passageway exit doors shall swing in the direction of exit travel, except in case of horizontal exits where direction of travel may be indeterminate. 4. The opening of one door shall not be permitted to obstruct another, and the arc of opening of doors which open upon stairway landings or platforms shall not reduce the width of the passageway to less than the required width of the stairs. 5. Every room having an occupancy of more than 75 persons shall have at least two doorways not less than 5 feet in the clear re- mote from each other leading to exits. 6. Hallways or corridors at the street or court level furnishing exit from stairways, shall be not less in width than the aggregate width of the required stairways which they serve. Every hallway or corridor which may serve as an exit for 50 or more persons, shall have at least 60 inches of width for the first 50 persons and 12 inches additional -for each additional 50 persons to be accommodated thereby. This computation shall be based on the number of persons in the story having the largest occupancy served by said corridor and kept free from obstructions of any character. 7. At all times when any loft or space is occupied for manufac- turing or mercantile purposes, the fastenings or locks on exit doors shall be such as may be easily opened from the inside without the use of keys. NASHVILLE BUILDING LAWS 55 8. A metal and glass box using green glass marked “EXIT” in letters not less than 6 inches in height and body of letters 1 inch wide, shall be placed over all exits in the above specified buildings. The elevators shall be provided with similar signs marked “ELE- VATOR.” Such signs shall be illuminated when necessary by means of artificial lighting. The color of such letters shall be green. 9. Elevators, escalators and revolving doors shall not be consid- ered in calculating exit requirements excepting such revolving doors as are automatically collapsible. 10. Entrances and doors in tenement houses, theatres, motion picture theatres, and places of public or private entertainments, shall be as elsewhere provided in this Code. Idem. 301 . Stairs and Stainvays , Construction of. 1. All buildings which are used above the first floor for manufac- turing or business purposes, or for public assemblage, or for any purpose whatever if five stories or more, or # 60 feet high, except armo- ries, courthouses, dwellings, fire houses, jails, libraries, museums, po- lice stations, prisons, railway stations and similar buildings, shall preferably have the required stair shafts separately and continu- ously enclosed, as specified in Sections 353 and 356. In fireproof buildings all stairs, platforms, landings, and stair hallways, includ- ing the flooring, shall be of fireproof construction. Storage of com- bustible material is prohibited within the stairway enclosure. 2. All stairs, platforms, landings, balconies and stair hallways, shall be of sufficient strength to sustain safely a live load of not less than 100 pounds per square foot for interior construction, and 150 pounds per square foot for exterior construction, with a factor of safety of 4 in each case ; and except in dwellings shall conform to all the requirements of this section as to hand rails, newels, landings, widths, exits, and prohibition against winding treads. The space beneath any stairway built in whole or in part of combustible ma- terial shall be left entirely open or be completely enclosed without door or other opening. 3. Xo stories in any building shall be connected by an open shaft or stairway except dwellings and buildings mentioned in paragraph 1 ; also theatres as provided in Section 489. 4. Stairways used as required means of exit shall be at least 48 inches wide between faces of walls, or 44 inches wide between face of wall and an open balustrade, or between two open balustrades. 56 NASHVILLE BUILDING LAWS All such widths shall be clear of all obstructions except that hand rails attached to walls may project not more than 3% inches within them. If newels project above tops of rails, a clear width of at least 44 inches shall he provided between the faces of the newel and the face of the wall or newel opposite. All stairs shall have walls or well secured balustrades or guards on both sides, and except in dwellings, shall have hand rails on both sides. A stairway of 7 feet or more in width shall be provided with a continuous intermediate hand rail substantially supported. All stairs shall have treads and risers of uniform width and height throughout each flight; the rise shall be not more than 7*4 inches, and the tread exclusive of the nosing not less than 9% inches. Stairways exceeding 12 feet in height shall have an intermediate landing. Buildings in which there may be a congregation of people for civic, political, educational, religious or amusement purposes, except as provided for theatres in Section 486 and in those used for the care or treatment of persons, all stairs exceeding 8 feet in height shall have an intermediate landing. All landings shall be at least 3 feet in length. 5. No arrangement of treads known as winders shall be permitted in required stairways between the level of the x top floor and the street. 6. Whenever the treads or landings are of slate, marble, stone, or composition, they shall be supported for their entire length and width by a solid metal plate at least %-inch thick, securely fastened. If stairs are of incombustible material, other than metal, and treads and landings are each solidly supported for their entire length and width by masonry, metal supports for treads may be omitted. 7. All stairways that serve as required means of exit for one or more of the upper four stories of every building shall be continued their full width to the roof, and shall lead by a direct line of travel to the first story, and open directly on the street, or to an open-air or fireproof passage leading to the street, or to a yard or court connected with the street. Such fireproof passage shall be not less than 7 feet # in height. 8. The continuity of all stairs which may be used for exit pur- poses, shall be interrupted at street level by partitions or doors or other means which will indicate the main floor level and make clear the direction of egress to the street. 9. Every enclosed stairway shall be provided with an adequate system of lighting, arranged to insure reliable operation when through accident or other causes the regular lighting is extinguished. NASHVILLE BUILDING LAWS 57 10. All required stairways shall be constructed in one of the fol- lowing three ways, and shall be known as stair exits : (b) Smokeproof Tower . — The stairs, landings, and balconies or platforms, shall be solid and completely enclosed as required for interior stairways in Section 353 and shall extend from the sidewalk, court, or yard level to and above the roof to form a bulkhead. There shall be no openings in any wall separating the stairway from the building, but fixed or automatic fire-windows sufficient for lighting purposes are not objectionable' in the extreme walls, provided they are not subject to fire exposure hazard from the same or nearby build- ings. Access shall be provided to the stairway from every story of the building by outside balconies of steel or masonry, or by vesti- bules within the walls of the building but open on at least one side. Every such balcony or vestibule shall have an unobstructed width of at least 44 inches, and shall open upon an open space not less than 100 square feet in area. The balcony or vestibule shall be provided with a solid incombustible floor. Railings of steel, or other approved incombustible material, shall be provided not less than 4 feet high. Access to the balcony or vestibule from the building and to the stair- ways from the balcony or vestibule shall be by approved self-closing fire doors not less than 40 inches wide and 7 feet high, which shall swing in the direction of exit travel. The doors shall be provided with locks or latches with visible fastenings requiring no keys to open them. A wired glass panel shall be provided in the door opening into the stair shaft of not less than one-third its area. The level of the balcony or vestibule floor shall be not more than 7% inches below the door sill of the building. Landings in such stairways shall be of a width that the doors in opening into the stairway shall not reduce the free passageway of the landing to a width less than the width of the stairway. Idem. 302. Fire Escapes . — Every building, except as herein pro- vided, now or hereafter used in whole or in part, as a public building, public or private institution in which persons assemble, work, room, lodge or sleep above the second story, shall be provided with a proper number of outside fire escapes for the use of all persons accommodated, assembled, employed, lodged or residing in such building; each fire escape shall be kept free from obstruction and in good repair, and ready for use at all times, and shall have such hallways and approaches on each story as shall be necessary, and where practicable the plat- forms shall be placed at or just below the floor levels. 58 NASHVILLE BUILDING LAWS Such fire escapes shall consist of outside iron balconies at each floor above the first floor, and stairways, connecting said balconies to the ground where the fire escape projects over a public highway, a balanced flight shall connect the lower balcony to the ground in a manner hereinafter specified, (or an intermediate platform not less than 9 feet above sidewalk or grade with an iron ladder extending to within 7 feet of grade may be used if approved by the Supervisor. ) Stairway flights shall be placed on a slope not steeper than a ratio of one horizontal to one and one-quarter vertical. The balcony on the top floor shall be provided with a goose neck ladder leading from said balcony to above the roof and secured to same. Balconies shall be not less than 3 feet 6 inches in width, and shall extend not less than 8 inches each side of the clear opening of window or windows opening on said balcony. Platforms or landings at head or foot of stair flights shall not be less than 24 inches by 36 inches in area. All balconies and platforms shall be designed, constructed and erected to sustain a uniform live load of not less than 60 pounds per square foot, in addition to their own weight. At least one window and, if feasible, not less than two windows of each part of a building separated by inside walls shall open onto balconies. All windows or doors opening upon a balcony shall be of easy access and at the level of balcony floor, of sufficient size to per- mit of easy passage through them, and of fire proof construction (us- ing approved wired glass where necessary) and such doors and wind- ows shall open outward in double door fashion where possible. All such doors, windows, platforms and stairways shall be kept free from all obstructions. Stairway flights shall not be less than 20 inches in width and shall be designed, constructed and erected to safely carry a live load of not less than 150 pounds per step with the exception of the treads which shall be designed to carry a live load of 200 pounds concentrated at the center of tread. Treads shall not be less than 7 inches in width, and the rise of each step shall not exceed 9 inches. A clear distance of not less than 20 inches shall be left between the stairway and wall of building. Stairway openings in platforms, landings or balconies shall he of sufficient size to provide a clear headway of at least 6 feet, 6 inches, and shall not be less than 21 inches in width, such openings shall not be covered over in any way. All balconies, platforms, landings and stairways shall be pro- vided with substantial hand railings, such railing to be not less than NASHVILLE BUILDING LAWS 59 36 inches nor more than 42 inches high, well secured and braced at wall and posts, with posts spaced not more than six feet apart. Brackets supporting fire escapes shall be placed at all points where stairs connect, at or near ends of balconies and at intermediate points not further apart than 8 feet. Brackets shall be securely fas- tened to wall at top with % inch bolts going entirely through the wall with washers on inside of wall, and at the bottom with % inch ex- pansion bolts. On new buildings, all brackets shall be set as the walls are being built. All steel, wrought iron, and cast iron members shall be designed in accordance with the allowable working stresses specified in this Code. ~No steel or wrought iron less than % inch in thickness shall be used (excepting webs of channels and beams) and no angles less than 2x2x%-inch, or bars less than l^x^-inch will be acceptable. Strings shall be made of not less than 6-inch steel channels or other shapes equally as strong. When a fire escape projects over a street or other public highway a properly balanced flight shall be required to connect the lower balcony with a safe landing place. Should the balcony be more than 16 feet above the sidewalk or ground an intermediate landing shall be provided. Such landing shall be located not less than 9 feet above the sidewalk or ground and shall be connected with the balcony above by means of a stairway constructed as herein specified. The balance flight shall be made as specified for other flights, well braced, pivoted and properly balanced to stand at a horizontal posi- tion without danger to passersby. Idem. 303. All parts of fire escapes shall be painted not less than 2 coats of paint, one coat at the shop and another coat after erection, and shall be painted thereafter whenever needed. Idem. 304. The Supervisor of Buildings or his assistant shall have power to make and have served an order in writing upon any owner or owners, lessee, or agent of any building coming under the provis- ions of this ordinance, ordering that one or more fire escapes shall be erected on the said building, or ordering that a fire escape already erected shall be changed in such manner as he shall designate in order to conform to the provisions of this ordinance. Idem. 60 NASHVILLE BUILDING LAWS 305 . Any corporation, firm or person failing or neglecting to obey sucb order within thirty days from the date of issue of said order, shall he liable to a penalty fine as herein provided, and each day elapsing thereafter until the fire escape shall have been erected on said building in compliance with said order shall constitute a sepa- rate offense subject to the penalty fine herein designated. Idem. 306 . Smoke-proof towers with fire-proof stairways therein, ap- proved by the Supervisor, shall be considered as meeting the require- ments of this ordinance. Idem. 307 . An “Exit-to-fire-escape” box sign, with green glass letters not less than 3 inches high on face and an electric light within, shall be placed at the entrance to fire escape on each floor of every building having fire escapes. Such signs shall be kept lighted all and every night when people are rooming or sleeping within, or during the en- , tire time people are congregated within such building. Idem. ^ 308 . Requirements for Exits and Stairways. 1. Every building hereafter erected, and every building altered or converted to increase its occupancy, excepting dwellings, tenement houses, theatres, and assembly halls, which are elsewhere provided for, shall have exits and stairways as required in this section. 2. (a) The term floor area in this section shall mean the entire space in a given story between exterior walls, fire walls or fire exit partitions, except that in computing such area the space occupied by walls, partitions, columns, and all shafts may be excluded. '(b) The term stair exit in this section shall be as required in paragraph 10, section 301. (c) The term horizontal exit shall be understood to mean one or more openings through or around a fire wall, fire exit partition, or any wall separating two buildings ; no such opening shall be less than 30 inches wide: Or such an exit may be an exterior bridge or bal- cony connecting two buildings or two floor areas of the same build- ing. Where there is a difference in level between connected buildings or floor areas, gradients shall be provided of not more than 1 foot in 6 feet where practicable. The bridges or balconies shall be not less than 44 inches wide, and shall be constructed of incombustible ma- terial, and enclosed on the sides at least 4 feet high. All exterior exposing openings in connected buildings or floor areas within 10 NASHVILLE BUILDING LAWS 61 feet of bridge or balcony shall be protected by fire doors or fire windows with fixed or automatic sash. The floor of a bridge or bal- cony shall be not more than 7% inches helow the door sill opening upon it; the connecting floor within the building shall be not more than 1 inch below the sill. Every such bridge or balcony when en- closed shall be provided with means of lighting. All horizontal exits shall be provided with self-closing fire doors. Such doors shall be kept unlocked during the occupancy of any por- tion of the floor areas or connected buildings. No glass shall be used in such doors when used on exits through fire walls as provided in Section 285, paragraph 4. Wired glass may be used in doors in other horizontal exits provided it conforms to the requirements of Section 285, paragraph 4. The available floor area on each side of a horizontal exit shall be sufficient for the joint occupancy on the basis of not less than 3 square feet of unobstructed space per person and shall be provided with at least one stairway as defined in Section 301. 3. (a) In all buildings not exempted in paragraph 1 of this sec- tion, one of the two required means of exit from every floor area above the first floor shall be a stair exit, and the other may be a stair exit or a horizontal exit. No part of any floor area above the first floor, excepting buildings of Class F, shall be more than 100 feet dis- tant from an entrance to one such means of exit. When a building over 35 feet in height is occupied for business purposes on the lower floors and for the home of not more than two families on the floors above, at least one continuous enclosed stairway shall be provided to the street level through the stories occupied for business. 4 (b) In buildings of Class E, over 55 feet high, except office build- ings, one of the two required means of exit shall be either a smoke- proof tower or an interior enclosed stairway with self-closing doors opening into hallways which are also enclosed with fireproof parti- tions as specified in Section 309, paragraph 1. (c) In every building over 90 feet in height one of the required means of exit shall be a smokeproof tower or a horizontal exit as herein defined. 4. In determining the occupancy of any building, the width of stairways required for any floor area above the first floor shall be determined by the number of persons occupying such floor area, com- puted on the basis of fourteen persons for each 22 inches width of stairway, plus one person for every 3 square feet of hallway floor and 62 NASHVILLE BUILDING LAWS stairway landings in the story height of such floor, excepting that in any building where a system of automatic sprinklers is installed throughout the entire building, as required in Section 460, the num- ber and width of stairways may he computed on the basis of twenty- one persons for each 22 inches width of stairway ; and excepting that when horizontal exits are provided as required in paragraph 2 (c) of this section, the number and widths of required stairways for floor areas above the first floor may be diminished to a basis of fifty per- sons for each 22 inches width of horizontal exit, provided that in no case there shall be less stairway or means of exit than required ill paragraph 3, (a) and (b) of this section. ' 5. Exits shall also be provided from the cellar, basement, and first story of every building as may be required by the Supervisor of Buildings. 6. The number of exits and stairways in tenement houses shall be as required in the Tenement House Law, Sections 597 and 603. Idem. 309 . Fire Exit Partitions. 1. Partitions, erected to furnish horizontal exits, shall be built of fireproof materials. Ho construction shall be used for such parti- tions less than 5 inches thick, unless it has been approved after a fire test as prescribed in Section 439, paragraph 4 ; in no case shall such partition be less than 4 inches thick if of block or tile construction, or less than 3 inches thick if of reinforced concrete or solid metal lath and cement plaster construction, except as herein permitted for non-fireproof buildings. When tile or block partitions are less than 5 inches thick, sub- stantial protected reinforcement shall be provided at intervals not exceeding 20 feet in length to resist the effect of buckling due to heat. 2. Fire exit partitions shall be supported at each floor, and shall be securely anchored to the walls, floor, and ceiling of the rooms which they subdivide. In fireproof buildings such partitions shall rest upon the fireproofing of the floor. 3. In non-fireproof buildings fire exit partitions shall be not less than 3 inches thick if of block or tile construction, and not less than 2% inches thick if of reinforced concrete or solid metal lath and cement plaster construction, and shall be continuous through all stories of the buildings and be placed one above the other. The space between floor joists included between the top of a partition in one story, and the bottom of the corresponding partition in the story above, shall be completely fire-stopped with incombustible material. NASHVILLE BUILDING LAWS 63 4. Doorways in fire exit partitions shall be not more than 60 feet apart, hut doorways may he omitted if approved means of exit around the partitions are provided. Xo openings other than doorways pro- tected by fire doors, shall he placed in such partitions except that fire windows not exceeding % of 1 per cent, of the area of the partition may be permitted where strictly necessary for purposes of observa- tion. Such fire windows shall have fixed sash and may be placed either in the partition itself or in the doors. Windows placed in partitions shall also be protected by automatic closing fire shutters. USTo single pane shall exceed 144 square inches in area, and not more than one pane shall he placed in a door. 5. Wired glass panels not exceeding 720 square inches in area are permitted in doors of fire exit partitions in corridors of hotels, ■ clubs, dormitories and similar buildings. Idem . 310. Exits and Protection for Existing Buildings. 1. Where the exit facilities of existing buildings are found by the Supervisor to he inadaquate, additional exits, sprinklers, or other pro- tection shall be provided of approved types. 2. In case the Supervisor may have declared an existing build- ing unsafe, and ordered increased exit facilities, sprinklers or other protection, appeal may he made from such order to the Board of Ap- peals as provided in Section 250. The decision of that Board shall be final, and when it has been complied with, the Supervisor shall issue a certificate to accord* with such decision. Idem. 311. Engineers ’ Stationary Ladders. — Every building in which high-pressure steam boilers are placed in the cellar or lowest story shall have stationary iron ladders or stairs from such story leading direct to a manhole through the sidewalk or other outside exit in addition to another approved means of entrance and exit. Idem. PART XIII. 4 Tests, Quality and Weights of Materials. 312. Strength Test Requirements. 1. All building materials shall he of a quality to meet the re- quirements of this Code, and such tests as are required by the Super- 64 NASHVILLE BUILDING LAWS visor shall meet the test specifications promulgated by him in accord- ance with the requirements. 2. All tests shall be conducted under the supervision, or direction of the Supervisor. Laboratory tests shall he made at some Testing Laboratory of recognized standing by a reputable, competent, and dis- interested expert acceptable to the Supervisor. The tests shall be at the expense of the owner or builder. The test certificate shall state the source of the test specimens, the method of test, and the results ob- tained. Original signed copies of the certificates shall be furnished the Supervisor and shall be kept on file in his office subject to public inspection. The Supervisor may at his discretion accept certified reports of tests made by responsible persons, provided such reports show that the materials, appliance or method of construction have met the test re- quirements of this Code. 4. Materials, appliances or methods of construction which have been tested and approved shall be used and installed in the same man- ner in which they were tested for approval. 5. Additional tests shall be made from time to time at the discre- tion of the Supervisor. # Idem. 313. Brick. 1. All bricks used in buildings, shall be sound, hard burned, or other approved brick of regular shape. Second-hand brick shall he thoroughly cleaned before being used. Not more than 15 per cent, shall he bats or broken brick. 2. Brick tested for approval shall develop an average strength of 3,000 lbs. per square inch, and no sample shall fall below 2,000 lbs, per square inch. Brick shall be tested flatwise (half bricks permit- ted), and the average shall be taken on at least five samples. The average allowable absorption shall not exceed 15 per cent. Idem. 314. Sand or fine aggregates . — The sand or fine aggregates shall consist of sand, crushed stone, or gravel screenings passing (when dry) a screen having 4 meshes to the lineal inch, provided not more than 10 per cent, shall pass a screen having 100 meshes to the lineal inch. It shall be cleaned, coarse, of hard durable materials and shall contain not more than 5 per cent, of loam or other deleterious matter. Idem. NASHVILLE BUILDING LAWS 65 315. Lime. 1. Slacked lime (lime putty) shall he made from well-burned quick lime, free from ashes, clinker and other foreign material. All lime to he slaked not less than 3 days before using. 2. Dry hydrated lime shall be the finely divided product resulting from mechanically slaking pure quick lime at the place of manu- facture. 3. Lime shall he of quality to meet the specifications of the American Society for Testing Materials. Idem. 316. Lime Mortar, — Lime mortar shall be made of one part by volume of slaked lime (lime putty), or dry hydrated lime, and not more than four parts by volume of sand. Idem. \ 317. Cements. — Portland cement and Natural cement shall meet the respective requirements of .the current Standard Test Specifica- tions of the American Society for Testing Materials for those ce- ments. No caked or lumpy cement shall be used. Idem. 318. Cement Mortar. 1. Cement mortar shall be made of cement and sand in the pro- portions of* one part of cement and not more than three parts of sand by volume to which not more than 10 per cent, of hydrated lime or lime putty may he added. 2. Except in chimneys, not more than 15 per cent, of the cement by volume may be replaced by an equal volume of dry hydrated lime. The lime and cement shall be thoroughly mixed before the addition of water. The mortar shall be used immediately after water is added. 3. Cement-lime mortar shall be made of one part of cement, one part of slaked lime or dry hydrated lime, and not more than three parts of sand to each. All materials to be measured. Idem. 319. Gypsum Mortar or Plaster. — A mortar or plaster composed of 1 part retarded gypsum, and not more than 3 parts sand, with binding material when necessary. Idem. 66 NASHVILLE BUILDING LAWS 320 . Building Blocks. 1. The term -“block” as used in this section shall mean any shape of block, brick, or tile which forms a hollow or cellular wall. 2. Terra cotta blocks for bearing walls shall be dense, and hard- burned or vitreous. Portland cement only shall be used in the manufacture of con- crete blocks, and the coarse aggregate shall be of suitable material graded in size, but in no case shall the maximum dimension exceed one-half the width of the minimum section of the finished block. 3. All building blocks used for bearing walls shall be marked or branded for identification and such marks or brands shall be regis- tered with the Supervisor. ~No make of blocks shall be used in any structure until the requisite number of samples have successfully met the test requirements of this section, and have been approved by the Supervisor. Tests may be made to establish the working stresses to govern the use of blocks of each particular mark or brand. A series of ten full size blocks may be selected by the Supervisor from average qual- ity stock, either at the factory, or from stock delivered for use at a building, and shall be tested for compression. 4. Concrete blocks shall be not more than 36 days old when tested. 5. The compressive strength of building blocks shall in all cases be calculated upon the gross sectional area of the beddin'g faces, in- cluding the cellular spaces. All blocks submitted to test shall be bedded in plaster of paris or cement to secure an even bearing. Two-piece blocks shall be tested in pairs as set to form the two faces of the wall. The strength requirement shall be the same as the hollow blocks, and it shall be calculated upon the gross sectional wall area which would be formed by the two blocks and the space between them. 6. The average ultimate compressive strength for terra cotta blocks designed to be normally laid with the cells vertical, and which are tested with the cells in this position, shall be not less than 1,200 lbs. per square inch. The allowable working stress on such blocks shall not exceed 120 lbs. per square inch. 7. The average compressive strength of terra cotta blocks which are designed to be normally laid with the cells vertical, but are tested with the cells horizontal, shall be not less than 300 lbs. per square NASHVILLE BUILDING LAWS 67 inch, and no block of the set shall test less than 200 lbs. per square inch. The allowable working stress on such blocks when laid with the cells horizontal, shall not exceed 30 lbs per square inch. 8. The average ultimate compressive strength for terra cotta blocks designed to he normally laid with the cells horizontal, and which are tested with the cells in that position, shall he not less than 800 lbs. per square inch. The allowable working stress on such blocks shall not exceed 80 lbs. per square inch. 9. The average compressive strength for concrete blocks when tested with the cells vertical, shall be not less than 800 lbs. per square inch, and 300 lbs. per square inch with no block testing at less than 200 pounds per square inch if tested with the cells horizontal. The allowable working stress for such blocks shall not exceed 80 lbs. and 30 lbs. per square inch respectively. 10. Hollow building blocks may be filled solidly with Portland cement concrete or cement mortar to increase the stability and to aid in distributing the load, but the allowable working stress on such blocks shall not be greater than that permitted for unfilled blocks. 11. The absorption of building blocks used for bearing or panel walls, determined by taking the average test of three blocks shall not exceed 10 per cent, in 48 hours, and shall not exceed 15 per cent, in any case. 12. Hollow building blocks shall not be used in fireproof build- ings until they have successfully withstood a two-hour fire test as specified for partitions in Section 439, paragraph 4. 7 dem. 321. Terra Cotta Floor Tile .- — Terra cotta floor tile, when tested on end and faced with Portland cement, shall give an average com- pressive strength of not less than 2,500 lbs. per square inch of net area. The average strength shall be computed from the results of test of ten average tile. Idem. 322. Concrete. 1. All mass concrete shall consist of a medium wet or plastic mixture of cement, sand, and stone, gravel or hard durable material, of such proportions or quality as shall be specified by this Code. 2. All concrete shall be mixed, deposited and protected as re- quired for reinforced concrete in Sections 419-421. 68 NASHVILLE BUILDING LAWS 3. All forms and centering shall be built plumb and to true lines in a substantial manner, with joints sufficiently tight to pre- vent the leakage of the cement mortar. They shall be properly sup- ported and braced to safely sustain both the dead load and the live load that may be placed upon them during construction. 4. All tests on concrete shall be made in accordance with the re- quirements of Sections 312 and 385 but the test strength of concrete other than that used with reinforcement shall be as specified by the Supervisor. Idem. 323. Structural Timber . — All timbers and wooden beams used in building shall be of good sound material, free from rot, large and loose knots, shakes, or any imperfection whereby the strength may be seriously impaired. And the recognized standards and rules of the Southern Pine Lumber Association shall be the standard of re- quirements by this Code. Idem. 324. Structural Steel and Iron. 1. All wrought and cast structural steel and iron shall conform to the test requirements of the current Standard Specifications of the American Society for Testing Materials. 2. Rivet steel shall have an ultimate strength of 46,000 to 56,- 000 lbs. per square inch. 3. All other structural steel shall show an ultimate strength of 55,000 to 65,000 lbs. per square inch. 4. ISTo second-hand rolled shapes shall be used in any structure without the written permission of the Supervisor. 5. Steel castings shall be made from open hearth steel of soft or medium grade, and shall be practically free from blowholes, with a reasonably clear skin and sharpness to pattern, and shall show an ultimate tensile strength of 60,000 to 70,000 lbs. per square inch. 6. Cast iron shall be of good foundry mixture, producing a clear, tough, gray iron. Castings shall be free from serious blowholes, cinder spots, and cold shuts. Transverse tests on cast iron shall be made upon the l^-inch diameter “Arbitration Bar” of the Ameri- can Society for Testing Materials. The bar to be supported on 12- inch centers, loaded at the middle, and in no case shall it test at less than 2,000 lbs. Tensile tests optional. Idem. NASHVILLE BUILDING LAWS 69 325. Weights of Materials . — The weights of various materials shall be assumed to he as follows : Pounds per cubic foot Brickwork — Ordinary 120 Brickwork — Pressed brick 130 Concrete — Cinder, used for floor arches or slabs, well tamped .... 108 Concrete — Cinder, used for filling, not tamped 60 Concrete — Stone, or gravel 150 Granite, Bluestone and Marble 170 Limestone 160 Sandstone 145 Oak 50 Spruce and Hemlock 30 White Pine 27 Yellow Pine, Grade I (see Section 327, paragraph 4) .... . 42 Yellow Pine, Grade II 35 Maple 43 Birch 45 Douglas Fir and Cypress 35 Idem. PART XIY. Working Stresses. 326 . Computations for Working Stress. 1. The required dimensions of each piece of material and of each form of construction to be used in buildings shall be computed, ac- cording to the rules prescribed by this Code. 2. Factors of Safety. Where the Code furnishes neither a unit working stress, nor a factor of safety for a material, the relation of allowable working stress to ultimate strength shall be determined by the Supervisor if necessary. Idem,. 327 . Permissible Working Stresses. 1. The safe carrying capacity of the various materials of con- struction, when not otherwise specified, shall he determined by the following working stresses in pounds per square inch of sectional area : 70 NASHVILLE BUILDING LAWS 2. Steel and Iron. Pounds per Compression in Short Blochs. square inch. Rolled Steel 16,000 Cast steel 16,000 Cast iron 16,000 Steel pins, shop and power driven field rivets, (bearing) . 24,000 Steel field rivets (driven by hand) (hearing) 20,000 Steel field bolts (bearing) 16,000 Tension. Rolled steel 16,000 Cast steel 16,000 Shear. Steel web plates 10,000 Steel shop and power driven field rivets and pins 12,000 Steel field rivets (driven by hand) 10,000 Steel field bolts 8,000 Cast steel 9,000 Cast iron 1,500 Extreme Fibre Stress. Rolled steel beams, and riveted steel beams 16,000 Rolled steel pins, rivets, and bolts 24,000 Cast iron compression side * 16,000 Cast iron tension side 2,500 Compression. 3. Concrete and Masonry. Gront, Portland cement, neat 1,000 Gront, Portland cement, neat between steel in foundation not over % inch 1,500 Concrete, Portland cement, 1; sand 2; stone 4 500 Concrete, Portland cement, 1 ; sand 2% j stone 5 400 Concrete, Natural cement, 1; sand, 2; stone 4 125 Concrete, Natural cement, 1; sand, 2%, stone 5 80 Biickwork in Portland cement mortar 250 Brickwork in natural cement mortar 208 Brickwork in lime and Portland cement mortar 208 Brickwork in lime mortar 110 NASHVILLE BUILDING LAWS 71 Hollow terra cotta blocks, see Section 320. Hollow concrete blocks, see Section 320. Rubble stonework in Portland cement mortar 140 Rubble stonework in lime and cement mortar 100 Rubble stonework in lime mortar 70 Cut stone masonry, other than sandstone 600 Sandstone masonry 300 Granites, according to test 1,000 to 2,400 Gneiss 1,000 Limestones, according to test 700 to 2,300 Marbles, according to test 600 to 1,200 Sandstone, according to test 400 to 1,600 Slate 1,000 Shear. Shearing stress involving diagonal tension in Portland ce- ment concrete, in the proportions of 1-2-4 40 Direct shear (punching shear), in Portland cement con- crete, in proportions of 1-2-4 120 4. Structural Timber. The following stresses apply to seasoned timber to be kept under shelter in a dry location, and deflection not to increase with time. If the timber is to be used under other conditions, these stresses should be modified. Extreme Fibre Stress. BENDING Maximum Longitud- inal Shear. COMPRESSION. Parallel to the Perpendic- Grain. Col- ular to the umn with 1-d Grain. less than 10. Oak 1,400 120 400 1,000 Yellow Pine Grade I . 1,600 120 350 1,200 Yellow Pine, Grade II. . 1,200 85 300 900 Douglas Pir 1,500 100 325 1,100 Eastern Spruce 1,000 75 200 900 Western Hemlock 1,300 75 250 1,000 Norway Pine 1,000 75 250 800 1 equals unsupported length in inches, d equals diameter or least side in inches. Where a moderate increase in deflection' after first placement of the load is not objectionable, the compression and extreme fibre stresses here given may be increased 10 per cent. Stresses for tim- bers subject to vibration and impact, should not be thus increased. Idem . 72 NASHVILLE BUILDING LAWS 328 . Working Stresses for Columns. 1. The working stresses per square inch for all steel, cast iron, or wooden columns having flat ends shall not exceed the values given by the following formulas : 2 . Steel Columns. Working stress, S equals 16,000-70 1/r Where S equals allowable compression in lbs. per square inch. 1 equals allowable length in inches, r equals least radius of gyration in inches. The allowable compression (S) shall not exceed 14,000 lbs. per square inch, and the ratio of slenderness 1/r shall not exceed 120, except that for bracing and for compression members resisting wind stress only 1/r shall not exceed 150. .3 Cast Iron Columns. Working stress, S equals 9000-40 1 Maximum 1/r shall not exceed 60. 4. Wooden Columns. Oak Yellow Pine, Grade I Yellow Pine, Grade II Douglas Pir Spruce Western Hemlock Norway Pine 1 equals unsupported length in inches, d equals diameter or least side in inches. For columns with 1-d greater than 10, but not exceeding 30. 1,200-20 1/d 1,400-20 1/d 1,100-20 1/d 1,100-20 1/d 1,100-20 1/d 1,200-20 1/d 1,000-20 1/d The unsupported length of wooden columns and compression members shall not exceed 30 times the diameter or least side, nor shall the unit stresses exceed those given in the table in Section 305 for 1/d less than 10. 5. Columns Eccentrically Loaded. The stresses of every column which is eccentrically loaded shall be computed. The sum of the stresses due to the eccentricity added to all other stresses shall in no case exceed the working stresses stated in this Code. The eccentric load of a column shall be considered to be distrib- uted equally over the entire area of the column at the next point below that at which the column is securely braced laterally in the direction of the eccentricity. Idem. NASHVILLE BUILDING LAWS 73 329 . Wind Pressure. 1. All buildings or parts of buildings in which the height is more than three times the minimum horizontal dimension shall be designed to resist a horizontal wind pressure in any direction of 20 lbs. for every square foot of exposed surface. Wind bracing shall be pro- vided by making the connection joint between girders and columns sufficient for the vertical load as well as the bending due to side pressure; or diagonal bracing shall be placed between columns, pro- portioned to transfer the shear of the side pressure to the footings. All details shall be designed to carry the stress in the main members. 2. The overturning moment due to wind pressure shall not ex- ceed 50 per cent, of the amount of stability of the structure, unless the structure is securely anchored to the foundation. The anchors shall be of sufficient strength to safely carry the excess overturning moment, without exceeding the allowable unit stresses given in this Code. 3. When the stress due to the wind in any member or connection amounts to less than 50 per cent, of the total live and dead loads, it may be neglected. When the stress due to the wind exceeds 50 per cent, of the stress due to the combined live and dead loads, all these stresses shall be added together and the allowable unit stress for the total may be taken at 50 per cent, in excess of the values stated in Sections 327 and 328. In no case shall the section be less than re- quired if wind forces be neglected. 4. In the design of circular chimneys, the area subject to wind pressure may be assumed as 60 per cent, of the diametral area. Idem. PART XV. Cast Iron Construction. 330 . Cast Iron Columns. 1. The outside diameter of least side of cast iron columns shall be not less than 5 inches, nor shall their unsupported length exceed * sixty times their least radius of gyration. 2. The finished thickness of metal in the shaft shall not be less than one-twelfth the outside diameter or the greatest lateral dimen- sion of cross section, nor less than % inch. The thickness of metal in flanges, lugs, seats, and brackets shall be not less than 1 inch. 74 NASHVILLE BUILDING LAWS 3. In all cast iron columns not cast with one open side, at least three holes %-inch diameter shall be drilled 90 degrees apart near the middle of the shaft for the purpose of measuring the thickness of metal. 4. Whenever the core of a cast iron column has shifted more than one-fourth the thickness of the shell the strength shall be computed assuming the thickness of metal all around equal to the thinnest part, and the column shall be rejected if this computation shows the strength to he less than required by Section 324, paragraph 6. 5. A cast iron column shall be rejected whenever blow-holes or other imperfections reduce the effective area of the cross-section more than 10 per cent. 6. The ends of all cast iron / columns shall be planed to a true surface perpendicular to the axis of the column. Successive column lengths shall be bolted together through end flanges with at least four bolts not less than % inch in diameter. Ho shims shall be used be- tween the flanges. 7. If the core of a cast iron column below a joint is larger than the core of the column above, the core of the lower column shall be tapered up for a distance of not less than 6 inches, to the size of the core of the column above. In lieu of tapering the core, a steel or cast iron plate of sufficient thickness may be used between the flanges. The difference between the diameter or sides of any two successive column lengths shall not be greater than 2 inches. 8. The connection of beams and girders to cast iron columns shall be effected by means of seats reinforced by brackets of sufficient depth and thickness to support the entire load, and by lugs to which the webs of the beams and girders shall be bolted. The projection of the seat beyond the face of the column shall in general be not greater than 4 inches. 9. All holes in cast iron columns shall be drilled. Cored, or cored and reamed holes shall not be permitted. The diameter of holes shall not exceed that of the bolts by more than 1/16 inch. The distance from the center of a hole to the edge of a flange or lug shall be not less than 1/12 inches. 10. Cast iron columns shall not be used in any case where the load is sufficiently eccentric to reduce the unit compression to zero in the extreme fibre on one side of the axis of the column. 11. Cast iron columns shall not be used in the structural frame of buildings, the height of which is greater than three times their width. NASHVILLE BUILDING LAWS 75 12. Cast iron columns shall not be painted or covered until after inspection by the Supervisor of Buildings. Idem. 331 . Cast Iron Bases and Lintels. 1. Cast iron bases or shoes shall be planed on top. * Bases which rest on steel girders shall be planed top and bottom. The thickness of metal shall be not less than 1 inch. The inclination of the outer edge of the ribs with the horizontal shall be not less than 45 degrees. Whenever one side of the bed plate exceeds 3 feet in length a rein- forcing flange at least 3 inches high shall be provided. 2. Cast iron lintels shall be not less than % inch in thickness, and shall not be used for spans exceeding 6 feet. Idem. PART XVI. Steel Construction. 332 . Rolled Steel Columns. 1. Xb rolled steel column shall contain material whether in the body of the column or used as lattice-bar or stay-plate of less thick- ness than % inch. 2. In steel columns built up of a web plate and angles, and having an unsupported length greater than sixty times the least radius of gyration, the thickness of metal in the angles shall be not less than one-twelfth the width of the outstanding legs of the angles. 3. The unsupported length of a rolled steel column shall not ex- ceed one hundred and twenty times its least radius of gyration, nor forty times its least lateral dimension or diameter. 4. The ends of all columns shall be faced to a plane surface at right angles to the axis of the columns. Wherever practicable, the connections between them shall be made with splice plates. When the sections of the columns to be spliced are such that splice plates cannot be used, a connection formed of plates and angles designed to properly distribute the stress may be used. 5. Where any part of the section of a column projects beyond that of the column above, the difference shall be made up by filling plates secured to the column by the proper number of rivets. 76 NASHVILLE BUILDING LAWS 6. The pitch of rivets at the ends of built up columns shall not exceed four diameters of the rivets for a length equal to twice the greatest lateral dimension of the column. Idem. 333 . Steel Girders and Beams. 1 The thickness of the web in built up girders shall be not less than one-one hundred and twentieth of the distance between the flange angles of stiffeners, nor less than % inch. 2. When the unsupported length (1) of the compression flange of a girder exceeds ten times its width (b) the unit stress in such flange shall not exceed 19,000-300 1/b, but in no case shall the unsup- ported length of the compression flange exceed forty times its width. 3. Stiffeners shall be provided over supports and under con- centrated loads; they shall be of sufficient strength as a column to carry the loads and shall be connected with a sufficient number of rivets to transmit the stress, to the web plate. If the unsupported depth of the web plate exceeds sixty times its thickness, intermediate stiffeners shall be provided. All stiffeners shall be in pairs with close bearing against the flange angles. A. When rolled steel beams are used in pairs to form girders they shall be connected together by bolts and iron or steel separators at intervals of not more than 5 feet. All beams 12 inches and over in depth shall have at least two bolts to each separator. 5. Beams supported by girders shall be riveted or securely bolted to the same. 6. Every beam, lintel, or girder supported by a wall, shall be properly anchored thereto and shall rest upon a steel or iron plate so designed as to properly distribute the load over the masonry. Idem. 334 . Framing and Connecting Structural Steel Work. 1. Steel girders, columns, beams, trusses, and other steel work of floors and roofs shall be well and firmly connected together, and to the walls. 2. All connections shall be of sufficient strength to develop the full strength of the member. No connections except for lacing bars shall have less than two rivets. Idem. NASHVILLE BUILDING LAWS 77 335. Steel Trusses. 1. Trusses shall be so designed that the stresses in each member can he calculated. 2. All trusses shall be held rigidly in position by efficient sys- tems of lateral and sway bracing, struts being spaced so that the maximum limit of length to least radius of gyration, established in this Code, is not exceeded. 3. For tension members the actual net area only, after deducting rivet holes % inch larger than the rivets, shall be considered as re- sisting the stress. 4. Compression members in pin-connected trusses shall be so de- signed that the stresses shall not exceed 75 per cent, of the permis- sible working stress for columns. The heads of all eye-bars shall he made by upsetting or forging. No weld shall he allowed in the body of the bar. Steel eye-bars shall he annealed. Bars shall he straight before boring. 5. All pin-holes shall be bored true and at right angles to the axis of the members, and must fit the pin within 1/32 inch. Eye and screw ends shall be so proportioned that upon test to destruction fracture will take place in the body of the member. All pins shall he accurately turned. Idem. 336. Riveting and Bolting. 1. All component parts of built up columns, girders, and trusses shall he riveted. All column connections in buildings over four stories in height shall be riveted. Riveting shall also be used in column splices, in web and flange splices of girders and trusses, and in all .connections of beams and girders to columns. 2. Where riveting is impracticable, turned bolts may be used 'provided the holes for same are punched and reamed to a template and the bolts are accurately fitted. 3. All shop rivets, wherever practicable, shall be machine driven. The pitch of rivets shall never be less than three diameters of the rivet, nor more than 6 inches. In the direction of the stress it shall not exceed sixteen times the least thickness of the outside member. At right angles to the stress it shall not exceed thirty-two times the least thickness of the outside member. 4. Rivets shall fill the holes completely; the heads shall be hem- ispherical and concentric with the axis of the rivet; the length be- tween heads, shall not exceed five times the diameter. 78 NASHVILLE BUILDING LAWS 5. Where riveting is not required, connections may be made by bolts which shall be of wrought iron or mild steel with United States standard threads. The threads shall he full and clean ; the nut shall be truly concentric with the bolt ; and the thread shall be of sufficient length to allow the nut to be screwed up tightly. 6. When bolts are used in tension, the working stresses shall be reduced to 8,000 pounds per square inch of net area for steel, and to 6,000 pounds per square inch for wrought iron, and the load shall be transmitted into the head or nut by washers distributing the pres- sure evenly over the entire surface of the same. 7. In the construction of exterior stairs, landings, platforms and balconies, no rivet shall be less than 3/8-inch diameter and no bolt less than %- inch diameter. Idem. 337 . Protection of Structural Metal Against Corrosion. 1. All structural metal work shall be cleaned of all scale, dirt, and rust, and be given one coat of paint at the shop completely covering all exposed surfaces. After erection all such work shall be painted at least one additional coat of a shade different from the first coat. The first coat of paint shall be made of pigments Vdiich shall be chemically inert after application, and shall be mixed with linseed or other drying oil. The amount of volatile matter shall be sufficient for easy spreading, and shall not injure the film of the paint. The paint must dry sufficiently hard within 24 hours so that it will not rub off or abrade easily. When the steel reaches the job, all abraded or injured portions must be thoroughly recoated with the same ma- terial as the shop coat before the second coat is applied. The second coat of paint shall be such as will not act as a solvent of the first coat, and shall be mixed with a pigment which shall be inert after application, and the vehicle shall be one that will not saponify under the action of cement mortar. 2. Surfaces of riveted work which come in contact with each other, shall be painted with two coats of paint before assembling. 3. All iron or steel used in damp locations or under water shall be embedded in Portland cement concrete. No paint shall be ap- plied to the steel surfaces which are to be encased in concrete. 4. Any structural steel work which may be so placed as to be in- accessible for inspection after erection shall preferably be thoroughly cleaned of all rust and encased in Portland cement concrete before it is rendered inaccessible. Idem. NASHVILLE BUILDING LAWS 79 PART XVII. Ordinary Timber Construction. 338 . Wooden Beams or Joists. 1. Every wooden beam in any party or fire wall shall be separ- ated from any other beam in the wall by at least 6 inches of solid masonry. Such separation may be obtained by staggering the beams, corbeling, or by use of approved steel hangers properly anchored in the wall, and arranged to make the beams self-releasing. Eo wall shall be corbeled more than 2 inches for this purpose. If the beam ends are opposite each other in the wall the separation shall be not less than 8 inches. 2. E7o wooden floor or roof beam used in any building within the fire limits shall be less than 2 inches thick. 3. The thickness of wooden beams shall be not less than 2 inches in any building where the floor load is greater than 60 pounds per square foot. 4. Trimmer and header beams over 4 feet in length shall be hung in approved metal stirrups or hangers. 5. Every wooden beam, except header and tail beams, shall have bearings of at least 4 inches. 6. The ends of all wooden floor and roof beams, which rest on walls, shall be cut to a bevel of 3 inches in their depth. 7. Neither end of a floor or roof beam shall be supported on stud partitions, except in frame buildings, and residences not over two stories high. 8. All wooden floor and roof beams shall be properly braced with lattice bridging. The distance between bridging or between bridging and bearing shall not exceed 6 feet. So far as possible knots or other imperfections shall be excluded from the bottom and top quarters of timber beams, and in all sizes of timbers herein stated the actual standard sizes of the Southern Yellow Pine Association are acceptable as filling the requirements of this Code. Idem. 339 . ET o floor joist in a residence or other building shall be less than 2x8 under 14 feet in length, and 2x10 inches from 14 feet to 20 feet in length, over 20 feet not less than 2x12 ; ceiling joist not less than 2x6 up to 14 feet in length and 2x8 from 14 feet to 20 feet in 80 NASHVILLE BUILDING LAWS length, over 20 feet not less than 2x10. For joist of a flat roof the same dimensions as used for the floor joists, for a roof % pitch and over the rafters shall not be less than 2x4 up to 14 feet long, over 14 feet and up to 20 feet not less than 2x6, over 20 feet long to be not less than 2x8, and for all spans of rafters of the longer limits as stated above there shall he a collar beam of at least 1x6 to each pair of rafters, or that the stresses provided herein may be used if desired. No rafters shall be spaced more than 20 inches on center and no floor joists shall he spaced more than 16 inches on center. Provided , that the lengths of timbers stated above may be construed to mean between nearest supports. Idem. 340 . Wooden Beams Separated from Masonry Chimneys. 1. No wooden beams or joists shall be placed nearer than 1 inch of the outside face of a chimney or flue, whether the same be for smoke, air or any other purpose. 2. No woodwork shall be within less than 4 inches of the back face of the wall of any fireplace. 3. For smoke flues of boilers and furnaces where the brickwork is required to be more than 8 inches in thickness, the header beams shall be not less than 4 inches from the outside of the brickwork. 4. All spaces between a fire place and the wooden beams shall be filled with mineral wool, loose cinders, gypsum block, or other porous incombustible material. 5. The header beam, carrying the tail beams of a floor, and sup- porting the trimmer arch in front of a fireplace, shall be not less than 24 inches from the chimney breast. 6. No wooden furring or studding shall be placed against any chimney ; the plastering shall be directly on the masonry, or on metal lathing. Idem. 341 . Anchors for Wooden Beams and Girders. 1. Each tier of beams shall be anchored to the walls with .steel anchors at intervals of not more than 6 feet. 2. Where the beams are supported by girders, the girders shall be anchored to the walls and fastened to each other by steel straps. 3. The ends of wood beams resting upon girders shall be abutted together, end to end, or lapped, spiked, and strapped by steel straps of the same size and distance apart, and in the same manner as the wall anchors. NASHVILLE BUILDING LAWS 81 4. Each tier of beams running parallel to enclosing walls shall have approved 4-inch anchor strips- let into the beams diagonally, crossing at least four beams. 5. Every pier shall be well anchored to at least three beams of each story, with steel anchors. Idem. 342 . Timber Columns, Posts, and Trusses. 1. All timber columns and posts shall be squared at the ends per- pendicular to their axis, and iron or steel cap plates and base plates shall be provided. 2. Where the cap plate of a timber column or post supports a wooden girder any column above shall bear directly on the metal cap and shall not rest on the girder. Steel or wood cheek plates shall be bolted to the girders and post, when required for safety. 3. All bolts used in connection with timber work shall be pro- vided with washers of such proportions as will reduce the compress- ion on the wood at the face of the washer to that allowed in Section 327, paragraph 4, supposing the bolt to be stressed to its limit. Idem. PART XVIII. Roofs and Roof Structures. 343 . Poof Coverings. 1. All buildings except as given below shall have roof coverings of approved standard quality, such as brick, concrete, tile, or slate ; or highest grade of tin roofing, or of asbestos shingles or of built-up roofing felt with gravel or slag surface, or of built-up asbestos roofing ; or other roofings of like grade. Exceptions : (a) Dwellings (b) Frame buildings (c) Buildings not exceeding two stories or 30 feet in height and 2,500 square feet in area, and not used for factories, ware- houses, or mercantile purposes. 2. The quality of roofing for all dwellings and other buildings exempted in paragraph 1, shall be as therein specified ; or may be of 82 NASHVILLE BUILDING LAWS grade not lower than that indicated in the definition of approved fire-resisting roofing, Section 265, paragraph 3. 4. The wooden planking and sheathing of roofs shall not in any case be extended across side or party walls. 5. All flashings shall be of metal or approved composition prop- erly incorporated with the roofing material. Copper flashings are recommended. 6. The top and sides of dormer windows shall be protected the same as the roof. 7. This section shall not be construed to prohibit the repairing of a wooden shingle roof, provided the building is not increased in height, but the renewal of such a roof is forbidden. No existing wooden shingle roof, if damaged more than 30 per cent, shall be re- paired with other than approved roofing, provided that new shingle roofing may be put in residences and outhouses in the Third Zone only. Idem. 344. Roof Leaders. — All buildings shall be provided with proper metal leaders, which shall be connected to the sewer. Where there are no sewers such leaders shall be connected by pipes below the surface to the street gutter. Detached dwellings, or other one-story build- ings, may be exempt from the requirements of this section at the dis- cretion of the Supervisor. Idem. 345. Scuttles on Roofs. — Upon the roof of every building more than 15 feet high, which is not required to have stairs and bulkhead leading thereto, there shall be a scuttle with stairs or substantial stationary step ladder leading to same, which shall be easily acces- sible at all times to all occupants without the use of keys. All non- fireproof scuttles shall be covered on the top and edges with sheet metal or other approved fireproof material. The roof opening shall be at least 2 feet by 3 feet in size or a dormer window may supply the needed exit for a dwelling house. Idem. 346. Pent Houses and Bulkheads. 1. All inclosures upon roofs for tanks, elevators or elevator ma- chinery, and all pent houses and bulkheads upon non-fireproof build- ings shall be of fireproof construction, or may be built of wooden studs filled with brick or other incombustible material and completely cov- ered with metal or other approved incombustible material on all NASHVILLE BUILDING LAWS 83 sides, and all windows, doors, and trim shall be of metal, or metal covered, and be glazed with wired glass where glass is used. 2. All such structures upon fireproof buildings shall be of fire- proof construction, including floors, and in all cases the outside sur- face shall be covered with approved incombustible weatherproof ma- terial, including all surfaces and the edges of doors and jambs. 3. Bulkheads or pent houses when used only for the purpose of enclosing staircases to roofs, elevator machinery, water tanks, venti- lating apparatus, exhaust chambers or other machinery, need not be considered in determining the height of the building. Pent houses when occupied for purposes other than hereinbefore described, shall not exceed 12 feet in height, and shall not ocupy more than 7 5 per cent, of the area of the roof, including all other bulkheads or pent houses ; excepting that in tenement houses the requirements of Section 592, paragraphs 2 and 3, shall apply, and excepting, that no pent house shall be occupied or used for purposes than for the exclusive use of the janitor. 4. No staging, stand, sign, or other structure shall be constructed upon the roof of any building without first obtaining the written ap- proval of the owner of such building. Idem. 347 . Tanks. 1. Tanks of more than 500 gallons capacity placed within any building or on or above the roof of any building, shall be supported by steel or masonry of sufficient strength to carry the same safely. Beams shall rest at both ends on steel girders, iron or steel columns, or walls or piers of masonry. The supporting I beams shall either have the ends built into ma- sonry work, or shall be securely framed together in a manner to pre- vent possibility of overturning or buckling due to oscillation of the tank in a wind storm. 2. In or near the bottom of each tank there shall be a pipe or outlet not less than 4 inches in diameter, fitted with a suitable gate valve, to permit ready drainage of the tank in case of necessity. 3. Wooden covers of tanks on roofs shall be covered with metal. Hoops of wooden tanks sball be of metal, round in section. Idem . 348 . Cornices and Gutters. 1. On all buildings or structures in the fire limits the exterior cornices and roof projections including those on show windows, and 84 NASHVILLE BUILDING LAWS all gutters shall be of incombustible material. All cornices not built as a part of the wall shall be secured with metal framing, look-outs, or anchors, 'provided that the cornices on all apartment bouses and other buildings three stories or more in height, within the second and third zones, may have a wooden cornice made of wooden rafter ends sheathed on top, or a similar design and having all exposed surfaces covered with galvanized metal or other incombustible material fitting closely to the structural parts, and further provided that such build- ings as above stated may have wooden cornices if located 10 feet or more from the property line, and further provided that residence buildings and structures two stories or less in height may use a sub- stantial wooden cornice with incombustible gutters, within the second and third zones, and further provided that all overhanging roofing and similar works projecting the face line of walls shall be construed and termed asi cornices'. 2. Exterior wooden cornices or gutters on buildings or structures within the fire limits, which are unsafe or are damaged to the extent of one-half, shall he taken down; any replacement of same shall be made with incombustible materials. 3. Outside of fire limits where single residence buildings having masonry walls are placed nearer than 3 feet to a side or rear lot line, or 5 feet to aother building, the cornice or overhanging eaves on the front, sides and rear walls shall be of, or covered with, incom- bustible material. When such buildings are erected in rows, com- bustible cornices shall be fire-stopped with incombustible material between each building. Board of Commissioners Ord. 788. Approved July 13, 1916. 349. Skylights. 1. All skylights shall have metal frames and sash, and the frames and parts thereof shall be riveted or otherwise securely fastened in addition to soldering. 3. Except as herein provided, all sky-lights shall be glazed with galvanized wire screens. If plain glass is used in sky-lights on buildings of a public character over any passageway or room of public resort, wire screens shall be placed beneath the skylights as well as above. 3. Ho wired glass shall be placedAn a skylight at the top of en- closures for elevators, stairways, dumbwaiters, or vent and light shafts ; all such skylights shall be glazed with thin glass and shall be protected by galvanized wire screens. The mesh of such screens shall NASHVILLE BUILDING LAWS 85 not exceed 1 inch, and the wire shall be of a size not less thtan 12 gauge. All screens shall have substantial metal supports and shall he placed at least 6 inches above skylights and project 6 inches beyond edges of skylights. 4. When metal louvres are used for ventilating purposes, over shafts or in connection with skylights, the louvres or slats shall be riveted to the metal frame. 5. Instead of a skylight over a shaft, a window of equivalent area may he placed in the side of the shaft above the roof, which is furthest removed from a property line. The window shall have incombusti- ble frame and sash, and be glazed with thin glass. 6. Except windows in the side of shafts above the roof, wired glass only shall be used in skylights which are vertical or inclined at an angle of over 45 degrees, when subject to an exposure which would require wall epenings to be protected by fire windows or fire doors. Board of Commissioners Ord. 759. Approved June 7, 1916. 350. Protection of Skylights and Roof. 1. Where walls are carried up above the roofs of adjoining build- ings, proper means shall be provided and used by the person erecting the walls for the protection of the skylight and roofs of such adjoin- ing buildings. 2. Should the owner of such adjoining building refuse permission to have his roofs and skylights protected, such refusal shall be re- ported in writing to the Supervisor and it shall then be the duty of the owner refusing such permission to make his skylights and roofs safe at his own expense. Such refusal by said owner shall relieve the owner or person erecting the building from any responsibility for damage done to persons or property on or within the premises af- fected. Idem. PART XIX. Fire Doors, Eire Windows and Fire Shutters. 351. Protection of Exterior Wall Openings. 1. All windows, doors, and openings in business houses, and open- ings on opposite sides of alleys, courts, or open spaces within the Eire District, when the walls containing same are less than 30 feet apart. 86 NASHVILLE BUILDING LAWS All such windows, doors, and openings with their sash and frames, shall be of incombustible material or covered entirely with metal, and all glass used therein shall be of wired glass. Board of Commissioners Ord. 875. Approved Dec. 5th, 1916. 2. All openings in a side wall above and facing on the roof of an adjoining building of other than fireproof construction shall be pro- tected by fire doors or ’fire windows to a height of 50 feet above the roof measured in a vertical line. If the adjoining building has a fireproof roof, all openings in the said side wall shall be protected from the level of the adjoining roof to a height of 50 feet measured in a straight line from the adjacent edge of the nearest skylight or other opening in the adjoining roof, to the top of the opening in the wall. 3. All openings in a side wall above and facing on the roof of a building of other than fireproof construction which is separated from the side wall by a horizontal distance less than 30 feet, shall be pro- tected by fire doors or fire windows from the roof level of the ex- posing building to a height of 50 feet measured from the top of the adjacent parapet wall to the top of the opening in the side wall; or 50 feet from the adjacent edge of the nearest skylight or other open- ing in the roof of the exposing building, if the roof be of fireproof construction. 4. Approved fire shutters at the discretion of the Supervisor may be substituted in place of the fire windows required in paragraphs 1, 2, and 3. In such cases at least one row in every three vertical rows of shutters shall he arranged to be readily opened from the outside, and a distinguishing mark be provided on these shutters as a guide to the Dire Department. 5. Occupants of buildings shall use due diligence to close all fire doors, shutters, and windows at the close of business each day. Board of Commissioners Ord. 759. Approved June 7, 1916. Idem. 352 . Protection of Interior Wall Openings. 1. All openings in interior walls shall he protected by fire doors and fire windows where required by this Code, and wherever consid- ered necessary by the Supervisor. 2. In buildings of all classes, all openings into halls or adjoining rooms from rooms in which paints, oils, varnishes, spirituous liquors, or drugs or other highly inflammable liquids or materials are stored NASHVILLE BUILDING LAWS 87 for purpose of sale or otherwise; or in which manufacturing pro- cesses, or business operations are conducted which are generally rec- ognized as hazardous as regards fire, shall he protected by self-closing fire doors, or fire windows. This paragraph shall apply to existing as well as new buildings. Idem. PART XX. Protection of Vertical Openings. 353 . Enclosures for Stairways , Elevators, Escalators and Other Shafts in Fireproof Buildings. 1 All interior shafts containing stairways required to be enclosed by Section 301 and except in dwellings, all shafts exceeding 6 square feet in area containing elevators, escalators, hoistways, chutes, venti- lating ducts, or used for any other purpose, shall be continuously en- closed with fireproof walls or partitions built as follows : (a) Brick or plain solid concrete not less than 8 inches in thick- ness for the uppermost 30 feet, increasing 4 inches in thickness for each lower section of 30 feet or part thereof ; or 8 inches in thickness for the entire height when wholly supported at vertical intervals not exceeding 30 feet. (b) Reinforced stone or gravel concrete not less than 6 inches in thickness for the uppermost 30 feet, increasing 2 inches in thick- ness for each lower section of 30 feet or part thereof ; or 5 inches in thickness for the entire height when supported at vertical intervals not exceeding 20 feet and braced where necessary with lateral sup- ports or suitable steel uprights. (c) Reinforced cinder concrete not less than 5 inches in thickness for the entire height when supported at vertical intervals not exceed- ing 15 feet, and braced where necessary with lateral supports or suit- able steel uprights. (d) Semi-porous or porous terra cotta tile, or solid gypsum blocks not less than 6 inches in thickness for the entire height when sup- ported at vertical intervals not exceeding 20 feet, and securely an- chored by steel reinforcement encased in the construction. Terra cotta tile shall have not less than two cells in its thickness, with shells and webs not less than %-inch thick. 88 NASHVILLE BUILDING LAWS All openings in such partitions shall have substantial steel fram- ing, the vertical members of which shall be securely attached to the floor construction above and below. (e) Any material or form of construction which may be ap- proved by the Supervisor after a fire and water test as required in Section 439, paragraph 5, but no such partition shall be less than 5 inches thick. 2. Enclosure partitions supporting floor loads shall be of ma- terials and thickness required for hearing walls. 3. Portland cement mortar shall be used for all masonry work in shaft construction, except that gypsum mortar may he used to set gypsum blocks. 4. Concrete walls or partitions shall conform to the requirements of the sections on concrete construction. 5. The bottom of such enclosure, and the top when not extended through the roof, shall be of fireproof material not less than 4 inches in thickness. 6. When such shafts extend to the top story, they shall continue through the roof, and shall project not less than 5 inches above the roof surface. All such shafts shall be enclosed above the roof by at least 5 inches of brick, or stone concrete. 7. Every shaft which extends above the roof shall have a skylight, covering at least three- fourths of the area of the shaft. 8. All steel used to support shaft enclosures, as required in this section, shall so far as possible, be embedded in a fireproofing ma- terial, and shall be protected on all sides, in the manner required for steel in fireproof buildings. See Section 376. 9. When the compartment that contains the machinery for operat- ing an elevator communicates with an elevator shaft, it shall be en- closed with fireproof partitions as required for the shaft. 10. A shaft shall not contain more than two elevators. The sep- arating partitions shall be not less than 2 inches thick. 11. A stairway and elevator shall not be permitted within the same shaft enclosure. 12. All door openings into such shafts shall be protected by fire doors and shall be self-closing except for elevator doors. No glass shall be permitted in such doors except when doors in elevator shafts open upon an enclosed hallway a wired glass panel not exceeding 2 y square feet without metal separators may be provided in each door. Care shall be exercised to insure that all such doors shall fit the open- ing as closely as practicable. NASHVILLE BUILDING LAWS 89 In factories and warehouses where elevator shafts open directly into a work or storage room, no wired glass shall be permitted in the doors. The size of such door openings shall not exceed 80 square feet. 13. Windows shall not he permitted in shaft enclosures, except those opening to the outside air, and which are at least 3 feet distant from any other opening ; all such windows shall he stationary or auto- matic closing lire windows. 14. Where an elevator, escalator, or stairway as required in para- graph (1), connects two floors only in a building, it shall be enclosed in the same manner as for a continuous shaft, except that it may he left open in one story if enclosed in the other. Such elevator or escalator shall not he included in calculations for required means of exit, and no such stairway shall be considered as an exit from more than one floor. Idem. 354 . Enclosures for Dumbwaiters and Other Shafts not Exceed- 0 ing Six Square Feet in Area in Fireproof Buildings. 1. All dumbwaiter and other shafts or chutes not exceeding 6 square feet in area, excepting dumbwaiter shafts which do not extend more than one story above the cellar or basement floor in dwellings, shall he continuously enclosed by partitions of brick, terra cotta, con- crete, metal lath and cement plaster, gypsum blocks, or other ap- proved fireproof material not less than 2 inches thick or of sheet metal not less than %-inch thick and properly stayed with ribs and braces, which may meet the test specified in Section 439, paragraph 4. Such walls or partitions shall rest upon incombustible foundations, and shall be braced between floors with approved incombustible fram- ing. Gypsum blocks may be set in gypsum mortar ; all other blocks shall be set in Portland cement mortar. 2. When dumbwaiter or other small shafts are constructed of blocks or tile, all corner blocks or tile shall be held by metal angle clips or anchors, or be secured by other approved means. 3. Where a dumbwaiter shaft extends into the cellar or base- ment of a building, it shall be enclosed in that story with walls of masonry not less than 5 inches thick. 4. The bottom of such shaft shall be of fireproof material, and where such shaft does not extend through the roof, the top of the shaft shall be of fireproof material of at, least the thickness of the enclosing partitions. 90 NASHVILLE BUILDING LAWS 5. When such a shaft penetrates the roof it shall project at least 6 inches above the roof, and shall he covered with fireproof material and have a skylight covering at least three-fourths the area of the shaft. 0. All openings in dumbwaiter shafts shall he provided with ap- proved self-closing fire doors. 7. No woodwork other than the guides and car shall be permitted in the construction of any such shaft. Idem. 355. Light and Vent Shafts. 1. The walls of all light or vent shafts, whether exterior or in- terior, shall extend not less than 3 feet above the level of the roof and he coped. 2. In all buildings other than private dwellings and frame build- ings, all windows opening into light and vent shafts shall he pro- tected by fire windows. Idem. 356. Enclosures for Stairway, Elevator and Other Shafts in N on- fireproof Buildings. 1. In every non-fireproof building of ordinary construction here- after erected and every building altered or remodeled up to 50 per cent, of its value, all shafts as defined in Sections 557 to 560 shall he constructed as herein provided. The supporting beams or frame- work in the shaft shall he covered with metal lath or plaster hoard and plastered continuous with the wall. 2. Where desirable, elevator enclosures may he of metal frame with wire glass not less than % inch thick. 3. Walls enclosing such shafts shall he made of solid gypsum or hollow terra cotta blocks not less than 4 inches thick, supported at vertical intervals not exceeding 14 feet, or a 2-inch solid 1 metal lath, or plaster board, and cement plaster partitions, may be used when supported at vertical intervals as specified for blocks. Walls of shafts exceeding 14 feet in height between floors shall he made of blocks as herein specified not less than 6 inches thick or of solid plaster parti- tions not less than 3 inches thick, and the height of said walls shall not in any instance exceed 20 feet, and the supporting beams and frame work in the shaft shall be covered with metal lath or plaster hoard and plaster continuously with the walls. NASHVILLE BUILDING LAWS 91 4. When alterations of a minor character are made in connection with shafts in existing buildings and if in the judgment of the Super- visor the requirements to enclose as specified in paragraph 1 would be a substantial injustice and hardship then such enclosing wall may he constructed with not less than 2x4 wood studs spaced not over 2 feet apart and filled in between with solid gypsum blocks not less than 4 inches thick with metal lath or plaster hoard on both sides and cov- ered with %-inch cement plaster. 5. In all cases where shafts do not extend through the roof the ceiling of said shaft shall be of incombustible material not less than 2 inches thick. Where shafts extend through the roof they shall be at least 3 feet above the same with walls of the same thickness as re- quired in upper story of building, or of same construction as the shaft below and covered with metal or other weather-proof incombustible material on the Exterior surface and shall have a skylight as specified in Section 353, paragraph Ho. 7. 6. Stairways in such buildings above first floor may be enclosed with the same construction as hereinabove noted. Tdem. 357. Shafts and Hoistways in Existing Buitdings. 1. All existing buildings over two stories high, which are used above the first story for business purposes or for public assemblage, or for any purpose whatever, if over three stories high, except dwell- ings, the stairway, elevator and hoistway shafts being remodeled, re- built or installed, shall be separately and continuously enclosed by incombustible partitions. Such partitions or enclosing walls, shall be constructed as required in Sections 353 and 356 or in non-fire- proof buildings, a 3-inch terra cotta, concrete, or gypsum block or tile; or a 2-inch solid metal lath and cement plaster partition; or a 2x4-inch wooden stud partition with 4-inch dimension at right angles to the wall and covered on each side with metal lath and not less than %-inch cement plaster, or by %-inch fibre plaster board with filled joints and covered with sheet metal, may be substituted in buildings not exceeding 75 feet in height. Self-closing fire doors shall be used at all openings. 2. If it is necessary to preserve an open elevator or hoistway in an existing building ; or the conditions are such that the requirement to enclose would be a substantial injustice to the owner or occupant, the above requirements may be waived ; but the floor openings through which the elevator passes shall be equipped with automatically closing 92 NASHVILLE BUILDING LAWS trap doors not less than 1% inches thick, made of two thicknesses of matched hoards, covered on the under side with tin ; the trap doors when closed shall extend beyond the openings on all sides. Such trap 1 shall he protected by a substantial guard or gate, which shall be kept closed at all times except when in actual use. Idem . PAET XXI. Miscellaneous Construction Requirements. 358. Light and Ventilation. 1. In all buildings every sleeping room shall be provided with a window or windows opening directly upon a street, yard or court, ex- cept that in dwellings a window shall not be required in a sleeping room which is connected by an archway or opening containing not less than 50 square feet in the clear, with a room other than a sleeping room provided with at least two windows of not less than 15 square feet area each between stop heads, and opening directly on a street or yard. The windows of every sleeping room shall have an area of not less than 12 square feet between stop heads, and the sash shall he ar- ranged to open to the extent of one-half their area. 2. In every building, other than a detached dwelling and a dwell- ing occupied by not more than one family, every sleeping room shall he, for at least two-thirds of its area, not less than 8 feet 6 inches high from the finished floor to the finished ceiling, and shall he not less than 7 feet in width at its narrowest point, and have an area of not less than 70 square feet, except that in hotels, the area shall he not less than 80 square feet. 3. Xo sleeping room shall he placed in any story the ceiling of which is less than 4 feet 6 inches above the curb or adjacent ground level. 4. Lights and ventilation of sleeping rooms in tenement houses shall be as required in Sections 600-602. Idem. 359. Floor Lights . — Floor lights shall have metal or reinforced concrete frames, and shall be of the same strength as the floors in which they are placed.. The glass in floor lights shall be not less NASHVILLE BUILDING LAWS 93 than %-inch in thickness, and if any glass measures more than 16 square inches there shall be a wire mesh, either in the glass or' under it. Idem. 360 . Fire-stopping. 1 Furred Walls. For all walls furred with wood the masonry be- tween the ends of 'wooden beams shall project the thickness of the furring beyond the inner face of the wall for the full depth of the beams ; or a course of masonry above and below the beams, shall pro- ject the full thickness of the furring beyond the face of the wall. In cases where floor beams are parallel to a wall furred with wood, there shall be a space of not less than 2% inches between such wall and the nearest beam. This space shall be filled in solidly with brickwork, or concrete for the full depth of the floor beams. 2. Studded-off Spaces. Where walls are studded-off, the space between the inside face of the wall and the studding at the floor level shall be fire-stopped with 2-inch thick fire blocking of same width as the wall and placed at every 6 feet in the height thereof. 3. Partitions. Where stud partitions rest directly over each other, and cross the wooden floor beams at any angle, they shall run down between the floor beams and rest on the top plate of the parti- tion below, and shall have the studding filled in with 2-inch fire blocking between the uprights at each floor level. Such stops shall be arranged to entirely separate the spaces between floor beams and those between partition studs in a manner to effectually cut off draft openings from story to story. When sliding doors are pocketed in partitions, care shall be ex- ercised to insure that such pockets be completely fire-stopped at top and bottom. 4. Wainscoting. The surface of the walls or partitions behind wainscoting shall be plastered flush with the grounds and down to the floor line. 5. Stairs. The space between stair carriages shall be fire-stopped at least once in the middle portion of each run. 6. Ducts and Chases. Ducts, Chases, or shafts, for pipes, wires, cables and for similar purposes, shall be constructed as required in Section 353-356 or shall be fire-stopped at each floor. Idem. 361 . Requirements in N on- fireproof Buildings Used for Business and Residence. 94 NASHVILLE BUILDING LAWS All ordinary construction in non-fireproof buildings of Classes C and D over two stories, or 35 feet high, where the lower stories or portions thereof are used for business, and the stories above for resi- dence purposes, shall have all partitions and ceilings separating the business portions from the residence portions, covered with metal lath or ^-inch fibre plaster board and plastered with cement or ce- ment-tempered plaster to a total thickness of 5/8 inch; or plaster board may be covered with sheet metal. Or other equivalent fire- proofing may be used. There shall be no windows in such partitions, and all other openings shall be protected by fire doors. Stairway, elevator and other shafts in such buildings, shall be con- structed in conformity with requirements of Section 356. Fire-stops shall also be provided at the line of the ceilings to com- pletely cut off all communication to floors above through hollow stud partitions or side walls, as required by Section 360, paragraphs 1, 2 and 3. Idem. PAET XXII. Cellars, Vaults, Area ways and Projecting Structures. 362. Requirements for Cellars. 1. Drainage. Before the walls of buildings are carried above the first tier of beams, the cellar shall be connected with the sewer and provided with a properly screened intake. Should there be no sewer in the street, or if the cellar is below water or sewer level, provision shall be made to prevent water accumulating in the cellar, to the injury of the foundation. 2. Floors. Any floor laid on the ground shall be made of con- crete not less than 4 inches thick. Such floors and the exterior walls shall be waterproofed when required by the Supervisor. 3. Partitions. Except in dwellings, and in frame buildings out- side the fire limits, all* partitions in cellars, excepting partitions enclosing fuel bins, shall be of fireproof' construction. Idem. 363. Ceilings . — X o wooden ceiling shall be placed on the over- head of any store if there be offices or sleeping rooms located above same, nor on the basement ceiling of any hotel, apartment, flat, or NASHVILLE BUILDING LAWS 95 rooming house, but all such ceilings shall be contracted of approved sheet metal or with metal lath, or i^-inch plaster hoard and surfaced with two coats of cement plaster, provided that wooden panel ribs and mouldings may be placed flat on the completed face of such plastered ceilings in stores and auditoriums for the purpose of orna- mentation, and further provided that other approved ceiling of fire- proof materials may he used. Idem. 364 . Vaults Under Sidewalks . . 1. Where a vault is built under the sidewalk a wall shall be con- structed to retain the adjacent banks. 2. The roofs of all vaults shall be of approved incombustible ma- terial. Glass, when used in the roofs of the vaults, shall measure not more than 16 square inches in one light. 3. All vaults shall be thoroughly ventilated. Idem. 365 . Areaways, and Projections Beyond the Building Line. 1. No railings, steps, or any portion of a building or structure shall project beyond the building line at any point less than 9 feet above the curb level. 2. No bay, oriel or show window shall project beyond the building line at any point. When erected within the fire limits they shall be constructed of incombustible material, except that on a dwelling such window may be permitted of wooden framework covered with incom- bustible material, provided it does not extend more than 3 feet above the second-story floor. Cornices of, or over show windows, or show fronts more than 9 feet above curb level may project not more than 12 inches beyond building line. 3. Alterations or repairs to areaways, steps, store fronts, or pro- jections, or show windows shall be subject to the requirements of this section. Idem. PAKT XXIII. “MiliA Construction. 366 . Definition. — “Mill” Construction (also called “Slow-burn- ing Construction”) is a term applied to buildings having masonry 96 NASHVILLE BUILDING LAWS walls and heavy timber interior construction with no concealed spaces. Such buildings are usually occupied for factory purposes, and should always be protected by a system of automatic sprinklers. Idem. , 367 . Foundations, and Walls. 1. Foundations shall conform to the requirements of Sections 273 and' 274. 2. Outside walls shall be of masonry and shall conform as to con- struction and thickness to the requirements of Section 282. 3. Fire and party walls shall he of masonry, and the thickness and construction shall conform to the requirements of Sections 282- 284-285 and 286. Parapets shall project to cut-off overhang of roof if any, and special parapets shall be provided where monitors or roof lanterns are near fire walls. Idem. 368 . Protection of Wall Openings. 1. Openings in exterior walls shall he protected with approved fire doors or shutters, or if the exposure is not too great, approved wired glass windows may he used. The openings to he protected shall be as specified in this section and Section 351. 2. All openings such as shafts and belt holes, etc., shall he avoided where possible, but where they are necessary they shall he protected by approved fire shutters. 3. All windows and other openings in side walls of buildings for a distance of at least 10 feet each side of a fire wall, and shall be pro- tected as called for in (1.) 4. Where main sections are separated by fire walls and adjoin so as to form an angle, all window or other openings in side walls for a distance of not less than 30 feet from the angle, shall be protected as called for in (1.) Where minor sections, such as boiler or engine houses, adjoin, the above rule need apply only to main sections of buildings. Where there are no openings in one section within 10 feet of the fire wall, the other section need not be protected. 5. When buildings of different heights adjoin, all windows of the higher section above the roof of the lower sections, as well as all windows within 10 feet of the fire wall on each section, shall be pro- tected as called for in (1.) 6. Openings in fire walls shall be protected as required in Sec- tion 285. Idem, NASHVILLE BUILDING LAWS 97 369. Columns and Girders or Floor Timbers. 1. Columns, if of timber, shall be not less than 8 inches in smallest cross sectional dimensions, preferably all corners should be rounded or chamfered. 2. Wooden columns shall be superimposed throughout all stories on iron or steel post caps with brackets. 3. Iron or steel columns or girders may be used if protected as required in Section 378. 4. Wooden girders or floor timbers shall be suitable for the load carried, but in no case less than 6 inches either dimension, and shall rest on iron plates on wall ledges and where entering walls shall be self-releasing. Walls may be corbeled out to support floor timbers where necessary. The corbeling shall not exceed 2 inches. 5. So far as possible, girders or floor timbers shall be single stick. 6. Where wooden beams enter walls on opposite sides, there shall be at least 12 inches of masonry between ends of beams, and in no case shall they enter more than one-quarter the thickness of the wall. Idem. 370. Floors. 1. Floors shall be not less than — 2%-inch dressed splined or tongued and grooved plank covered with %-inch dressed flooring laid crossways, or diagonally. Top flooring shall not extend closer than %-inch to walls so as to allow for swelling in case floor becomes wet. This space shall be covered by a moulding so arranged that it will not obstruct movement of the flooring. 2. All exposed woodwork in interior construction shall be planed smooth. 3. Basement floor may be concrete or any other incombustible material. 4. Pipes or conduits extending through floors shall be fitted with metal thimbles and made watertight to a distance of 3 inches above floor. Idem. 371. Roofs , Skylights, and Cornices. 1. Poofs shall be of plank and 1 timber construction and flat, ex- cept for pitch necessary for proper drainage. Plank shall be not less than 2y 8 inches dressed splined, or tongued and grooved. Timbers shall be not less than 6 inches either dimension and shall be single stick. 98 NASHVILLE BUILDING LAWS Both roof timbers and planks shall he self-releasing as regards walls. 2. Roof coverings shall comply with requirements of Section 343 as specified for buildings within fire limits. 3. Skylights shall he built according to the requirements of Sec- tion 349. 4. Cornices shall comply with the requirements of Section 348. Idem. 372 . Partitions. — Partitions shall be constructed of incombus- tible material or of 2-inch matched plank or double matched boards with joints broken, preferably coated with fire-retarding paint. Idem. 373 . Stairways and Elevators. 1. Stairways and elevators shall preferably be enclosed by brick walls at least 12 inches thick, or reinforced concrete not less than 8 inches thick. Where one or more brick walls of stairway or ele- vator shafts are less than 8 feet on a side and contain no doorways, they may be 8 inches thick, but no wall of such thickness shall ex- tend more than one story in height. v 2. When such shafts are inside of a building the walls shall pierce all floors and extend at least 3 feet above roof. 3. Approved fire doors shall be installed' at all openings into shafts. Those for stairway and power shafts shall be self-closing. 4. Interior windows in shaft are prohibited. Idem. PART XXIV. Fireproof Construction, and Pire-proofing. 374 . General Requirements for Fireproof Buildings. 1. The walls of every fireproof building shall be 1 constructed as specified in Sections 277-2 S 6. The floor and roof construction shall conform to the construction and test requirements specified in Sections 375-377. Reinforced concrete buildings constructed as spec- ified in Part XXII, shall be classed as fireproof construction. 2. The space between the floor arches or slabs and the floor finish shall be solidly filled with concrete as specified in Section 437. The NASHVILLE BUILDING LAWS 99 filling beneath wooden flooring shall he made fhish with the under side of the floor boards. 3. In buildings of Class E, except stables, also in apartment houses, clubs and hotels, when of fireproof construction, the floors may preferably be made impervious to water ; and arranged to drain to scuppers or interior drainage pipes, provision being made to dis- charge water at the rate of 300 gallons per minute per each 1000 square feet of floor area. 4. Except as permitted 1 in Section 301, paragraph 1, all shafts and public hallways shall be enclosed and separated from the rest of the floor space by fire-resistive enclosures, as specified in Sections 353 and 379 and shall have floor surfaces and trim of approved in- combustible material. The stairs and stairway landings shall be of approved incombustible material. 5. Ho woodwork or other combustible material shall be used in the construction of any fireproof building, except wooden floor sleepers, grounds, bucks, and nailing blocks when entirely embedded in incombustible material ; also the finish flooring, and interior doors and windows, when not otherwise specified, with their frames, trim, and casings; also interior finish when backed solidly with fireproof material, may be of wood. 6. Exterior wall openings shall be protected as required in Sec- tion 351. Idem. 375 . Fireproofing , Floor and Roof Construction. 1. Fireproof construction between steel floor or roof beams, shall consist of segmental arches of brick or concrete, or of segmental or flat arches of hollow terra cotta, or reinforced. cinder, stone, or gravel concrete ; or of such other equally fire-resisting material or construc- tion as may be approved by the Supervisor after fire, water, and strength tests. 2. All segmental arches shall have a rise of l 1 /^ inches to the foot of span. Steel tie-rods of proper size spacing, and location shall be used in all arches to properly resist the thrust. Such tie rods shall be completely encased to a depth of at least 2 inches in fireproofing material which shall extend into and be anchored to the arch. 3. The spacing of floor or roof beams in fireproof construction shall not exceed 8 feet on centers except when the slabs between them are composed of reinforced stone or gravel concrete, in which case they shall be limited by the design according to Section 398, etc. 100 NASHVILLE BUILDING LAWS 4. Brick Arches. Segmental arches of brick shall have a thick- ness of not less than 4 inches for spans of 3 feet or less, and 8 inches for spans exceeding 3 feet and not exceeding 8 feet. Brick arches shall be composed of good, hard common or hollow brick. The brick shall be laid to a line on the centers and properly and solidly bonded ; each longitudinal line of brick shall break joints with the adjoining lines. The arches shall spring from suitably designed solid skewbacks made of the same materials as the arches, and he properly keyed. The brick shall be well wet before laying, and the joints solidly filled with mortar. 5. Terra Cotta Arches. Hollow terra cotta tile used for floor or roof arches shall be hard burned or semi-porous and of uniform den- sity and hardness. All terra cotta arches shall be properly keyed. The key blocks shall always be placed within the middle third of the span. Segmental arches shall have sufficient depth between the top and bottom faces to carry the load to he imposed, but not less than 6 inches. The tile shall have at least two cellular spaces in the depth. Flat arches shall have a depth of not less than 1% inches for each foot of span between the beams, this not to include any portion of the depth of tile that projects below the under side of the beams. The total depth shall in no case be less than 9 inches, and the tile shall have not less than three cellular spaces in the depth. The shells of arch blocks shall be not less than % inch in thick- ness, and the webs shall be not less than 5/8 inch in thickness. E^ery arch block shall have at least one continuous vertical internal web for each 4 inches in width. There shall be rounded fillets at all internal intersections. The skewbacks of all hollow tile arches shall be of such form and section as to accurately fit the beams and properly receive the thrust of the arches, and shall have shells at least 1 inch thick, and webs not less than %-inch thick, or tile of standard man- ufacture may be used 'provided working stresses specified herein are complied with. The safe working load on terra cotta arches shall be determined by design or by test as specified in Section 440. The allowable ex- treme fibre stress in compression in terra cotta floor tile shall he taken as 500 pounds per square inch on net section. G. Concrete Arches and Slabs. All segmental arches or flat slabs of reinforced concrete shall be designated and construced in accordance with the requirements of this section and of Parts XXVI or XXVII. NASHVILLE BUILDING LAWS 101 7. Roofs. Hollow terra cotta or concrete tile, or solid gypsum blocks, may be used for fireproofing between the steel framework of roof construction; but such tile or blocks shall be not less than 3 inches thick or tile less than 2 inches thick, and the supporting steel members shall be spaced not more than 25 inches on centers. When solid blocks or tile are properly reinforced to resist the bending stresses, the steel supporting members may be spaced not to exceed -30 inches apart. The bottom flanges of steel members shall be pro- tected as elsewhere provided. Idem. 376 . Fireproofing , Protection of Structural Members. 1. Protection of Wall Columns. All columns which support steel girders carrying exterior walls, and all columns which are built into walls and support floors only, shall be protected against corro- sion by a coating of Portland cement mortar at least ^4-inch thick, and against moisture and fire by a casing of masonry, which shall be not less than 4 inches of brick or 2 inches of concrete on all surfaces ; all to be well bonded into the masonry of the enclosing walls. 2. Protection of Wall Girders. The wall girders shall have a cas- ing of Portland cement mortar and the same masonry protection as required for wall columns, all to be securely tied and bonded; but the extreme outer edge of the flanges of beams, or plates or angles connected to the beams may project within 1% inches of the outside surface of such casing. The inside surfaces of the girders shall be similarly protected by masonry, or if projecting inside the walls, they shall be protected by concrete, terra cotta, or other approved fireproof material not less than 1% inches thick. 3. All metal structural members which support loads or resist stresses, other than those provided for by the two preceding para- graphs, shall have a protection of fireproofing as herein specified. The protection material shall be brick, concrete, terra cotta, or gyp- sum block. Concrete shall be of the quality prescribed in Sections 427-433; terra cotta may be solid or hollow, and shall be porous or semi-porous; neither shells nor webs shall be less than 5/8 inch thick; gypsum blocks shall be solid and of quality approved by the Super- visor. Plaster shall not be considered a part of any required fire- proofing for metal structural members except where specifically men- tioned as such. See paragraph 8, also Section 378. 4. All bricks or blocks used for fireproofing shall be set in Portland cement mortar, except that gypsum blocks may be set in gypsum mortar. 102 NASHVILLE BUILDING LAWS 5. Interior Columns. (a) The protection shall cover the columns at all points to a thickness of not less than 2 inches and be continuous from the base to the top of the column. The extreme outer edges of lugs, brackets, and similar supporting metal may project to within 1 inch of the outer surface of the protection. (b) If brick or blocks are used for fireproofing columns, they shall be accurately fitted, laid with broken joints, and all spaces be- tween the outside layer and the metal solidly filled with masonry ; or a concrete filling may be used. Ho voids between the metal and the protecting casing shall be permitted. (c) Galvanized steel wire not smaller than Ho. 12 gauge, shall be securely wrapped around block column coverings so* that every block is crossed at least once by a wire. The wire shall not be wound spirally around the column, but each turn or band shall be a separate unit and shall be twisted tightly or otherwise securely bound. Other equivalent anchorage may be employed if approved by the Super- visor. Ho block used for this purpose shall exceed 12 inches in ver- tical dimension. (d) Columns located in damp places shall receive a coat of at least %-inch of Portland cement mortar before application of the fireproofing. (e) Columns made of steel or wrought iron pipe filled with con- crete, shall be protected by at least 1% inches of fireproofing. (f) Where the fireproofing of columns is exposed to damage from trucking or handling of merchandise, the fireproofing shall be jacketed on the outside for a height of not less than 3 feet from the floor with metal or other approved covering. 6. Protection of Steel Girders and Beams. (a) The protection of the webs and bottom flanges of girders and all members of trusses shall have a thickness of not less than 1% inches at all points. The protection of the webs and . bottom flanges of beams, lintels, and 1 all other structural members shall be not less than 1 inch at any point. (b) If hollow terra cotta tile be used for protection, the lower flanges of beams and similar members shall be encased either by lugs which form part of the skewbacks and extend around the flanges meet- ing at the middle ; or by tile slabs held in position by dove-tailed lugs projecting from the skewbacks. In either case care shall be taken to insure that all joints be solidly filled with mortar. NASHVILLE BUILDING LAWS 103 7. Concrete protection for all structural members shall be held in position by suitably designed interior . steel anchors hooked se- curely around the flanges or angles of the members at intervals; not exceeding 12 inches apart; these anchors shall be not less than % inch in thickness if flat or 1/10 inch in diameter if wire, and shall be located at a distance not less than % inch, nor more than % inch from the outside surface. Provision shall be made to prevent dis- placement of anchors while concrete is being deposited. When the flange width of steel members exceed 6 inches, the wire used for anchoring the concrete protection shall be not less than % inch diam- eter. 8. Steel angle or channel struts, or other structural framing not elsewhere provided for, which are used for support in any wall, par- tition, or other construction, shall be fireproofed as required in this section or in Section 379, paragraph 4. Idem. 377 . Miscellaneous Fireproofing Provisions. 1. Defective or damaged fireproofing materials shall not be used. All fireproof construction injured or damaged after being erected shall be repaired to the satisfaction of the Supervisor before any fill- ing or finish is placed over same. 2. No pipes, wires, cables or other material shall be embedded in the required fireproof protection of columns or other structural mem- bers. 3. All metal lath and plaster ceilings shall be supported by hangers of clamps attached to the floor or roof construction in an approved manner. Such supports shall be of such section and weight as will support the west plaster without deflecting more than 1/30 inch per foot of span. 4. All studding for metal lath partitions or wall furring shall be of sufficient size to carry the weight imposed and shall be spaced not more than 16 inches on center, provided that this clause shall not be interpreted to prohibit the use of approved 2-inch thick solid plaster board or plaster partitions with spacing of 24 inches or the use of ap- proved 2-inch thick solid reinforced metal lath and plaster partitions with spacing up to 36 inches, or if the metal lath is sufficiently rein- forced with integral stiffening members the metal studs may be elim- inated. 5. Metal lath may be either of galvanized or painted steel or iron of standard weight per square yard for the gauge specified. Wire 104 NASHVILLE BUILDING LAWS lath shall not be less than 21 gauge and sheet metal lath not less than 26 gauge, 'provided that metal lath may he 28 gauge only when rein- forced by approved integral stiffeners or when plastered with Port- land cement mortar. Metal lath shall be laced to supporting metal furring or studs with galvanized wire at intervals not exceeding 6 inches, except that where metal clips are provided for this purpose on metal furring studs or joist the wire lacing need not be used. 6. After floors are constructed, no opening greater than 2 square feet shall be cut through them unless suitable metal framing or rein- forcing is provided around the opening. After pipes or conduits are in place, all openings around them shall be filled in solidly with fire- proofing .material unless approved close fitting individual sleeves are provided as specified herein. Idem. 378 . Protection of Metal Structural Members in N on-Fireproof Buildings. — Steel girders and steel or iron columns which support masonry walls, other than those facing upon a street, shall be pro- tected by at least 1% inches of fireproofing of the same materials ; or by 1% inches of metal lath and cement plaster ; the latter being ap- plied in two layers with an air space between them. All other iron or steel columns shall be protected by at least 1 inch of metal lath and cement plaster or its equivalent. The lath shall be of quality speci- fied in Section 377. Idem. 379 . Partitions in Fireproof Buildings. 1. In fireproof buildings, all partitions enclosing public halls or separating the spaces occupied by different tenants, and all other per- manent partitions, shall be built not less than 4 inches thick if of solid or hollow brick, terra cotta, concrete, or gypsum blocks or tile; other partitions if of reinforced concrete shall be not less than 3 inches thick or 2 inches thick if of solid metal lath and cement plaster ; or of such other incombustible materials and thickness as shall meet the requirements of the partition fire test as prescribed in Section 439, paragraph 4. The required thickness for block or tile partitions shall be exclusive of plaster. All such partitions shall be 1 securely fastened to the fireproof construction of the floor and ceiling. All bricks, blocks or tile shall be laid with broken joints. 2. All partitions not enumerated above shall be of incombustible materials, except for woodwork permitted in Section 374. NASHVILLE BUILDING LAWS 105 3. All partitions in fireproof buildings shall be independently supported at each floor level, and which lateral support is not suffi- cient they shall be stiffened by steel reinforcement encased in the con- struction. 4. Structural steel members necessary for supporting a parti- tion, shall be protected by at least 1 inch of fireproofing. Cement plaster, or cement-tempered plaster may be accepted for this purpose if properly keyed. 5. Reinforced concrete for partitions shall be as required in Sec- tions 374-390 and 427-433. Terra cotta tile shall be porous or semi- porous in quality, and if hollow, shall have two cells in the thickness, with the thickness of shells inclusive of plaster key, not less than % inch, and the thickness of webs not less than 5/8 inch. The shells and webs of hollow gypsum or concrete blocks or tile shall be not less than % inch. Gypsum shall be used only in dry locations. Metal lath and studding shall conform to the requirements of Section 377. 6. All openings in public hallway partitions shall preferably be protected by approved fire doors or fire windows. Approved fire doors may be permitted in a partition separating tenants in a build- ing, but no glass shall be permitted in openings in such partitions. 7. If a stair hallway be considered as a part of the stairway, and the latter is not separately enclosed as required by Section 353, then the enclosing partitions for the hallway shall be considered as the stairway shaft, and shall be built acording to the requirements of Section 353. 8. If the partition surrounding a public hallway be erected in ac- cordance with the requirements for a fire exit partition, it may be considered as a horizontal exit for an occupancy equal to area of the hallway in square feet divided by three. Idem. 380 . Fire-Resistive Partitions in N on-Fireproof Buildings. 1. In non-fireproof buildings of Classes B, C, D, and E, all par- titions enclosing public hallways, or separating the spaces occupied by different tenants, shall either be built as required in Section 379, or they may be built of not less than 3-inch approved solid or hollow partition blocks or tile, or by 3-inch hollow or 2-inch solid metal stud- ding and lath with cement plaster, or by 2x4-inch wooden studding with metal lath and 1 % inch of cement or cement-tempered plaster on each side; or of any other materials and thickness as shall meet 106 NASHVILLE BUILDING LAWS the requirements of the partition fire test as prescribed in Section 439, paragraph 4. Wooden studs shall be set with the 4-inch dimen- sion at right angles to the plane of the wall, and fire blocked at least every 6 feet in the height. 2. All such partitions shall be fire-stopped the full depth of the floor beams at each floor level in the manner specified in Section 360. 3. Openings in such partitions shall preferably be protected by fire doors and windows as specified in Section 379. 4. The principles governing hallway partition construction as stated in Section 379, paragraphs 7 and 8, shall apply to the construc- tion of like partitions in non-fireproof buildings, consistent with the requirements of Section 356 for such construction. Idem. PAKT XXV. 381 . Pressed Steel Construction. 1. Pressed steel may be used in all buildings, or parts of build- ings, where the allowable floor loads, as specified in Section 295 does not exceed 100 pounds per square foot. 2. Such construction shall be designed in accordance with the allowable working stresses provided in this Code for rolled steel, and other regulations, limiting the strength of columns (Section 297, paragraph 2,) unsupported length of the compression flange (Section 328) deduction of area cut out by rivet polls and prongs as effective net area, etc. 3. Fire proofing of pressed steel floor construction shall consist of not less than 2 inches of concrete on top of beams, and one inch of cement plaster on metal lath underneath. Pressed steel stud walls and partitions shall be fire proofed with not less than one inch metal lath and cement plaster and all structural steel supporting members shall be fire proofed as provided in this Code. Idem. NASHVILLE BUILDING LAWS 107 PART XXVI. Reinforced Concrete Construction. General Requirements. 382 . Definition . — The term “reinforced* concrete” in this Code shall mean an approved concrete mixture in which steel is embedded in such a manner as to resist the tensile stresses and to add rigidity and strength to concrete in compression. Idem. 383 . Approved for all Types of Buildings. Reinforced concrete will be approved for all types of building construction, provided the design conforms with good engineering practice, and the working stresses do not exceed those herein specified. The construction shall meet the requirements of this Code in all respects. Idem. 384 . Construction Plans and Specifications. 1. The plans and specifications required to be filed with the Su- pervisor shall be accompanied by a written certificate of the architect or engineer certifying that the general arrangement of the entire con- struction in all important details, including the size, length, the quali- ties, proportions, and the dead and live loads each fioor is designed to carry are in conformity with the provisions of this Code. 2. All such plans and specifications shall be signed by the archi- tect, engineer, contractor or person applying for the permit. In no case shall the construction deviate from the approved plans and speci- fications except by written consent of the Supervisor. (See Sec. 25 Jf..) Idem. Specifications for Materials. 385 . Quality of Concrete. 1. The concrete shall consist of a* mixture of a plastic or viscous consistency of one part of cement to not more than six parts of aggre- gate, fine and coarse, either in the proportion of one part of cement, two parts of sand and four parts of stone or gravel, or in such pro- portion as to produce a maximum density. Such concrete shall de- velop a crushing strength of at least 2,000 lbs. per square inch at 28 days when made under laboratory conditions of manufacture; the 108 NASHVILLE BUILDING LAWS materials and consistency being practically the same as that used in the field. Test specimens shall be removed from moulds as soon as well set and stored in damp sand until tested. 2. Concrete in the proportion of one part of cement to four and one-half parts of aggregate, which may be desirable for special work such as columns, shall develop a crushing strength of not less than 2,400 pounds per square inch at 28 days, and the working stress of such concrete may be increased 20 per cent, over that permitted elsewhere in this Part. 3. Each test shall consist of a set of at least three duplicate speci- mens in the shape of cylinders with a height of double the diameter ; or cubes having a least dimension of 6 inches. Cubes shall be tested standing on bed and 75 per cent, of the resulting test strength shall be assumed as the strength of the standard cylinder specimen 8 inches in diameter and 16 inches high. The average of the three tests shall be taken as the result for record. The smallest dimension of the test piece should be at least four times the size of the coarsest particle of stone. 4. In addition to these preliminary tests which are necessary for the purpose of design, the Supervisor may require additional tests to be made upon specimens cast during construction of the building. The test specimens shall be secured at such times and in such portions of the structure as the Supervisor may direct. This test concrete may be taken from the barrows as the concrete is being wheeled to place or from the forms after it is deposited. The results of such tests shall be considered in conjunction with the test of workmanship described in Section 442. Idem. 386. Quality of Cement . — All cement used in reinforced con- crete shall be Portland cement meeting the requirements of Section 317. Idem. 387. Quality of Fine Aggregate. 1. The fine aggregate shall consist of sand, crushed stone or gravel screenings passing when dry a screen having four meshes to the lineal inch; provided, not more than 10 per cent, shall pass a screen having 100 meshes to the lineal inch. It shall be clean, coarse, or hard, durable material and shall contain not more than 5 per cent, of loam and other deleterious matter, and that not more than 50 per cent, shall pass a sieve having 50 meshes per lineal inch. NASHVILLE BUILDING LAWS 109 2. Fine aggregate shall always be tested. It shall he of such quality that mortar composed of one part Portland cement and three parts fine aggregate by weight, when made into briquettes shall show a tensile strength at least equal to the strength of 1 : 3 mortar of the same consistency made with the same cement and standard sand, and shall show a tensile strength of at least 180 pounds per square inch at the age of seven days. If the aggregate be of poorer quality, the proportion of cement should be increased to secure the desired strength. Idem. 388. Quality of Coarse Aggregate. 1. Coarse aggregate shall consist of crushed stone or gravel which is retained on a screen having ^4-inch diameter holes, and shall be graded in size from small to large particles. The maximum size shall be such that all the agrgegate will pass through a l^-inch diam- eter ring. The particles shall be clean, hard, durable, and free from all deleterious material. 2. Gravel shall be free from clay or loam except such as naturally adheres to the particles. If clay or loam is in such quantities that it cannot be readily removed by dipping in water or brushing lightly with the hand, the gravel shall be washed. When bank-run gravel is used, it shall be screened from the sand and remixed in the proper proportion for fine and coarse aggregate. Idem. 389. Quality of Reinforcement . — All steel used in reinforced concrete shall meet the requirements of the current Standard Speci- fications for Billet-Steel concrete Reinforcement Bars of the Amer- ican Society for Testing Materials. Ho reinforcement produced from re-rolled rails or second-hand materials shall be used in any struc- ture without the written permission of the Supervisor. If such re- inforcement be permitted, it shall meet the requirements of the cur- rent Standard Specifications for Bail- Steel Concrete Reinforcement Bars of the American Society for Testing Materials. Cold drawn steel wire made from open hearth billets of the grade of rivet steel or from Bessemer billets, may be used in floor and roof slabs, column hooping, and reinforcement for temperature and shrinkage stresses. It shall have an ultimate strength of not less than 85,000 pounds per square inch and test specimens shall bend 180 degrees around their own diameter without fracture. Idem. 110 NASHVILLE BUILDING LAWS Factors Controlling Design. 390 . Allowable Unit Working Stresses . — In the design of re- inforced concrete structures when the concrete is mixed in the pro- portions of 1 :2 :4, and satisfies the strength requirements of Section 385, the following working stresses for concrete and steel shall be used : Lbs. per Sq. Inch. Extreme fibre stress on concrete in compression 650 Concrete in direct compression 500 Shearing stress in concrete when diagonal tension is not resisted by steel 40 Shearing stress in concrete when web reinforcement is propor- tioned to resist two-thirds of the external vertical shear . . . 120 Bond stress between concrete and plain reinforcing bars 80 Bond stress between concrete and deformed bars 100 Tensile stress in steel reinforcement 16,000 Bearing of a concrete surface having a total area at least three times the area of the loaded portion, may be taken at 37% per cent, of the ultimate strength of the concrete, when all other stresses are properly provided for. Compressive stress in steel as specified in Sections 406-407-408 and 409, or in the ratio of the moduli of elasticity of steel to concrete. In continuous beams the extreme fibre stress in concrete in com- pression may be increased 15 per cent, adjacent to the supports. In proportioning the section of concrete for shearing stresses, the effective depth from center of compression area to center of steel shall be used. Stresses in concrete mixed in the proportions of 1 :1% ‘3 in ac- cordance with Section 385 may be increased 20 per cent, in excess of the above stresses. Idem. 391 . General Assumptions . — As a basis for calculating the strength of beams and slabs, the following assumptions shall be made : (a) A plane section before bending remains plane after bending. (b) The modulus of elasticity of concrete in compression remains constant within limits of working stresses fixed in this Code. (c) The adhesion between concrete and reinforcement is perfect. (d) Concrete has no value in resistance to tension. NASHVILLE BUILDING LAWS 111 (e) Initial stress in the reinforcement due to contraction or ex- pansion in the concrete is negligible. (f) The ratio of the moduli of elasticity of 1 :2 :4 stone or gravel concrete and steel inflexure shall be taken as 1 :15. (g) The ratio of the moduli of elasticity of 1 :!% 0T gravel concrete and steel inflexure shall be taken as 1 :12. The span length for beams and slabs shall be taken as the dis- tance from center to center of supports, but need not be taken to exceed the clear span plus the over-all depth of beam dr slab. Brack- ets shall not be considered as reducing the clear span in the sense here intended. Idem. Bending Moments of Uniformly Loaded Floor and Hoof Slabs. 392. Bending Moments of Slabs Supported on Two Sides . — The bending moments of slabs due to uniformly distributed loads shall be taken as not less than : 1/8 WL, at center when simply supported. 1/10 WL, at center and continuous support when supported at one end and continuous at the other. 1/12 WL, at center and intermediate supports when continuous over more than two supports. W— Total distributed dead and live loads. L— Length of span. Idem. 393. Bending Moments of Slabs Supported on Four Sides . — - The bending moments of uniformly loaded slabs supported on four sides and reinforced in both directions shall be taken as: 1/8 WL, at center in each direction when simply supported. 1/10 WL, at center and continuous support when continuous over one support. 1/12 WL, at both center and supports when continuous over two or more supports. Idem. 394. Distribution of Loads. — The distribution of loads on square and rectangular slabs supported on four sides, shall be determined by the following formula : l 4 r = l 4 + b 4 112 NASHVILLE BUILDING LAWS in which r— the proportion of the load supported by the transverse re- inforcement. 1— length of slab, b— breadth of slab. If the length of the slab exceeds 1% times its width, the trans- verse reinforcement shall be designed to carry the entire load. Idem. Bending Moments of Uniformly Loaded Beams and Girders. 395 . Term Beam Defined. — The term beam as used in this sec- tion shall be understood to include the term girder, unless specific distinction be made. Idem. 396 . Beams with Simple or Continuous Supports. — The bend- ing moments of uniformly loaded beams shall be taken as : 1/8 WL, at center when simply supported. 1/10 WL, at center and over continuous support when supported at one end and continuous at the other. 1/12 WL, at both center and supports when continuous over more than two supports. Idem. 397 . Beams Supporting Rectangular Slabs. 1. Beams supporting rectangular slabs reinforced in both direc- tions shall be assumed to take the proportions of load as determined by the formula in Section 394. 2. The bending moments of slabs, beams or girders which are continuous for two spans only, shall be taken as % WL over the central support and 1/10 WL near the middle of the span. Idem. General Design Requirements for Beam and Slab Construction. 398 . Special Members. — The bending moments for slabs or beams with spans of unusual length or due to other than uniformly distrib- uted loads, shall be more exactly computed according to accepted theory. Idem. NASHVILLE BUILDING LAWS 113 399 . Continuous Floor Construction. — In contiuous slabs, beams or girders, full provision shall be made for the negative bending moments over the supports by placing sufficient negative reinforce- ment near the top of the members to resist the stress. This reinforce- ment shall pass beyond the point of inflection in beams or girders and be anchored in the compression concrete of the member a sufficient distance to develop the full strength of the steel through bond stress. The. critical section of continuous construction is over the support. Idem. 400 . Web Reinforcement in Beams. 1. Members of web reinforcement in beams shall be designed for diagonal tensile stresses, using the calculated vertical sheering stress as a measure of these tensile stresses. They shall not be spaced to exceed three-fourths of the depth of the beam in that portion where the web stresses exceed the allowable value of the concrete in shear. It shall be assumed that two-thirds of the external vertical shear is provided for by the steel in calculating the stresses in stirrups, diag- onal web members, and bent up bars ; and the remaining one-third of the shear shall be assumed as taken by the concrete, in accordance with section 390. 2. Web members such as stirrups, when not rigidly attached to the longitudinal steel at both top and bottom, shall be carried around and bent over the longitudinal members or otherwise sufficiently anchored in the compression concrete to develop the tensile stresses existing in them. Diagonal members shall be rigidly attached to the longitudinal steel on the tension side. Stirrups at the ends of continu- ous girders shall be inverted with the free ends anchored in the com- pression concrete at the bottom of the beam. The length of stirrups or diagonals embedded in compression concrete shall be sufficient to develop their entire tensile stresses by adhesion. Idem. 401 . T Beams. 1. Where adequate bond is provided at junction between slab and beam, and the two are cast at the same time as a unit, the slab may be considered as an integral part of the beam, provided its effective width shall not exceed on either side of the beam one-sixth of the span length of the beam, nor be greater than four times the thickness of the slab on either side of the beam ; the measurements being taken from line of intersection between slab and beam. 114 NASHVILLE BUILDING LAWS 2. In beams with T sections the width of the stem only shall be nsed in calculating longitudinal shear and diagonal tension. An effective bond shall be provided at the junction of the beam and slab when the principal slab reinforcement is parallel to the beam, by the use of transverse reinforcement extending over the beam and well into the slab. 3. In the design of T beams acting as continuous beams, sufficient compression area shall be provided on the under side at the support, either by the use of properly designed brackets or by embedding addi- tional compression steel in the concrete extending to the point of inflection. Idem. 402. Minimum Thickness of Slabs. — The minimum thickness of concrete floor slabs shall be 4 inches, and for roof slabs 3% inches. Idem. 403. Floor Finish. — Cement or concrete floor finish shall not be considered in calculating the strength of floor members unless it be laid at the same time they are cast. Idem. 404. Composite Floors. — The design of composite floors consist- ing of rows of hard-burned terra cotta tile, concrete blocks, sheet steel, or other approved fire resistive material, separated by ribs or beams of reinforced stone or gravel concrete, shall conform to all the pro- visions of this part so far as they are applicable. The ribs shall be at least 5 inches wide. The tile or blocks shall be regarded only as fillers, and shall not be considered in the design except as dead load. If designed as a T-beam, the slab portion above the fillers shall be at least 2% inches thick, and shall consist of the same mixture used for the ribs, and shall be cast at the same time; under these condi- tions it may be considered in the design of the ribs. Tile or concrete block fillers shall be laid with Portland cement mortar joints, and shall be thoroughly wet before the concrete is poured. The protec- tion for steel bars in bottom of ribs shall be the same as for other beams. To resist expansion stresses, reinforcement bars not less than i/^-inch diameter, shall be placed in the concrete at right angles to the ribs and above the fillers, at intervals not exceeding 30 inches. Idem. NASHVILLE BUILDING LAWS 115 Design of Columns and Walls. 405 . Length of Columns. — The length of columns shall be taken as the maximum unsupported length. ' The unsupported length of columns shall not exceed fifteen times the least side or diameter, and in no case shall the least side or diame- ter be less than 12 inches. The length shall include any corbel or knee brace attached to the column. Idem. 406 . Columns Without Hoops. — Actual compression in rein- forced concrete columns without or with less than one per cent, of hoops, bands or spirals, containing not less than one-half of one per cent, nor more than 3 per cent, of vertical reinforcement, secured against lateral displacement by steel ties placed not further apart than 15 diameters of the vertical rods, nor more than 12 inches, shall not exceed more than 450 pounds per square inch on the effective area of the concrete plus six thousand pounds per square inch on the vertical reinforcement. The percentage of reinforcement shall be calculated upon the effective area of the column, which is the area within the reinforcement. Idem. 407 . Columns 'luith Hoops. — Actual compression in reinforced concrete columns with not less than one per cent, of hoops or spirals (that is, a volume of steel equal to one per cent, of the volume of con- crete within the hoops or spirals for unit length of column) spaced not further apart than one-fourth of the diameter of enclosed column, with not less than one per cent, nor more than four per cent, of ver- tical reinforcement, shall not exceed 650 pounds per square inch on the effective area of the concrete plus 9,000 pounds per square inch or the vertical reinforcement. The hoops or spirals shall be uniformly spaced, and shall be rigidly attached to at least four vertical bars in each convolution. Idem. 408 . Structural Steel and Concrete Columns. — Axial compres- sion in structural steel columns thoroughly encased in concrete hav- ing a minimum thickness of 4 inches and reinforced with not less than one per cent, of steel (that is, a volume of steel equal to one per cent, of the volume of concrete within the hoops) equally divided between vertical reinforcement and hoops or spirals spaced not more 116 NASHVILLE BUILDING LAWS than 12 inches apart, may he taken at 16,000 pounds per square inch on the net section of the structural steel, no allowance being made for the concrete casing. The hoops or spirals shall be placed not nearer than one inch from the structural steel, or nearer than 1% inches from the outer surface of the concrete. The ratio of length to least radius of gyration of the structural steel section shall not exceed 120. Idem. 409. Columns Constructed with Special Concrete . — In rein- forced concrete columns the compression on the concrete may be in- creased 20 per cent, when the fine and coarse aggregates are care- fully selected, and the proportion of cement to total aggregates in- creased to one part of cement to not more than four and one-half parts of aggregate, fine and coarse, either in proportion of one part of cement, one and one-half parts of sand and three parts of stone or gravel, or in such proportions as will secure the maximum density. The unit stress on the vertical reinforcement in such columns shall not exceed twelve times the unit stress on the concrete. Idem. 410. Columns Eccentrically Loaded . — Bending stresses in col- umns due to eccentric loads, shall be provided for by increasing the section of concrete or steel so that the total unit stress shall not exceed the allowable working stress in flexure. Idem. 411. Steel Base Plates . — Suitable steel base plates or castings shall be provided at the bottom of columns to distribute the loads over the footings, and the vertical reinforcement bars shall bear squarely on these plates, or the reinforcing bars shall be carried down into an enlarged footing to distribute the load through bond stress. Idem. 412. Walls . — Exterior and interior bearing and non-bearing walls of reinforced concrete shall be securely anchored to all inter- secting walls, columns and floors, and the allowable compressive stress shall not exceed 250 pounds per square inch. The thickness shall be not less than two-thirds that specified for brick walls, and in no case less than 8 inches. All such walls shall be reinforced with steel running both horizontally and vertically. The amount of reinforce- ment shall be not less than 1/5 of 1 per cent, of the cross-section of the wall, and shall be equally disposed near each face of the wall ; NASHVILLE BUILDING LAWS 117 except that in walls or partitions 8 inches or less in thickness, the re- inforcement may he placed as a single layer in the middle. Rein- forcement shall not be spaced more than 18 inches apart. Additional reinforcement shall be placed aronnd wall openings, and all vertical and horizontal reinforcement shall be wired or have other mechanical bond at intervals not exceeding 18 inches in either direction. Idem. General Provisions for Design of Girderless Floors or Flat Slabs. 413. Girderless Floors. 1. Girderless floors or flat slabs consisting of reinforced concrete slabs resting upon columns with flaring heads, with or without drop heads or column caps, and in which no beams or girders are used, except around openings in the floor or along walls, shall be designed in accordance with the bending moment co-efficients and stresses speci- fied in this Code. ISTo empirical formulas based on the results of tests shall be permitted, but the design shall in general be based upon the principles of continuous or cantilever construction as herein in- dicated. 2. The methods of analysis shall be ’as follows : (a) The portion of the slab adjacent to the column shall be con- sidered as a circular plate supported at the center forming the canti- lever portion. The remainder of the slab shall be considered as a sim- ply supported portion suspended from the cantilever plates. The ' cantilever portion shall be designed for a uniform load over its area equal to the live and dead load on the area plus a concentrated load on its perimeter equal to the floor load resting on the suspended por- tion of the slab. The radius of the cantilever plate shall be the aver- age distance from the center of the column to the points of inflection of the slab. (b) Or the slab may be considered as consisting of a series of continuous broad, flat, girders, reinforced with bands of steel consist- ing of rods supported at the top of the slab over the columns and depressed to the bottom of the slab at the center of the span. These bands of reinforcement may be arranged to run in two directions directly from column center to column center; or in four directions, the former bands being combined with reinforcement running diagon- ally from column to column. Idem. 118 NASHVILLE BUILDING LAWS 414. Columns for Girderless Floors. 1. The column capital shall have a diameter or least side at the top in no case less than 0.225 L, where L is the length of side of the square equivalent to the area of the rectangle included between four adjacent columns. The thickness of the column capital at this diame- ter shall be not less than 1% inches. The slope of the column cap- ital shall nowhere exceed an angle of 45 degrees with the vertical. 2. A depressed head or “drop” may be cast above the column capital and the dimensions of this cap shall be not less than 0.4 of the side of the equivalent square panel. 3. The point of inflection shall be assumed 1/6 V 3L from the center of the column. 4. The width of bands shall be such as to properly cover the panel area, but shall not be wider than 0.4 times the side of the square panel. Where steel is provided in two directions only, the central portion of the panel shall be considered as a slab supported on four sides. 5. Punching shear shall be calculated at the edge of the column shaft and shall not exceed 120 pounds per square inch. In com- puting shearing stress for the purpose of determing resistance to diagonal tension, a point shall be taken at a distance out from the column capital equal to the effective depth of the slab. 6. Working stresses and co-efficients shall in general comply with Sections 390, and 392 to 397, inclusive, of this Code. In rectangular panels, the long dimension shall not be more than four-thirds times the short dimension. Interior columns shall be capable of resisting the unbalanced bending moment produced by a panel with live load adjacent to a panel without live load. Floor slabs at walls shall be considered as simply supported on walls or wall beams. If the pro- portion of the slab adjacent to a wall column is assumed as a canti- lever, the wall column or pier shall be capable of resisting the un- balanced moment produced by such cantilever. Bars for negative bending moment shall extend at least to the quarter point of the span, and if the bars have a greater diameter than %-ineh, special atten- tion shall be given to bond and anchorage. Idem. Requirements for Reinforcement. 415. External and Internal Defects . — All reinforcement shall be free from excessive rust, scale, grease, paint or any coating which would tend to render or destroy the bond between the steel and the NASHVILLE BUILDING LAWS 119 concrete. Bars shall also be free from injurious seams, slivers, flaws, and other mill defects. The weight of any lot of bars shall not vary more than 5 per cent, from the standard weight of the lot as given by manufacturers’ handbooks. Idem. 416. Plating and Spacing of Reinforcement. — All reinforcement shall be accurately located and mechanically secured against displace- ment during the placing of the concrete. Reinforcement bars for slabs shall not be spaced farther apart than two and one-half times the thickness of the slab. The spacing of parallel bars in beams shall be not less than three diameters from center to center, nor less than one inch. The clear spacing between two layers of bars shall be not less than one inch. In restrained or cantilever construction reinforce- ment shall extend beyond the supports into adjacent construction for full and effective anchorage, except that when this is not practicable, anchorage shall be obtained by other means acceptable to the Super- visor. Special reinforcement shall be provided to resist concentrated loads. Slabs reinforced in one direction only, shall have shrinkage rods not less than %-inch in diameter placed above the reinforce- ment and spaced not over 2 feet apart. All reinforcement shall be assembled well in advance of the placing of the concrete, and shall be inspected and approved by the Supervisor before concrete is de- posited. Idem. 417. Protection for Reinforcement. — Steel reinforcement shall have a minimum protection of concrete on all sides as follows : In columns and girders, 1% inches in beams and walls, 1% inches ; and in floor slabs %-inch. The steel in footings for walls and columns shall have a minimum protection of 3 inches of concrete. Idem. 418. Splices in Reinforcement. — Splices in reinforcing bars shall be designed to transfer the calculated stress at the joint either by bond and shear through the concrete, or by bearing between the steel. Splices at points of maximum stress shall be avoided where possible. Lap splices of bars shall be of sufficient length to develop to required stress in the joint without exceeding the bond stress permitted. In columns where necessary to splice vertical bars having areas in excess of iy 4 square inches, it shall be done by cutting the bars squarely at 120 NASHVILLE BUILDING LAWS s the ends and enclosing them in a close-fitting pipe sleeve, or uniting them by a threaded splice or other mechanical connection that will transfer the load from one to the other without stressing the adjoin- ing concrete excessively. The middle point of such splices shall be within one foot above the door level. Splices in column hooping where necessary, shall be sufficient to develop the full strength of the hooping. Idem. Workmanship for Concrete. 419. Mixing. 1. The separate ingredients of concrete shall be accurately meas- ured, and thoroughly mixed in a manner to produce a homogeneous mass of uniform color and of such a viscous consistency that it will flow to all parts of the forms without separation of the coarse aggre- gate from the mortar. 2. Except when limited quantities are required, or when the con- ditions of the work make hand-mixing preferable, mixing shall be done in a mechanical batch mixer from which a complete batch shall be discharged before another is received. All ingredients shall be mixed together for at least one minute, the mixer making at least 20 revolutions. The speed of the mixer shall not exceed 20 revolu- tions per minute. In all cases, the mixing shall be continued until the consistency is constant. Idem. 420. Depositing Concrete. 1. Concrete shall be deposited, thoroughly tamped and worked to place before initial set begins, and shall then be kept free from shocks and disturbances of every kind until it has fully hardened. Retempering of concrete after its initial set shall be prohibited. 2. When the work of placing concrete is suspended, all necessary grooves for joining future work shall be made before the concrete sets. 3. Before depositing new concrete upon concrete already set, the contact surfaces shall be roughened, cleaned of all laitance and loose material, and then drenched with water and slushed with a grout con- sisting of one part Portland cement and not more than two parts fine /aggregate immediately before placing the fresh concrete. If a watertight joint is desired, or if granolithic is to be deposited on old concrete, it is necessary that a neat cement grout be used. Idem. NASHVILLE BUILDING LAWS 121 421. Drying and Freezing. 1. When fresh concrete is exposed to rapid drying conditions, pre- cautions shall be taken to keep it moist for a period of at least seven days after being deposited. Where practical, this shall be done by covering of wet sand, burlap or some other equally effective method. Thorough wetting twice a day is recommended. 2. In freezing weather all materials used in making concrete, particularly the coarse aggregate, shall be heated, and precautions shall be taken to prevent the concrete freezing while being deposited ; and thereafter it shall be kept above 40 degrees until the concrete has obtained its final set, but such period shall be not less than 72 hours. Idem. 422. Joints. 1. Construction joints shall be avoided wherever practicable, but when they are necessary they shall be located at such sections as will least affect the' structural strength and shall be made at right angles to the direction of principal compressive stress. In members of floor systems, joints shall be made within the middle third of the span where practicable. In columns, joints shall only be permitted at the bottom face of the lowest connecting floor members. Tempera- ture changes and shrinkage during setting necessitate joints in in- dependent walls at intervals of 50 to 80 feet when not otherwise provided for by effective reinforcement. 2. Girders, beams, and slabs shall not be cast upon freshly formed columns until a period of 4 to 6 hours have elapsed to permit settle- ment. Idem. 423. Construction of Forms. 1. Forms shall be substantial and unyielding, and care shall be exercised to make them as nearly water-tight as practicable. 2. Care shall be taken to insure that all debris is removed from forms, and that they are thoroughly greased or wetted before con- crete is deposited in them. Beam forms shall be so designed that at least one side may be removed without disturbing the bottom portion of the forms and 1 its supports ; and column forms, so that they may be removed without disturbing beam and slab forms. Cleanout holes shall be provided in the bottom of column forms where necessary to insure the removal of wood chips or other debris. Idem. 122 NASHVILLE BUILDING LAWS 424. Removal of Forms. 1. The time for the removal of forms shall always be subject to approval by the Supervisor. Schedule. Bottom of slabs, spans of 6 feet 4 days Plus 1 day extra *for each additional foot of span. Bottom of beams and girders of ordinary length 14 days Beams of span of 20 feet 21 days Sides of lintels, girders and beams 3 days Columns 3 days Thin walls 3 days 2. Girders of 25-foot span or over shall be considered as special cases and shall be subject to the inspection of the Supervisor before removal of supports. 3. Composite floors, same as for ordinary beams. 4. .All reinforced concrete shall be carefully inspected to insure its soundness and reliability before main supports are removed. 5. No loads shall be placed upon a reinforced concrete floor be- fore the removal of the form supports, which would in any way tend to overstress such supports or those below. 6. Special care shall be observed in removing forms when the concreting has been done in cold weather. Concrete which has frozen accidentally before setting, shall be thawed and kept thawed until it is determined whether the cement will set. In this case, sufficient water shall be provided for the cement to hydrate during this action. Idem. 425. General Requirements for Tests. — All tests upon rein- forced concrete materials or construction shall be made in accord- ance with the requirements of Section 390. Idem. 426. Inspection. — Every reinforced concrete building shall be erected under the constant supervision of a reputable and competent inspector furnished by the owner or architect, and acceptable to the Supervisor of Buildings. It shall be the duty of the inspector to keep a daily record of the work done, to observe whether the materials employed, and the methods of construction are in all respects in accord with the specifications filed with the Supervisor, and the re- quirements of this Code ; and to make record of all variations there- NASHVILLE BUILDING LAWS 123 from. A copy of these daily reports shall he filed with the Super- visor who is empowered to stop any improper construction until its faults are corrected, or to cause the removal of any defective work which he may consider dangerous. A set of plans shall be on file at the building upon which the Supervisor may mark in ink the progress of the work, and state the time and dates on which concrete for each portion of the structure was deposited; and the Supervisor may indicate thereon the date upon which the forms may be removed. Record shall also be made of the date upon which forms were actually removed. Idem . PART XXVII. Reinforced Concrete for Fireproofing-. 427. Approved Construction. 1. Concrete is approved for all fire-resistive construction, also for the protection of steel structural members, or for any other fire- proofing purposes in any building. 2. Any system of reinforced concrete construction may be ap- proved for the construction of floor or roof panels, or partitions in skeleton frame or any other type of fire-resistive building, provided that the unit stresses in the materials do not exceed those specified in this Code as permissible for use in such design ; and 1 that the con- crete and the construction conform to the various other requirements herein specified for such use, including the fire test. Idem. 428. Mixture . — Concrete for fireproofing purposes shall consist of a mixture of viscous consistency of one part Portland cement to not more than seven parts of fine and coarse aggregate by volume. The aggregate shall be mixed in the ratio of two parts of fine to not more than five parts of coarse, or in such proportions as will give the densest mixture. Idem. 429. Aggregates . — Fine aggregates shall be of quality described in Section 387. 124 NASHVILLE BUILDING LAWS Coarse aggregates shall consist of gravel, crushed stone, hard- burned brick, terra cotta, slag, or steam boiler cinders, and shall be clean, hard, and free from deleterious material. All aggregates shall be sized to pass a 1-inch screen and be retained upon a %-inch screen, and shall be reasonably dry when screened. Idem. 430. Manipulation . — Concrete for fireproofing shall be mixed, deposited and protected in accordance with the requirements of Sec- tions 410 to 424, inclusive, of this Code. Idem. 431. Reinfoi *■ cement . 1. The steel reinforcement in concrete used for fireproofing shall be of quality required by Section 389, and the installation shall be in accordance with the specifications of Section 416. The longitudi- nal members in mesh reinforcement shall not be spaced more than 4 inches center to center, and the least dimension of mesh opening shall be 2 inches. Mesh metal fabrics of all kinds shall have a side lap of not less than 3 inches. 2. All reinforcement essential . to secure the required strength of arches or slabs, shall be fully embedded in the concrete, and shall have a protection of at least 1 inch of concrete on the under side. 3. Exposed metal centering or exposed metal of any kind shall not be considered a factor in the strength of any part of any con- crete construction subject to fire; and a plaster finish applied over the metal shall not be accepted as sufficient protection. Idem. 432. Cinder Concrete. 1. Cinder concrete may be used constructively as fireproofing, only for floors and roofs between steel beams, and for interior non-bearing walls or partitions. 2. Cinders shall be composed of hard, well burned vitreous clinker, free from sulphides, fine ashes and foreign matter. The use of gas- house, or locomotive cinders, or stove or heating furnace ashes, is prohibited. 3. In the selection of cinders for concrete, care shall be exercised to insure that they carry only a small percentage of unburned coal or coke. The amount shall not exceed 15 per cent. 4. Cinder concrete in the proportions of 1 :2 :5 to qualify for use for fireproofing, except when used as fill above the floor arch proper, NASHVILLE BUILDING LAWS 125 shall develop an average crushing strength of not less than 800 pounds per square inch at 28 days, when tested in accordance with the method of test prescribed for stone concrete in Sections 312 and 385. 5. The allowable extreme fibre stress in compression in cinder concrete slabs between steel beams shall not exceed 300 pounds per square inch. The ratio of the moduli of elasticity of 1 :2 :5 cinder concrete and steel shall be taken as 1 to 30. Idem. 433. Design Factors for Special Concrete. — The allowable work- ing stresses and moduli of elasticity for concrete composed of aggre- gates other than stone, gravel, or cinders, shall be determined by the Supervisor from results of actual tests. Idem. 434. Floor Systems Approved on Design. 1. Segmental concrete arches or flat slabs shall be approved for fireproofing if designed and constructed in accordance with the re- quirements of Parts XXVI and XXVII insofar as they are ap- plicable; but the permissible stresses for cinder concrete shall be taken as specified in Section 432. 2. The span of concrete arches or slabs for fireproofing shall be taken as the distance center to center of the supporting steel beams, and shall not exceed 8 feet unless the Coarse aggregate in the concrete be either stone or gravel, in which case the span shall be limited by the design. 3. The minimum thickness of arches or slabs of cinder concrete for floor and roof construction, shall be 3% inches, and in no case less than one-eighteenth of the span length between supporting beams. Idem. 435. Concrete for Principal Bearing Members. — Except by writ- ten permit of the Supervisor, the coarse aggregate in all concrete used in the construction of bearing walls, columns, piers, or girders, shall be stone or gravel. Idem. 436. Tie Rods. 1. Segmental arches shall have a rise of not less than %-inch per foot of span, and steel tie rods of proper size, spacing, and loca- tion to resist the thrust shall be used. The rods shall be protected as required in Section 375, paragraph 2. 126 NASHVILLE BUILDING LAWS 2. In flat arches, if tie rods are omitted, the reinforcement shall be continuous, or the ends of the bars shall be hooked over the beams or otherwise securely fastened to them at intervals not exceeding 3 feet. Idem. 437. Concrete Fill. — Concrete for fill shall consist of one part cement and not more than ten parts of aggregate. Aggregate shall he as specified in Section 387-38'8. All concrete fill shall be well mixed, thoroughly wet, tamped to place, and brought to a level at the re- quired height. See Section 374, paragraph 2. Idem. 438. Protection for Steel Structural Members. — 'Concrete used as fireproofing upon structural steel members shall have the quality, thickness, and be anchored as specified in Section 376. Idem. PART XXVIII. Fire Tests of Construction. 439. Specifications for Fire Tests. 1. Xone but approved materials or methods of construction shall be used in the erection of fireproof buildings. 2. Fireproof construction and protective devices to qualify for use under test, shall meet the requirements of the following specifica- tions : 3. Fire Tests for Floors. The fire test for floors shall be made on at least one full size span, and shall be continuous for four hours at an average temperature of 1,700 degrees F. In this and all other respects the floor to be tested shall meet the requirements of the cur- rent specifications of the Standard Test for Fireproof Floor Con- struction prescribed by the American Society for Testing Materials ; or the specifications for such test employed at the Laboratories of the National Board of Fire LTnderwriters. 4. Fire Test for Partitions. The fire test for partitions, other than those used for shaft enclosures, shall be continuous for two hours, the temperature rising to 1,700 degrees F. in one-half hour, and aver- aging 1,700 degrees F. for the balance of the test. In this and all NASHVILLE BUILDING LAWS 127 other respects the partition to be tested shall meet the requirements of the current speifications of the Standard Test for Fireproof Partition Construction prescribed by the American Society for Testing Ma- terials ; or the specifications for such test employed at the Laboratories of the National Board of Fire Underwriters. 5. Fire Test for Stair and Elevator Shaft Partitions. The fire test for partitions used to enclose stair, elevator and other large shafts shall be continuous for three hours with an average temperature of 1,700 degrees F., for the last two and a half hours of the test, and shall in all other respects conform to the requirements for fire test for partitions given in paragraph 4 of this section. 6. Fire Test for Doors and 1 Shutters. The size of the test sam- ple shall conform to the dimensions required for the maximum size of wall opening for which the device is designed up to and including 5 feet by 7 feet, and shall be mounted and hung in every respect as for ordinary service. It shall be subjected to a continuous fire upon one side for at least one hour, the temperature increasing to 1,800 degrees F. within 30 minutes and then rising gradually to a final temperature of 2,000 degrees at the end of the hour. Immediately after the expiration of the fire test, while the door is still red hot it shall be subjected to a stream' of water from a %-inch nozzle 20 feet distant from the door and under a pressure of 60 pounds per square inch at the nozzle. The stream shall be kept moving over the test sample for one minute. A door to successfully pass this test shall not develop serious struc- tural weakness ; shall prevent the development of flame on the un- exposed side of the door which extend more than a few inches from the door surface ; the heat transmitted through or around the door shall not be sufficient to ignite burlap or similar combustible material placed 36 inches back from the door in a room surrounding the un- exposed side of the door. 7. Fire Test for Windows. The size of the test sample and the character of the test shall be the same as that prescribed for doors, except that the temperature shall rise gradually throughout the test to a maximum of 1,500 degrees F. at the end. The application of water shall be the same as for doors. A test to be successful shall meet the requirements specified for doors, as to structural weakness and passage of flame, but no restriction shall be made as to the amount of heat transmitted through the window ; furthermore, small por- tions of glass dislodged by application of the stream of water shall 128 NASHVILLE BUILDING LAWS not be considered as structural weakness. The size of wired glass panel in either window or door shall not exceed 720 square inches. 8. Fire Test for Approved Fire-Resisting Roofing. The roofing shall at least withstand the attack of burning fire brands for 5 min- utes with a wind pressure of 5 miles per hour, without ignition of a clear dry white pine decking beneath it; and shall not crack and expose the decking, nor slip badly, nor convey or communicate fire badly, nor produce a serious flying-brand hazard when thus exposed. The test shall be made with the sample at the maximum angle of inclination advocated in practice. The brands shall consist of at least ten strips of seasoned hard maple 2 inches square and 3 feet long, formed into a frame or grid with a 1%-inch space between them. The complete grid shall be thoroughly ignited and burning before application to the roof sample, which latter shall extend on all sides at least 18 inches beyond the edges of the grid. 9. The first-resisting properties of any material or construction other than those already described in this section shall be determined by such tests as meet the approval of the Supervisor. Idem. PART XXIX. Strength Test for Floor Construction. 440. Test of Sample Floor Panel. 1. Any system of fireproof floor construction intended for use between steel beams which is not susceptible of analysis and compu- tation according to the rules of design, may receive approval for use for spans not exceeding 8 feet, on the basis of an ultimate load test as follows : 2. The test shall be under the direction of the Supervisor and shall be made upon a section of flooring not less than 4 feet wide, and of a span corresponding to the proposed construction. The test load shall be applied at points or loading areas located at the third points of the span. Each loading area shall consist of a zone of the slab surface not exceeding 1 foot in width, and of a length correspond- ing to the width of the test slab. Rigidity of the steel framework may be secured in any manner acceptable to the Supervisor, but in NASHVILLE BUILDING LAWS 129 all cases ,one end' of the test panel shall be constructed to reproduce the conditions of an outside or end panel in a building. A loose sand bed not over one inch thick may be provided between the floor and the load. Approved methods shall be used for applying the test load and measuring the deformations. The load shall be applied gradually, and a complete record of loads and deformations shall be kept throughout the test. The allowable working load shall be one-sixth the total load causing failure, thus providing for a factor of safety of approximately eight on the basis of a uniformly dis- tributed load.' 3. The Supervisor shall keep record of all details of test con- struction, and approved construction shall thereafter be installed in every respect in accordance with said record. 4. The application of a test load to a segmental arch may vary from the method given in paragraph 2 if necessary, but any change shall be approved by the Supervisor, and care shall be taken to avoid possibility of arching in the load. 5. If for reasons stated in paragraph 1 a floor panel composed of cinder concrete, or concrete made from other fireproofing materials, is entitled to a test for approval ; or if the methods or results of calcu- lation for such a floor system are unsatisfactory to the Supervisor, he may require a confirmation test. In either case the test shall be ap- plied in the manner stated in paragraph 2, except that if the system is installed in practice with both ends of the floor panel freely sup- ported, it shall be so tested; if installed in practice with both ends ‘of the reinforcement securely anchored to the supporting beams, it shall be so tested. In each case an adjoining span may be built at one end, of the same length and thickness as the test span. If the reinforcement consists of wire mesh or similar material installed by laying the mesh continuously over the supporting beams, it shall be considered as a condition affording only partial restraint, and the test construction shall be installed as follows : One end 1 of the test sec- tion shall be freely supported on the steel beam, and the other end made continuous by installing a span equal to the test span in length and thickness, and embedding the reinforcement therein in the usual manner. The test construction shall be 30 days old on the day of the test. Idem. 441 . Test of Systems of Construction . — When a construction engineer, contractor, or builder proposes new methods or principles 130 NASHVILLE BUILDING LAWS in combining concrete, steel or other structural materials, not pro- vided for by this Code ; or designs a construction in which the stresses are indeterminate, he shall furnish for record with the Supervisor plans and specifications giving in detail the construction and calcu- lations used in his design. He shall also prepare a sample portion of the construction and submit it to an ultimate load test in a manner satisfactory to the Supervisor; or the Supervisor may accept sat- isfactory evidence that such test has been made upon the particular system proposed. Such evidence shall comprise full details of a test and the results, and shall show the deflections and other effects on • the construction at all steps during the test. If the test shows that the construction, based on specifications submitted, has a factor of safety of four on total dead and live load, and that the design, stresses, and co-efficients specified by this Code are not exceeded, and it other- wise meets the approval of the Supervisor, he shall issue regulations under which such construction may be used. No such regulations, however, shall have the effect of altering the working stresses and the requirements for fireproofing specified in this Code. Idem. 442. Test of W orhmanship for Floor C onstruction. 1. Whenever the Supervisor of Buildings has doubt as to quality of materials or workmanship in any building, he may require the owner or contractor at his own expense to make such tests as will establish the safety of the construction before certificate of occupancy is issued. 2. The test shall be under the direction of the Supervisor, and shall show that the construction will safely sustain a load equal to twice the live load' for which it was designed, for a period of 24 hours without injury or permanent deformation. In the test of a floor arch the load shall be applied to a typical arch of average span between beams. If less than a whole arch between girders is tested, the test section shall be cut apart or isolated 1 from the rest of the arch before applying the load ; such test section shall have a width of at least 4 feet measuring parallel to the beams. 3. The load shall consist of such materials and shall be so placed as to form a uniformly distributed load over the entire area to be tested without arching effect. In case 3and or similar material is used for loading, it shall be loose in bottomless bins, and not in sacks or packages of any kind. A complete record of loads and deforma- tions shall be kept throughout the test. NASHVILLE BUILDING LAWS 131 4. At least 30 days shall have elapsed after removal of forms from concrete flooring before a test load is applied. 5. If the portion tested should fail to meet the requirement- of this test, the Supervisor may still approve the structure for use, and if necessary, tests shall be repeated on different portions to determine the critical load. The detail records of this test, and the results of the tests upon the samples of concrete used in the construction, shall be taken into consideration by the Supervisor in determining the working load to be permitted. However, it shall be specifically un- derstood that no sub-standard construction shall be accepted by the Supervisor, if in his judgment it is sufficiently defective to he un- safe for the purpose intended. Idem. PART XXX. Chimneys, Flues and Heating Apparatus. 443 . Certificate of Compliance. — Every owner, agent or prin- cipal contractor or person properly entitled thereto shall demand of and receive from the bricklayer erecting, remodeling or repairing aliy chimney or flue in any building or structure, a certificate from the Supervisor that such works comply with the building laws of the City of Xashville, and the said bricklayer shall furnish the said cer- tificate to the said party as aforesaid previous to settlement for the works done. Idem. 444 . Chimneys , Smoke Flues , Gas Flues and Fireplaces. 1. All chimneys hereafter erected shall he of brick, concrete or stone, extending at least 3 feet above the point of contact with a flat roof or 3 feet above the ridge of a pitch roof if at the apex or two feet above apex if in center, or at base to he not less than 9 feet above roof and shall he properly capped with terra cotta, stone, cement, cast iron, or other approved incombustible weatherproof material and all mortar shall be as specified in Section 318. 2. The brickwork or reinforced concrete of the smoke flues of all boilers, furnaces, baker’s ovens, large cooking ranges, large laundry stoves, and all flues used for a similar purpose shall be at least 8 inches in thickness. Walls of smoke flues used exclusively for ordi- 132 NASHVILLE BUILDING LAWS nary stoves or open fireplaces shall be not less than 4 inches thick. Brick set on edge shall not be permitted in chimney construction. 3. Where two or more smoke flues are contained in the same chimney, the walls between the several flues shall he not less than 4 inches thick, 'provided that not more than two flue tiles may be placed and run side by side without the 4-inch masonry wall between. 4. The walls of stone smoke flues shall be' 4 inches thicker than required for brick or reinforced concrete. No smoke flue shall have stove pipe connections in more than one story of the building. 5. Every smoke flue contained in a chimney hereafter erected shall have an area of at least 64 square inches for a stove pipe flue and an area of at least 96 square inches for a fireplace flue, and shall be lined with hard burned fire clay flue lining made smooth on the inside. The flue lining shall start from the bottom of the flue, or from the throat of the fireplace if the flue starts from a fireplace, and shall be carried up continuously the entire height of the flue. The ends of the sections of all such lining tile shall be laid in cement mortar and the tile shall be built in and well flushed as the flues are car- ried up. No parging mortar nor plaster shall be used on the inside of any fireplace, chimney or flue. 6. In every building, where one or more smoke flues start from the cellar or lowest story, at least one such smoke flue shall have an internal cross-sectional area of at least 96 square inches and shall start at least 3 feet below the ceiling. 7. In no case shall a chimney be corbeled more than 8 inches from the wall, and such corbeling shall consist of at least five courses of brick. Piers which support chimneys shall start from the founda- tion on the same line with the chimney breast. They shall be not less than 12 inches on the face and shall be properly bonded into the walls. No chimney shall rest upon nor be carried by woodwork. No com- bustible furring or sheathing shall be placed against any smoke flue or chimney breast. 8. The walls of flues used only for gas burning appliances shall be of brick or concrete at least 4 inches thick and lined as required in paragraph 4 of this section. Where two or more such flues are contained in the same chimney, the walls between the several flues shall be not less than two thicknesses of the tile lining with joints broken, except that at least every third partition shall be not less than 4 inches thick of brick or its equivalent, and bonded into the walls. NASHVILLE BUILDING LAWS 133 9. The smoke flue of every high pressure steam boiler and every appliance producing a corresponding temperature in the smoke flue* shall, if built of brick, stone, reinforced concrete or other approved masonry, be lined on all sides with not less than 4 inches of fire brick laid in fire mortar for a distance of at least 20 feet from the point where the smoke connection of the boiler enters the flue. 10. Interior vertical smoke stacks or flues for steam boilers or other furnaces, and similar heating devices producing a correspond- ing temperature, may be of metal not less than No. 10 U. S. gauge, properly riveted, jointed, and braced at intervals of at least 20 feet. Such stacks shall either he enclosied by approved masonry walls not less than 8 inches thick with an air space of at least 4 inches between lining and wall; or if such stacks or flues are not enclosed with masonry they shall have a clearance from all combustible material of not less than one-half the diameter of the stack, but not less than 24 inches, unless the combustible material be properly guarded by loose-fitting metal shields, in which case the distance shall be not less than 12 inches. Where such a stack passes through a wooden framed roof, it shall he guarded by a galvanized iron ventilating thimble extending from at least 9 inches below the under side of the ceiling or roof beams to at least 9 inches above the roof, and the ventilating thimble shall have a clearance of not less than 18 inches, except that for stacks for low grade furnaces such as hot air, hot water, and low pressure steam heating furnaces, coffee roasting ovens, candy furnaces, etc., the clearance may be reduced to 12 inches. Metal smoke stacks shall not be permitted to pass through floors. Smoke flues shall not be permitted inside of vent flues for ranges. 11. Exterior metal smoke flues for boilers, large cooking ranges, and similar heating devices, shall he of approved construction and supported on approved masonry foundations, and' shall have a clear- ance of at least 4 inches from the outside wall. Such flues having an area not exceeding 255 square inches shall be constructed of not less than No. 16 IT. S. gauge metal; if the area exceeds 255 square inches, the thickness of the metal shall be not less than No. 10 IT. S. gauge. 12. The smoke flue of every smelting furnace and of every other device which heats the flue to an extremely high temperature, shall be built with double walls of thickness suitable for the temperature. There shall he an air space between the walls, and the inside wall shall he of firebrick not less than 4 inches thick. 134 NASHVILLE BUILDING LAWS 13. Chimneys of cupola-furnaces^ blast-furnaces, and similar de- vices, shall extend at least 10 feet above the highest point of any roof within a radius of 50 feet, and no woodwork shall he within 3 feet of any part of any such device or its chimney. 14. All fireplaces and chimney breasts where mantels are placed, whether intended for ordinary fireplace use or not, shall have trimmer arches or other approved fireproof construction supporting hearths. The arches and hearths shall be at least 24 inches in width measured from the face of the chimney breast. The arches shall be of brick, stone, terra cotta or reinforced concrete of approved thickness. The length of the trimmer arch and the length of the hearth shall be not less than the width of the chimney unless approved by the Inspector. The hearth shall be of brick, stone, tile or other approved fireproof material. False fireplaces shall only be permitted against unfurred masonry walls. 15. No coal burning heater shall be placed in a fireplace which does not conform to the foregoing requirements and have an incom- bustible mantel. No wood mantel or other woodwork shall be placed within 8 inches of the side nor within 12 inches of the top of any open fireplace. No combustible summer piece or fireboard shall be used in connection with any open fireplace. The firebacks of all fireplaces shall be of solid masonry not less than 8 inches thick. 16. When a grate is set in a fireplace, a lining of firebrick at least 2 inches in thickness shall be added to the fireback, or soap- stone, tile or cast iron may be used, if solidly backed with brick or concrete. All flue-holes when not in use shall be closed with tight-fitting metal covers. Idem. 445 . Smoke Pipes . — No smoke pipe shall pass through any floor, or wall, or roof. Smoke pipes for large cooking ranges, hot air fur- naces, low pressure steam or hot water boilers shall be not less than 18 inches below or away from any wooden joist or lath and plaster or other combustible ceiling or wall, the upper half of such smoke pipe to be properly protected by 1 inch or more of asbestos covering or its equivalent, or by a metal casing spaced 2 inches from the upper half of the pipe, or encased with wire lath, then entirely covered with asbestos covering at least 1 inch thick. Idem. NASHVILLE BUILDING LAWS 135 446. Heating Furnaces and Appliances. 1. High pressure steam boilers, bakery ovens or furnaces in which fires are maintained producing a high degree of heat, shall rest on the ground, a trimmer arch, or a fireproof floor constructed in accordance with Section 375. 2. Low pressure heating boilers, coffee roasters, fireheated candy kettles, laundry stoves, coal ranges without legs, and similar appliances where hot fires are used in other than residences, shall rest upon fireproof foundations as above described. However, the Supervisor’s written permission may allow them to be placed upon wooden floors if the floors are protected by sheet metal or a %-inch layer of asbestos covered with not less than 4 inches of masonry set in cement mortar. Such masonry shall consist of one course of 4-inch hollow terra cotta, or of two courses of brick or terra cotta, at least one of which shall be hollow and be laid to preserve a free circulation of air through- out the whole course. Concrete may be substituted for a course of solid brick if desired. The masonry work shall be covered by sheet metal of not less tha M>. 26 gauge, so arranged as not to obstruct the ventilating passages beneath. Such hearths shall extend at least 12 inches on the sides, back and front of the furnace, range or similar heating appliance; if solid fuel is used, the front extension shall be at least 24 inches. All stoves or ranges with legs shall be set on incombustile material which shall extend at least 24 inches in front when solid fuel is used. 3. Any woodwork or wooden lath and plaster partition within 4 feet of the sides or back, or 6 feet from the front of any such boiler, furnace or heating appliance, shall be covered with metal shields or other approved incombustible material to a height of at least 4 feet above the floor. This covering shall extend the full length of the boiler, furnace, or heating appliance, and to at least 5 feet in front of it. Such metal shields shall be so attached as to preserve an air space behind them. In no case shall such combustible construction be permitted within 2 feet of the sides or back of the heating appli- ance, or 5 feet in front of same. 4. Heating boilers shall be encased on sides and top by incom- bustible protective covering not less than 1% inches thick, and the overhead clearance of such covered boilers and hot air furnaces shall be not less than 15 inches. Any woodwork within 2 feet of the top of such boilers or furnace shall be protected by a loose fitting metal 136 NASHVILLE BUILDING LAWS shield, but such shields shall not he placed so as to form concealed spaces. Idem. 447. Stoves and Ranges. 1. Ho kitchen range or stove in any building shall he placed less than 3 feet from any wooden wainscot, unless the woodwork is properly protected by metal shields, in which case the distance shall be not less than 18 inches. 2. Hotel and restaurant ranges shall be provided with a metal hood placed at least 9 inches below any wooden lath and plaster or wooden ceiling, and have an individual pipe outlet connected w T ith a flue in accordance with the requirements of Section 450. The pipe shall be protected by at least 1 inch of asbestos covey ng, or its equiva- lent. 3. Ho furnace, boiler, range or other heating appliance shall be placed against a wall furred with wood. Idem. 448. Vent Pipes. — All stone, or brick, or hot air flues in vertical walls shall be lined with tin or other suitable sheet metal or burnt clay pipe. Idem. 449. Steam and Hot Water Pipes. — Ho steam or hot water pipe shall be within 1 inch of any woodwork. Every steam or hot water pipe passing through combustible floors, or ceilings, or wooden lath and plaster partitions, shall be protected by a metal tube 1 inch larger in diameter than the pipe and be provided with a close-fitting metal cap on each side of the floor or partition. The pipe shall be kept at least 1 inch away from woodwork. Steam and hot water pipe cov- erings shall be of asbestos or other incombustible material. Idem. 450. Vent Flues and Ducts. 1. Vent flues or ducts for the removal of foul air in which the temperature of the air cannot exceed that of the room, may in non- fireproof buildings, be constructed of sheet metal or other incom- bustible material. When used in connection with an exhaust fan, such duct shall not be placed nearer than 1 inch to any woodwork. All such ducts shall open to the outside of the building. NASHVILLE BUILDING LAWS 137 2. All openings into such vents or ducts shall he protected by automatic or self-closing fire doors, or by automatic closing metal louvres or dampers. 3. Vent flues and ducts connected with hoods over restaurant ranges shall be constructed in accordance with the requirements for smoke flues, Section 444, and for smoke pipes, Section 445, and shall be used for no other purpose. 4. All ducts from blower heating and ventilating systems (dwell- ings excepted) which pass through stories shall be made of or pro- tected throughout by approved fire-resisting material not less than 3 inches thick if of brick, block, or tile; or 2% inches of solid metal lath and cement plaster. Where such ducts serve more than one story, automatic dampers shall be provided on all outlets opening directly from such ducts and at all connections with branch ducts. Idem. 451 . Dry Rooms . — Vo combustible materials shall be permitted in the construction of any dry room in which a temperature of 125 degrees F. or over may exist. If a temperature under 125 degrees F. is to be used, the dry room may be constructed of wood, but shall be lined throughout with %-inch asbestos or ^-inch plaster board and covered with sheet metal; or the covering may consist of metal lath or plaster board, plastered to a total thickness of at least %-inch. Cement plaster or cement-tempered plaster shall be used. Idem. PART XXXI. Existing Buildings Raised, Altered, Repaired or Moved. 452 , Buildings Raised , Altered , Repaired or Moved. 1. Within the fire limits every existing building having a com- bustible roof, if raised to produce an additional story, shall be pro- vided with an incombustible roof. 2. Vo building within the fire limits having masonry walls shall be enlarged or built upon unless the addition to the exterior walls be of approved incombustible materials. 3. Vo existing building shall be altered to exceed the limits of height or area provided by this Code for new buildings of the same class as that to which the additions are made. 138 NASHVILLE BUILDING LAWS 4. No existing frame building shall be raised to a height ex- ceeding 30 feet, except that dwellings . occupied by not more than one family, may be raised to 35 feet. Buildings so raised shall comply with all the requirements of this Code relating to frame buildings. 5. Within the fire limits no frame building more than two stories in height shall be altered to be used as a factory, warehouse or stable. 6. No frame building within the fire limits shall be increased in area by frame additions, except that frame extensions to be used exclusively for toilet purposes may be permitted, but any such ex- tension shall have an approved roof covering. 7. Any frame building which may hereafter have the first story converted into a store, shall have the walls, partitions and ceiling of such first story covered with metal lath or %-inch fibre plaster board and plastered to a total thickness of at least %-inch ; or the plaster board may be covered wfith sheet- metal. Fire stops shall also be provided at the line of the ceiling to cut off all connections to stories above through hollow stud partitions or side walls. 8. Any existing frame building within the fire limits which may hereafter be damaged by fire, decay or otherwi se to an amount greater than one-half of its value exclusive of the foundation, shall not be repaired or rebuilt, but shall be immediately condemned and re- moved. 9. No frame building shall be removed from without to within the fire limits. 10. No building shall be moved until a permit has been ob- tained from the Supervisor, and he shall not issue such permit • if in his judgment the proposed new location of the building would seriously increase the fire hazard of the surrounding buildings. Idem. PART XXXII. Frame Buildings. 453 . Permissible Wooden Buildings or Structures within Fire Limits. — No frame building or structure shall be erected within the fire limits except the following ; and all roofs placed upon such build- ings or structures shall have approved covering: NASHVILLE BUILDING LAWS 139 (a) Temporary one-story frame buildings for use of builders, and temporary stands, platforms, booths and tents, for which permits shall he obtained from the Supervisor. Such frame structures for use of builders in connection with the erection of a new building shall be removed as soon as the building is completed; other tem- porary frame structures shall be removed as soon as they have ceased to serve the original purpose for which they were permitted ; (b) One-story sheds open on all sides and not over 12 feet high, and with an area not exceeding 500 square feet. A wooden fence shall not be used to form the back or side of such shed's or any other structure ; (c) Wooden fences not over 7 feet high ; (d) Piazzas or balconies not exceeding 16 feet in width, nor extending more than 3 feet above the second-story floor beams except in residences. hTo such structure shall extend beyond the lot line, or be joined to any similar structure of another building; (e) Bay windows when covered with incombustible material, and as limited by Section 365, paragraph 4; (f) Small outhouses not exceeding 400 square feet in area and one story, or 12 feet, in height ; (g) Outhouses shall not be less than two feet of any lot line, nor less than 30 feet from any other building over one story high. Idem. 454. Frame Buildings Outside of Fire Limits. 1. ~No frame building shall exceed two stories, except that dwell- ings occupied by not more than two families may have two and one- half stories. The attic in a two-and-a-half-story house may be used for sleeping rooms, but not for living purposes. ISTo family shall be domiciled above the second story. A church spire may be con- structed of wood to a height not exceeding 75 feet from the ground, but such spire shall not be placed nearer any other building or struc- ture than the equivalent of its height measured from its masonry support to the pinnacle. 2. All frame buildings or structures shall have approved roof coverings as herein provided. 3. No frame building erected for any occupancy other than build- ings of Class F, shall cover a ground area exceeding 5,000 square feet, except as restricted in paragraph 4; except also that a frame 140 NASHVILLE BUILDING LAWS building equipped with an approved system of automatic sprinklers, may have an increase in area of 66 2/3 per cent, or 8,333 square feet, 4. Frame buildings of Class F, and frame buildings of other classes having an area exceeding 5,000 square feet without sprinklers, shall not be placed within 35 feet of any side or rear lot line; and if the area exceeds 7,500 square feet, the distance from a side or rear lot line shall be not less than 100 feet. 5. The combined area of frame buildings, sheds and outhouses located on any lot shall not exceed 1 80 per cent, of the lot area. 6. In uo case shall a frame building with wooden siding be erected or altered to extend nearer than 3 feet of the side or rear lot line. 7. Floor beams and rafters in frame buildings shall be not less than 2 inches in thickness. All frame or wood buildings exceeding 15 feet in height shall have ‘their sills secured to the foundations in a secure manner and be erected with sills, posts, girts, and plates of suitable size and materials with proper framing and braced with studs at all angles, but this shall not prohibit the use of balloon fram- ing with proper sills and ribbon strip not less than 1^x4: inches where diagonal sheathing is used, and provided that the outside walls are fire stopped at each floor level as required by Section 457, para- graph 3. Idem . 455 . One-story frame dwellings and outhouses may have founda- tions of cedar posts set not less than eighteen inches in ground on 18x1 8-inch stone bases, or on brick or concrete piers not less than 12x1 2-inch, none of which shall be over eight feet on centers, 2. Under no circumstances shall the foundation of any brick or stone building be built upon filled or made earth unless approved footings be constructed. 3. All buildings except as above stated shall have foundations of brick, stone or reinforced concrete. 4. Where metal is incorporated or forms part of the foundation, it shall be thoroughly protected from rust by paint, concrete or other approved methods of protection. 5. Foundations for all chimneys or flues shall be of brick, stone or concrete. 6. All foundation walls not resting on solid rock shall be pro- vided with footing properly proportioned to carry the super-imposed NASHVILLE BUILDING LAWS 141 load on the soil where they are used. And in all cases where con- crete foundations are used in clay or dirt soil a footing 12 inches wider than the thickness of the foundation wall proper shall he pro- vided. 7. Foundation walls of hollow building blocks shall he not less than 12 inches thick in any part, and shall be constructed as specified in Section 273, paragraph 4. 8. Footings and foundation walls shall be laid in cement mortar. Idem. 456 . Provide and set cast iron air grates at intervals of 16 feet in all outside foundation walls. Idem. 457 . Walls and Partitions in Frame* Buildings. 1. In rows of one-story frame houses used by separate families the dividing walls or partitions between houses shall preferably be built of brick, terra cotta, concrete or other approved incombustible material; or they may be built of wooden studding. Such dividing partitions if of masonry shall rest on masonry walls or if of studding, on wooden girders. In rows of more than three houses, every alternate division wall or partition shall be' constructed of brick or concrete not less than 8 inches thick. These walls shall extend from front to rear, be solid without openings, and shall extend at least 2 feet above the roof, and be coped. If such parapet be of concrete, or if the top six courses of brick be laid in Portland cement, the coping may be omitted. 2. The ends of floor beams entering such walls from opposite sides shall be so staggered or separated that there shall be not less than 4 inches of masonry between the beams where they rest on the walls. 3. Timber posts and girders or other approved supports may be used instead of brick fore and aft partitions, in cellars of frame buildings. 4. In all frame buildings which are to be lathed and plastered or otherwise sheathed on the inside, all stud walls shall be completely fire-stopped with suitable wooden fire blocking at each floor level. Partitions which rest over each other shall be fire^stopped as re- quired in Section 360, paragraph 3. The fire-stopping shall be ar- ranged to cut off all concealed draft openings, and form an effectual horizontal fire barrier between stories or floor and ceiling lines. Idem. 142 NASHVILLE BUILDING LAWS 458. Partitions in Old Stores, Etc. 1. Where it is desired* to construct temporary dividing or parti- tion walls in the first story of a store or business house already built, and it is impracticable to construct brick, concrete or hollow tile divi- sion walls (as for example the separating of one store room into tw T o or more stores with or without cross walls or separate front en- trances in a building already constructed) ; 2. It is lawful to erect a non-bearing stud wall with block bridg- ing six feet apart, using metal lath or fireproof plaster board and cement plaster on each side; 3. Or a fireproof wall of steel ribbed lath; 4. Or a plastic wall of gypsum bar ; 5. Or a similar class of construction with cement plaster on each side; b. But no such walls shall be constructed of tongued and grooved plank, or similar woodwork, or of sheet metal, or of beaver board, or a similar paper fibre product in this or any other class of business houses, hotel, apartment, fiat, or office, or where people room or sleep ; T. Provided, that walls of sash and glass with wooden bases not over five feet high may be erected within stores or offices, but not for separating one business from another business where goods or materials are stored or on sale; 8. And further provided, that porches on residences in the second and third zones may he enclosed with walls of sash and glass with base not over five feet high of studding with metal lath and stucco outside and plastered or ceiled up to sash line inside; 9. And no wall shall extend above top line of base except it he of glass and sash as herein provided and not over eight inches of woodwork shall be placed between such sash. Idem. PART XXXIII. Standpipe Requirements. 459. 1 . In existing buildings not already provided with a 2-inch standpipe for private protection or a 2%-inch or larger standing pipe for fire department use, and in buildings hereafter erected, except as given below, there shall be provided: NASHVILLE BUILDING LAWS 143 For buildings not more than three stories, or 40 feet in height, standpipes for private protection not less than 2 inches in diameter. For buildings four stories, or 55 feet in height, to six stories, or 75 feet in height, standpipes for fire department use not less than 2% inches in diameter. For other buildings in excess of six stories, or 75 feet in height, standpipes for fire department use not less than 3 inches in diame- ter. Exceptions : Sprinkled buildings where the requirements of this section are met by connecting hose to sprinkler riser. Other buildings having maximum undivided fire section of less than 2,500 square feet area and provided with at least one 2%-gallon approved chemical extinguisher to each fire section. Dwellings. Churches. Buildings not over one story high having hydrants (within 150 feet of all parts of buildings) housed and provided with one 150- foot length of standard 2%-inch hose attached, with 1-inch nozzle, wrenches, etc., with pressure not less than 25 pounds, allowing a full flow through a 2% -inch outlet. 2. The location of all necessary standpipes shall be as directed by the Supervisor of Buildings and the Chief of the Fire Department. 3. Where more than one standpipe is required in a building they shall be connected at their bases by a pipe of equal size to that of the largest standpipe. 4. All standpipes shall extend from the cellar to and through the roof with hose connection and gate valve not over 6 feet above level of each story, including cellar, and two hose connections and gate valve for each on the roof. All connections to standpipes for private protection shall be 1% inches in diameter and those for fire department use 2% inches in diameter. 5. Where standpipes are located inside of building, hose sufficient to reach to all parts of fire section, but not in excess of 100 feet, shall be attached to each outlet, with hose for roof hydrant either in hose hydrant room on roof or on rack in top story near roof scuttle! Hose to be used by Fire Department shall be not less than 2% inches in diameter and be provided with standard couplings in use by the local Fire Department. Hose to be used in connection with stand- pipes for private protection shall be 1 % inches in diameter. 144 NASHVILLE BUILDING LAWS 6. Hose to be used in connection with standpipes for fire depart- ment use shall be approved cotton rubber lined and that for private protection use approved linen made under specifications recommended by the National Board of Fire Under writers. All hose shall be in 50-foot lengths, the linen hose being properly racked, and the cotton rubber-lined hose installed on a reel. 7. Eash line of hose shall be provided with washers at both ends, and be fitted with smooth bore brass play pipe or nozzle at least 12 inches long, the nozzle for Fire Department use having a discharge outlet 1% inches in diameter and that for private use % of an inch in diameter. One spanner to be located at each hose connection. 8. Standpipe shall be wrought iron or steel, galvanized, and those for Fire Department use, together with fittings and connections, shall be of such strength as to safely withstand at least 400 pounds of water pressure to the square inch when ready for service, without leaking at joints, valves or fittings ; such 'tests may be made by the Chief of the Fire Department. 9. Standpipes for private protection shall be provided with an auxiliary water supply where the city pressure is less than 25 pounds at hose outlet in top story. This auxiliary supply shall be provided by the installation of a gravity tank of not less than 2,500 gallons capacity for each riser, same to have an elevation of at least 20 feet above roof; or steel pressure tank of not less than 3,750-gallon capac- ity for each riser, kept 2/3 full of water and 1/3 full of air under pressure of not less than 75 pounds and located not lower than high- est outlet of standpipe; or automatic pump of at least 200 gallons per minute capacity. 10. Standpipe for private protection shall be connected to the City water main or other source of supply through cast iron pipe at least 1 inch greater in diameter than the riser. The size of this con- nection shall be increased %-inch in diameter for each additional riser over one. 11. Standpipes for Fire Department use shall be connected to a two-way Siamese steamer connection outside of the building by a pipe of diameter equal to that of the largest standpipe supplied. Such connection shall be made on each street front, except that cor- ner buildings having one street frontage of less than, 50 feet may have only one connection. Siamese shall be about one foot above the curb level, and shall be provided with check valves, and substan- NASHVILLE BUILDING LAWS 145 tial caps to protect thread on the connection; the thread shall be uniform with that used by the local Fire Department. A suitable iron plate with raised letters shall be provided, reading: a To Stand- pipe.” 12. Fire pumps, permanently connected to the standpipe system, shall be provided for buildings eight stories or more in height, and in any building in excess of 10,000 square feet area, with capacities as follows : A. One 2'%-inch standpipe, pump capacity not less than 250 gallons a minute; B. One 3-inch standpipe or two inter-connected 2%-inch stand- pipes, pump capacity not less than 400 gallons a minute; C. Two 3-inch standpipes, pump capacity not less than 500 gal- lons a minute; D. Pump to have an adequate source of power and be supplied from street main or from well or cistern containing at least one hour’s full supply; suction piping to be well installed. Idem. PART XXXIV. Sprixkl.ee Requirements. 460 . Sprinklers. 1. In all new or existing buildings, an approved automatic sprink- ler system, so constructed as to protect every square foot of floor area, shall be provided as follows: (a) In every cellar, basement, or sub-basement, including spaces under sidewalks, used' for the manufacture, sale, or storage of com- bustible goods or merchandise. Exceptions : Class A, B, C,, arid D buildings and office build- ings, except such portions of cellars, basements and sub-basements as are used for storage purposes or as -workshops. All buildings outside the fire limits and with basement section of less than 2,500 square feet area. (b) Throughout all buildings having maximum fire area in ex- cess of those permitted in Section 294. (c) Throughout all buildings of Class E and F, where the height exceeds five stories, except that in office buildings such system shall 146 NASHVILLE BUILDING LAWS be required only in sample, shipping, storage or stock rooms which exceed 1,000 square feet area and contain combustible goods or supplies ' not stored in enclosed fire-resisting shelving. (d) Throughout Class E and F buildings over two stories high, used for the manufacture, sale or storage of combustible goods or mer- chandise, if within 50 feet of other buildings having wall openings not protected as given in Section 351, or if in non-fireproof build- ings. (e) Over all heating furnaces or boilers in Class A, B, C, and D buildings, unless in fireproof rooms, except dwellings. 2. Sprinkler heads shall be a kind approved by the Underwriters’ Laboratories, Inc., of Chicago, or by the Associated Factory Mutual Laboratories, of Boston. 3. Sprinkler heads shall be so placed as to thoroughly protect all parts of the area in which they are installed, including spaces under stairs, inside elevator wells, in belt, cable, pipe, gear and pulley boxes, inside small enclosures, such as drying and heating boxes, tenter and dry room enclosures, chutes, conveyor trunks, and all cupboards and closets unless they have tops entirely open and are so located that sprinklers can properly spray therein. Each sprinkler head to pro- tect not in excess of 100 square feet area. 4. The size of riser serving any one floor of one fire area shall not be less than the following, and the number of sprinklers on a given size pipe on one floor of one fire area shall not exceed the fol- lowing : Size of Pipe. %-inch . . . 1 -inch . . . 14/4-inch . . . 1 1 / 2 -inch . . . 2 -inch . . . 21/2-inch . . • 3 -inch . . , 3 l/o-inch . . , 4 -inch . . . 5 -inch . . . 6 -inch . . . Maximum No. of Sprinklers Allowed .... 1 sprinkler .... 2 sprinklers .... 3 sprinklers .... 5 sprinklers .... 10 sprinklers .... 20 sprinklers .... 36 sprinklers .... 55 sprinklers .... 80 sprinklers .... 140 sprinklers . . . .200 sprinklers 5. Each system shall be provided with an outside screw and yoke gate valve so located 1 as to be readily accessible and 1 to control all NASHVILLE BUILDING LAWS 147 sources of water supply except that from steamer connections. Drain pipes shall be provided, and the system so installed as to drain all parts. 6. A dry pipe system shall be used only when a wet pipe system is impracticable, as in buildings which have no heating facilities. 7. Two independent water supplies shall be provided, at least one of which shall be automatic. Provided , that, where sprinklers are required only in cellars, basements, and first stories, a connection to street main will be deemed sufficient. 8. Pressure tanks, if used, shall have a total capacity of not less than 4,500 gallons (3,000 gallons of water), and in any event the tank or tanks shall contain sufficient water to supply 12% per cent, of the greatest number of sprinklers within a fire area on any one fioor for 20 minutes with an average discharge of 20 gallons per minute per sprinkler. 9. Gravity tanks, if used, shall contain an available quantity of water sufficient to supply 25 per cent, of the greatest number of sprink- lers in a fire area on any floor to which it gives protection, for 20 minutes with an average discharge per sprinkler or 20' gallons per minute, but tank shall be not less than 5,000 gallons available capac- ity. Elevation of bottom of tank above the highest line of sprinklers on the system which it supplies shall be not less than 20 feet. 10. Eire pumps, if used, shall be of not less than 500 gallons capacity per minute, and sufficient to supply 50 per cent of the num- ber of sprinklers: within a fire area on any floor with an average discharge per sprinkler of 20 gallons 1 a minute. Pump to have an adequate source of power and be supplied from street main or from well or cistern containing one hour’s full supply for the number of sprinklers judged liable to be open by fire* at any one time; suction piping to be well installed. 11. The system shall be connected to a Siamese steamer connec- tion outside of the building by a pipe of diameter equal to that of the largest standpipe supplied. Such connection shall be made on each 'Street front, except that corner buildings having one street front- age of less than 50 feet may have only one connection. Siamese shall be about one foot above the curb level and shall be provided with check valves, and substantial caps to protect thread on the connec- tion; the thread shall be uniform with that used by the local fire department. A suitable iron plate with raised letters shall be pro- 148 NASHVILLE BUILDING LAWS vided, reading: “To Basement Sprinkler” or “To Cellar Sprinkler,” where only these are installed, or “To Automatic Sprinkler,” where entire building is equipped. 12. Just inside of the building, in a horizontal section, shall be placed a straightway check valve. A drip pipe, with valve to same, shall be placed between said check valve and Siamese connection to properly drain this section to prevent freezing. 13. Piping shall be wrought iron or steel, galvanized, and, to- gether with fittings and. 1 connections, shall be of such strength as to safely withstand at least 150 pounds water pressure to the square inch for 2 hours when ready for service, without leaking at joints, valves or fittings ; such test to be made by the Chief of the Eire Department. 14. All such sprinkler equipments shall be in accordance with the regulations of, and plans shall meet the approval of the Chief of the Eire Department. Idem. PART XXX Y. Construction and Equipment of Theatres. 461. Buildings Covered . — Every theatre or opera house or other building or parts of building designed or used for theatrical or operatic purposes, or motion picture shows, shall be built to comply with the requirements of this Code. Idem. 462. Capacity .- — -The Supervisor shall determine the number of persons which every such building may accommodate. This deter- mination shall be based on the actual number of seats and an allow- ance of 3 square feet per person for all parts of the auditorium or galleries where “standing room” may be provided. By standing room is meant such space in which by law persons may be permitted to stand during any performance. Such measurements are to be ex- clusive of required aisles, passageways and lobbies. Xo more than the number so determined and certified by the Supervisor shall be allowed in such structure at any one time. Idem. NASHVILLE BUILDING LAWS 149 463. Alterations. — No building which at the time of the passage of this Code is not in actual use of the purposes indicated in Section 461 shall he altered or added to for the purpose of converting the same into a theatre, opera house, or for use by a motion picture show, unless when altered or added to, it conforms to the requirements of this Code. Idem. 464. Approvals Required. — No building described in Section 461 shall be opened to the public until the Supervisor of Buildings, the Chief of Fire Department and the Electrical Inspector have jointly approved the same in writing in conformity with this Code. Idem. 465. Fireproof Building Over Auditorium. — Nothing herein contained shall prevent the construction of a thoroughly fireproof building above a fireproof theatre, provided no part of such fireproof building shall be placed above that portion of any such building which is known as the stage section. The portion containing the theatre, including all passages, lobbies and other accessories connecting there- with, shall be cut off vertically from such fireproof building by un- pierced fire walls of solid masonry not less than 12 inches thick, and horizontally by unpierced fireproof floors of strength to safely sus- tain a live load of 150 pounds per square foot on every superficial foot. Idem. 466. Roof Garden. 1. A roof garden or open air auditorium (but no other place of public amusement) may be constructed above a fireproof building used for theatrical purposes built in conformity with the requirements of this Code. Such roof garden or open air auditorium shall have not less than 60 per cent, of its total floor area open to the sky with- out a roof, except that a cover of glass and metal 1 skylight construc- tion may be provided, and no part of its seating floor, or space upon which seats might be placed, shall be at greater height than 90 feet above the curb level at the main entrance to the building. The total capacity of such roof garden or open air auditorium shall not exceed 750 persons, figured on the same basis as that provided in Section 437. The construction of such roof garden or open air auditorium shall be fireproof and shall conform in every way to the requirements of this Code. 150 NASHVILLE BUILDING LAWS 2. The size of entrances and 1 exits, corridors and stairways shall be 50 per cent, greater than the corresponding requirements for the- atres where the orchestra floor is at, or about the street level. If an audience is to be assembled in the theatre, at the same time as in the open air auditorium or roof garden constructed above the same, then the provisions for such entrance and exit herewith required for the latter shall be entirely distinct from and in addition to the provisions for exits and entrances, corridors and stairways required for the struc- ture below. 3. If any structure is built over the ceiling or roof of any build- ing used for a theatre, the girders, trusses or other metal members supporting said structure shall be protected against fire by at least 3 inches of fireproof material with special provision to reinforce or support it. Idem. 467. Occupancy Restricted l. 1. Ho portion of any building erected or altered, used or intended to be used for a theatre, shall be occupied or used for any business dealing in any inflammable, combustible or explosive article or mate- rial. 2. The before-mentioned restrictions relate not only to that por- tion of the building which contains the auditorium and the stage, but apply also to the entire structure in conjunction therewith. Idem. 468. W orJcshops and, Property Storerooms. 1. Ho workshop* storage or general property room shall be al- lowed in or under the auditorium, above the stage or under the same, or in any of the fly galleries ; but such rooms or shops may be located in the rear of, or at the side of the stage, and in such cases they shall be separated from the stage vertically and horizontally by a brick or concrete wall not less than 12 inches in thicknes's or other equally efficient cut-off, and the openings leading into said portion shall have self-closing fire doors on one side of the wall and automatic fire doors on the other side of the wall. 2. Ho sleeping accommodations shall be allowed in any part of the building communicating with the auditorium or stage. Idem. 469. Separation of Vestibule from Auditorium. — Interior fire- proof walls or partitions shall separate the auditorium from the NASHVILLE BUILDING LAWS 151 entrance vestibule, and 1 from any communicating room or rooms over or under the same, also from any lobbies, corridors, refreshment or other rooms forming part of the theatre ; the openings in all such walls shall be protected 1 by approved fire doors or fire windows. The doors shall be self-closing and the windows shall be stationary. Idem. 470. Floors . — All floor surfaces shall be of concrete or other incombustible material, and no wooden boards or sleepers shall be used as a covering for floors, seat platforms, aisles, steps, landings, passages or stairs. Idem. 471. No combustible doors or trim shall be used in the audi- torium, and none of the walls or ceiling shall be covered with wooden sheathing, wainscoting, or other combustible material, but this shall not preclude the construction of a wooden sounding board over or- chestra pit when the same extends back of and below the overhang of the stage, provided the said wooden sheathing be properly fire stopped by a 12-inch brick wall back of same, and also have a proper fireproof construction directly under the overhang of the stage ex- tending from the brick wall to the apron of stage. Idem. 472. Seals. 1. All seats in the auditorium (except those contained in boxes accommodating not more than 12 persons) shall be firmly secured to the floor, and shall be placed not less than 32 inches from back to back, measured horizontally. If benches without arms between seats are used, their capacity shall be figured on the basis of one person to each 18 inches in width. 2. No seat in any gallery shall have more than four seats inter- vening between it and an aisle, or more than ten seats in a row be- tween any two aisles. Idem. 473. Gallery Platforms . — No platforms in galleries formed to receive the seats shall be more than 21 inches in height of riser, nor less than 32 inches in width of platform. No such platform shall be nearer than 8 feet from the ceiling. Idem. 152 NASHVILLE BUILDING LAWS 474. Tunnels or Cross Aisles. — There shall he no more than 11 feet rise, measured vertically, in any aisle in any gallery without direct exit by tunnel or otherwise to a corridor or passage with a free opening to the gallery stairs or other direct discharge to the street. At such elevation of 11 feet or less, an intervening or cross aisle lead- ing directly to an exit may be substituted for the tunnel. No such tunnel or cross aisle shall be less than 4 feet wide in the clear. Idem. 475. Aisles , Width of. — Aisles shall be not less than 3 feet wide at the beginning, and all aisles shall be increased in width toward the exits 3 inches for every 10 feet of length. Idem. 476. Steps in Aisles. — Steps in aisles of galleries only shall be the full width of the aisle. No risers shall be more than 7% inches in height, and no tread shall be less than 10 inches in width, and whenever the rise of seat platforms is 4 inches or less, the floor of the aisles shall be made as a gradient. Where steps are placed in passages they shall be grouped together and shall be clearly lighted. No stool, seat or other obstruction shall be placed in any aisle, nor shall any person be allowed to stand in such aisles, or the aisles of any building or structure where people congregate. Idem. 477. Floors at Exits. — In the auditorium there shall be no step within 4 feet of the front of an exit or entrance doorway, nor within one foot of the side thereof. Idem. 478. Passages. 1. The width of passages and hallways shall be computed in the same manner as that hereinafter provided for stairways, but no pass- age may be less than 5 feet in width. 2. All passages, hallways, and stairways leading from any bal- cony or gallery in any direction shall permit of free passage to an exit without returning. 3. The aggregate capacity of the foyers, lobbies, hallways, pas- ages, and rooms for the use of the audience, not including aisle space, shall on each tier be sufficient to contain the entire number to be accommodated on said tier, in the ratio of 150 superficial square feet of floor for every hundred persons. Idem. NASHVILLE BUILDING LAWS 153 479. Calculation of Exits. ' 1. The combined width of entrances and exits for each tier, like- wise their stairways, shall provide one foot of width for each 20 persons to he accommodated in that tier. 2. The width of entrance stairways shall he at least 50 per cent, of the combined width of the entrance and exit stairways, and the aggregate width of emergency exit doorways opening from each gal- lery shall be 60 per cent, more than the stairways to which they lead. Idem. 480. Entrances. 1. A common place of entrance may serve for the orchestra floor of the auditorium and the first gallery, 'provided such entrance and the passages leading thereto are of the width required for the aggre- gate capacity of these two tiers. 2. Separate places of entrance shall be provided for each gallery above the first. 3. Where the number accommodated in a gallery exceeds two hundred, there shall be at least two separate and distinct entrances. Idem. 481. Entrances on Street Fronts. 1. Every building used for the purposes designated in Section 461 shall have at least the front or one side wall bordering on a street, and not less than one-half of the openings required for en- trance of the audience to the auditorium shall be provided in such wall or walls. 2. Where any entrance does not open directly on a street, corri- dor, or passage connecting with the street, it shall be constructed of continuous walls of brick or other fireproof material equally effi- cient. The roof construction of these corridors shall be fireproof and of strength sufficient to safely sustain a live load of 150 pounds per square foot of area. The height of such corridors shall be not less than 10 feet. M) doors or windows shall be permitted in the side walls or roof. Idem. 482. Emergency Exits. — From the auditorium at least two emergency exits remote from each other leading into open courts or streets shall be provided in each side wall of ,the auditorium on all tiers. Each exit shall be provided with approved fire doors. Idem. 154 NASHVILLE BUILDING LAWS * 483. Entrance and Exit Doorways. 1. The minimum width of doorways shall be 5 feet in the clear, except emergency exit doorways, which may be 44 inches. 2. All entrances and exit doors shall open outward, and be hung in such manner as not to obstruct any part of the required width of a doorway, passage or stairway. The fastenings of these doors shall be of an automatic handle bar pattern, such as can readily be opened from the inside at all times without the use of keys or any special knowledge or effort. The use of draw bolts is prohibited. All such doorways shall be entirely unobstructed. Idem. 484. Marking Exits. 1. Every entrance and exit doorway opening from the auditorium shall have the metal box with green letters over the same on the audi- torium side, the word “Exit” inscribed in legible letters not less than 6 inches high, as hereinbefore stated. 2. No mirrors shall be so placed as to give the appearance of doorway, exit, or passage. There shall be no false doors or windows. Idem. 485. Diagrams of Exits. — There shall be legibly printed on the program of each performance a separate diagram or plan of every tier. Each such diagram shall occupy a space not less than 15 square inches and shall show distinctly the entrances and exits from each tier and where they lead. Idem. 486. Stair Landings. — When stairs turn at an angle or return directly on themselves 1 , a landing, without steps, of the full width of both flights, shall be provided. The outer line of landings shall be curved to a radius of not less than 2 feet; this provision, however, shall not apply to emergency exit stairs on outside of buildings. When two side stairways connect with one main stairway, the width of the main stairway shall be at least equal to the aggregate width of the side stairways. No stairway shall ascend to a greater height than 10 feet without a level landing, and the length and width of such land- ing shall be not less than the width of the stairs ; no run of stairs shall consist of less than six risers between platforms. Idem. 487. Stair Rails. — All stairways shall have on both sides strong hand rails. Where stairways are built between walls, rails shall be NASHVILLE BUILDING LAWS 155 firmly secured to the walls about 3 inches distant therefrom. All rails shall he about 3 feet above the treads. This provision shall also apply to all steps in side aisles of galleries. The width of all stairs shall be measured between hand rails. All stairways and landings between stories, when 7 feet and over in width, shall be provided with a center hand rail of metal, not less than 2 inches in diameter, placed at a height of about 3 feet above the treads and landings. Such rails shall be supported on metal standards securely bolted to the treads or risers of the stairs. At the head of the stairway at each story, a newel post shall be provided at least 6 feet in height, to which the rail shall be secured. . Idem. 488 . Entrance Stairways. 1. No entrance stairway to any tier in the auditorium shall be less than 5 feet wide. 2. Entrance stairways and passages for the dressing rooms shall be at least 36 inches wide and extend independently to the street or court. No stairs in the stage section shall be less than 30 inches wide. 3. Nf> door shall open immediately upon a flight of stairs, but a landing at least the width of the door shall be provided between such stairs and such door. Idem. 489 . Stairway Enclosures. — All entrance stairways for the use of the audience (excepting those leading to the first gallery only, which may be open on one side)’ shall be enclosed with walls of brick or other fireproof materials in the stories through which they pass. There shall be no communication from any portion of the building 'above the street or court grade to any of said stairw T ay enclosures except from the tier for which the stairway is exclusively intended. No stairway from a gallery shall communicate with the basement or cellar. Idem. 490 . Emergency Exit Stairways and Balconies. — Emergency exit stairways from each gallery shall be placed in smoke-proof towers, or an approved form of open air stairway may be used. The mini- mum width of emergency exit stairways shall be 4 feet, except that their width may be reduced 15 per cent, if located in a smoke-proof tower having no openings except to an outside balcony and to court grade. The stairways for the emergency exists from each tier shall 156 NASHVILLE BUILDING LAWS extend to the court or street grade independently of the stairways or exits from other tiers. Outside balconies shall be at least as wide as the stairways which they serve, but in no case less than 6 feet. No riser shall be nearer than one foot to the door opening. Idem. 491. Construction of Balconies and Stairways for Emergency Exits. — All emergency exit balconies and stairways shall be con- structed of steel or of other forms of incombustible construction ap- proved by the Supervisor. Risers, treads, platforms and balconies must be solid, without slats, and the construction shall be of strength sufficient to sustain safely a live load of 100 pounds per square foot with a safety factor of 4. Exterior stairways and balconies of steel construction shall be designed in conformity with the requirements of paragraph 2, Section 301. Sheet metal or other suitable solid material shall be provided to a height of not less than 4 feet on the outer side of all such open air stairways, balconies and platforms, and they shall be covered with a metal, hood or awning constructed in a manner approved by the Supervisor. There shall be no openings in any theatre wall between the outside balconies or stairways and their covers, except the required exits from the tier served by said stairways and balconies. No person of the audience shall be obliged to pass alongside of more than one exit doorway after reaching an outside balcony to get to the ground. All exit stairways and bal- conies shall be kept free of obstructions of every kind, including snow and ice. Idem. 492. Treads and Risers. — All stairs shall have treads of uniform width, and risers of uniform height in each flight. The risers shall not exceed I inches in height, nor shall the treads, exclusive of nos- ing, be less than 10 inches wide. No circular stairs shall be per- mitted, and no winders shall be introduced in any stairs which may be used for exit purposes. Idem. 493. Exits from Stage Section. — At least two independent ex- terior exits with direct outlet at court or street grade shall be pro- vided from the stage level for the service of the stage and floors be- low same. These exits shall be at opposite sides of the stage and may serve also as entrances. Each tier of dressing rooms shall have an independent emergency exit leading directly to an open air stairway, NASHVILLE BUILDING LAWS 157 or to a court or street. No ladder fire escapes shall be permitted. The fly galleries shall he provided with adequate means of exit. All exits from the stage section shall he independent of the exits for the audience above the court or street grade. Stairways, if any, lead- ing down from stage level shall be enclosed and protected by fire- proof doors. Idem. 494 . Emergency Courts . — There shall be reserved for emergency exit purposes an open court or space on the side or sides of the build- ings as follows: (a) In the case of a plot with streets on front, rear, and both sides, or in the case of a double corner plot where both sides of the theatre border on streets, no courts will be required. On a double corner, single corner, or inside plot when one side only of the building borders on a street, one court will be required located on the opposite side. On an inside plot where only the building front bor- ders on the street, courts shall be provided on both sides. (b) In buildings used for motion picture shows and having no stage, the exits and courts above required may be replaced by equivalent exits and courts at the rear if consistent with the adequate distribution of the entire entrance and exit facilities. Idem. 495 . Court Width . — The minimum width .of open courts shall be 8 feet when the total capacity is 750 or less; 10 feet when the capacity is between 750 and 1,000 ; and when the capacity exceeds 1,000 people the width of the courts shall be increased one foot for each additional 500 people or fraction thereof in excess of 1,000. Idem. 496 . Court Length — Said open court or courts shall extend at least from the line of the proscenium wall the length of the audito- rium to the wall separating the same from the entrance lobby or vestibule. This entire court area shall be open to the sky, except that emergency exit stairways and smoke-proof towers may occupy part of the court space if the required width of exit passageways is not obstructed. Idem. 497 . Court Corridors . — Where said emergency courts do not open directly on a street, a separate and distinct corridor or passage 158 NASHVILLE BUILDING LAWS shall continue directly to the street, around the building or through such structure as may be or may have been built on the street, but no such passageway shall pass under any portion of the auditorium or stage. Said corridors or passages shall be constructed fireproof all the way to the street in same manner as provided for the con- struction of corridors for entrances in Section 377, paragraph 3. The corridor or passage leading from the court to the street shall be at least as wide as the court, and there shall be no projections into the passage. The outer openings may be provided with doors or gates opening outward. During the performance these doors or gates shall be kept open; at other times they may be closed and fastened by movable bolts. Idem. 498 . Entrances in Courts. — If entrances open on emergency courts or corridors the said courts or corridors shall be increased in width an amount at least equal to the width of the entrances which they serve. Idem. 499 . Courts and Corridors Kept Clean. — The courts and corri- dors or passages shall not be used for storage purposes, nor for any purpose whatsoever except for exit and entrance, and must be kept free and clear during performances. Idem. 500 . Gradients. — All courts and corridors at points of street entrance or exit shall be flush with sidewalk. To overcome any dif- ference of level in and between courts, corridors, lobbies, passages and aisles on the ground floor, gradients shall be employed of not over one foot in 10 feet, except that runs of not more than 10 feet in length may be one in eight. Idem. 501 . Proscenium Wall. — A fire wall built of brick or concrete not less than 12 inches thick in any portion shall separate the audito- rium from the stage and shall extend at least 4 feet above the stage roof, or the auditorium roof if the latter be higher. Any windows in the structure above the auditorium which face ovei* roof of stage section when within 100 feet of the stage roof must be protected with fire shutters or fire windows. Above the proscenium opening there shall be a girder or other support of sufficient strength to safely carry NASHVILLE BUILDING LAWS 159 the load. If a girder be used it shall he protected against fire by at least 4 inches of fireproof material with special provision to rein- force or support it. Idem. 502 . Proscenium Curtain. 1. The proscenium opening shall be provided with a rigid fire- proof curtain, built in conformity with the following specifications or their equivalent in efficiency when approved by the Supervisor. 2. The curtain shall have a rigid, rivet- jointed, steel framework. The front or audience side of the frame shall be covered with sheet steel of a thickness not less than No. 20 U. S. gauge. The back shall be covered with vitrified cellular asbestos boards at least 1 inch thick, or other material equally fire resisting. Both coverings shall be securely attached to the framework and the joint properly sealed. The curtain shall be designed to resist a wind pressure of 10 pounds per square foot of surface without flexure sufficient to interfere with its closing. 3. The thickness of the curtain shall be not less than 3 inches where the width of the proscenium wall opening is 30 feet or less; curtains for larger openings shall increase in thickness in proportion to the increase in width of opening they cover. 4. An asbestos roll of a diameter not less than one-half the thick- ness of the^ curtain shall be securely attached to the bottom of the curtain to form a smoke seal between the curtain and the stage floor. 5. The curtain shall overlap the proscenium wall opening at least 12 inches at each side of the opening and not less than 2 feet at the top. 6. The guide members at the sides shall be rolled steel shapes, none of which shall be less than %-inch thick, and shall be of such character as to form a continuous smoke seal from top to bottom, with a clearance of not over %-inch. The guides shall be installed in such manner that in case of fire on the stage the pressure of heated gases against the curtain will act to close the guide joints tightly. Provision shall be made to prevent the curtain from getting out of the guiding channel into which it shall project at least 2 inches. The proscenium wall shall have an off-set at each side of the opening, so located and of such thickness and height as to be suitable for the attachment of the curtain guides. At least 1 inch shall be allowed at each edge of curtain to provide for lateral expansion. 160 NASHVILLE BUILDING LAWS Opportunity for expansion of the unprotected structural frame- work of the curtain and guides shall be furnished by slotting the holes of the connecting holts. 7. The wall over the proscenium opening shall be smooth and plumb to approximately the top of the curtain when it is down, and shall then offset at least 4 inches for the rest of its height, thus leav- ing a bench along the line of the top of the curtain between which a smoke seal shall he formed. Such a seal may conveniently he pro- vided by arranging for the edge of a rolled steel shape attached to the curtain to dip into a trough of sand resting on the bench. 8. No part of a curtain or any of the curtain guides- shall he supported hy, or fastened to, any combustible material. 9. The hoisting apparatus for the curtain shall he designed with a factor of safety of 8. 10. The points for curtain suspension shall always he an even number, but never less than four. Two of the suspension points shall be located at the extreme ends of the curtain, and the others may he placed at such points as best suit the design, hut in no case shall the distance between any two points of support exceed 10 feet. 11. Half of the cables attached to these points shall lead to one set of counterweights and half to another. The curtain shall be operated by hydraulic or other mechanism 1 approved by the Supervisor. If hydraulic mechanism is used, the water may be taken from either the house tank or sprinkler tank supply. If from the latter, the supply pipe for curtain mechanism shall be so located in the tank that it cannot reduce the quantity of water below the amount neces- sary to fulfill the sprinkler requirements. 12. The device for controlling the curtain shall be simple in de- sign, and capable of convenient operation from both sides of the stage and from the tie galleries. 13. The drop speed of the curtain shall be uniform and not less than 1 foot per second, but when the curtain is about 2% feet from the stage it shall automatically slow down so as to settle on the stage without shock. In addition to the regular operating mechanism, there shall be an emergency device which will cut off the power and allow the curtain to drop by gravity. This device shall be so arranged that it can be easily operated by hand from each side of the stage, under the stage, and in the tie galleries. The device shall also be so de- signed that its operation will be controlled by fusible links located at each of the above named points. NASHVILLE BUILDING LAWS 161 14. The audience side of the curtain may be decorated with a paint in which no oil is used. No combustible material shall be ap- plied or attached to the curtain. 15. Drawings for every such curtain shall be submitted to the Supervisor, and be approved by him before it is erected. Idem. 503. Counterweights. — Where counterweights are used, they shall be suspended at the extreme side or other walls of the stage section, and be enclosed by guards. Idem. 504. Other Openings in Proscenium Wall. — Openings between the stage and auditorium other than the proscenium opening shall not exceed four in number ; two at the approximate stage level and two in the musicians’ pit; the size of any such opening shall not exceed 21 square feet. The openings at stage level shall have an automatic fire door on one side of the wall and self-closing fire door on the other side of the wall; openings, if any, below the stage shall have a self- closing fire door; all of said doors shall be hung so as to be opened from either side of the wall at all times. Idem. 505. Overhang of Stage. — All that portion of the stage extend- ing from the stage inside of the curtain and from the wall separating the space under the stage from the auditorium, to the outer edge of the apron shall be fireproof. A wood finish floor without air space may be used on the stage in front of the curtain. Idem. 506. Opening in Exterior Walls. — All openings in exterior walls of stage section shall be protected by approved fire doors, shutter, or windows. Idem. 507. Vestibules for Stage Entrances. — All entrances to the stage from streets, alleys, or open courts shall be vestibuled to protect the stage from drafts of air. Idem. 508. Fireproof Stage Construction. — All that portion of the stage which is not movable (excepting that part usually embraced between the proscenium jambs and from proscenium to rear wall) shall be of fireproof construction and designed to safely sustain a 162 NASHVILLE BUILDING LAWS live load of not less than 100 pounds per square foot. The non- fireproof portion of stage floor shall he of heavy timbers or steel beam construction with flooring not less than 1%-inch finish thickness. Idem. • 509. Fly and Tie Galleries. — The fly galleries and the tie gal- leries shall be of fireproof construction designed to safely sustain a live load of 90 pounds per square foot. No wooden, boards or sleepers shall be used as a covering over these floors. Idem. 510. Gridiron. — The gridiron or rigging loft shall have a lattice metal floor capable of sustaining a live load of 75 pounds per square foot and be readily accessible by metal stairs or ladder. Idem. 511. Scenery. — All stage scenery, curtains, and decorations made of combustile material, and all woodwork on or about the stage, shall be painted or saturated with some non-combustible material, or other- wise rendered safe against fire. Idem. 512. Ventilation in Stage Section. 1. There shall be one or more ventilators, constructed of metal or other incombustible material, near the center and above the highest part of the stage of every theatre, raised above the stage roof, and of a combined sectional area equal to at least 10 per cent, of the floor area within the stage walls. The openings in such ventilators shall have an aggregate sectional area at least equal to that required for the ventilators. Detailed drawings showing the construction and opera- tion of the ventilators must be approved by the Supervisor before in- stallation is begun. The entire equipment shall conform to the fol- lowing requirements or their equivalent. 2. The construction of the cover and its operating mechanism shall be massive, and the cover shall open by force of gravity sufficient to effectively overcome the effects of neglect, rust, dirt, frost, snow, or expansion by heat, or warping of the framework. 3. Glass, if used in ventilators, must be protected against falling on the stage. A wire screen if used under the glass must be so placed that if clogged it cannot reduce the required vent area or interfere with the operating mechanism, or obstruct the distribution of water from the automatic sprinklers. NASHVILLE BUILDING LAWS 163 4. The cover shall he arranged to open instantly after the out- break of fire by the use of approved automatic fusible links of the thinnest metal practicable ; manual control also must be provided by a cord run down to the stage at a point designated by the Supervisor. 5. The link and cord must hold the cover closed against a force of at leapt 30 pounds excess counterweight tending to open the cover. Fusible links shall be placed in the ventilator above the roof line and in at least two other points in each controlling cord. No automatic sprinkler heads shall be placed in the ventilator space above the fusible links. While theatre is in use each ventilator cover shall be operated daily by one of the cords. Idem. 513. Skylights .- — If any skylight is placed in a roof, it shall be installed in accordance with the requirements of Section 349. Idem. 514. Dressing Booms. 1. Actors dressing rooms shall not be placed on or under the stage, or in or under the auditorium. They shall be in a separate section provided for that purpose. No dressing room ceiling shall be less than 4 feet, 6 inches above the level of street or court adjoining. 2. The walls separating the section containing the dressing rooms from the stage or auditorium, shall be of brick or concrete not less than 8 inches in thickness and each opening therein shall be protected with a self-closing fire door. The partitions dividing the dressing rooms, together with the partitions of every passageway from the same to the stage shall be constructed of approved fireproof mate- rial not less than 4 inches in thickness. All doorways in any of said partitions shall be protected by self-closing fire doors. All dressing rooms shall be ventilated by fire windows to a street or to a court not less than 24 square feet in area. 3. All shelving and cupboards in every dressing room, property room or other storage rooms, shall be of incombustible material. Idem. 515. Apparatus. 1. Steam boilers may be located outside of the buildings either under the sidewalk or in an extension, or within any portion of the building, provided that same are placed in a fireproof room one side of which opens on an open court or public thoroughfare, the space 164 NASHVILLE BUILDING LAWS allotted to the same shall be enclosed by walls of brick or concrete at least 12 inches thick on' all sides, and the ceiling of such space shall be constructed of fireproof materials. Each doorway in said walls connecting with the building shall have an automatic fire door. 2. No floor register for heating, ventilating or other purposes shall be permitted in aisles, corridors or passageways. 3. All blowers 1 used to circulate air through heating or ventilating pipes with openings to the auditorium shall be provided with a device to stop the blower automatically in case of fire. The device for this purpose shall he located near the blower, both inside and outside the pipe leading to openings in the auditorium. 4. No coil, radiator or pipe shall he placed so as to obstruct any aisle or passageway. Any exposed radiator or coil shall be guarded. Idem. 516 . Lighting. 1. The stage section and every portion of the building devoted to the uses or accommodation of the public, also all passages leading to streets, including the open courts and corridors, shall be satisfac- torily lighted during every performance, and until the entire audi- ence has left the premises. 2. Only electric light shall be used in the auditorium and stage section, except that gas fixtures having not larger than “1 foot” burners may he used in dressing rooms. These shall have soldered to the fixtures strong wire guards or screens not less than 10 inches in diameter, so constructed that any material in contact therewith shall he out of reach of the flames. 3. Where electric current from two separate street mains are available, two separate and distinct services must be installed ; one service to be of sufficient capacity to supply current for the entire equipment of the theatre, while the other service must be at least sufficient to supply current for all emergency lights, including the exit lights or signs, and all lights in outside courts, lobbies, stairways, corridors, and other portions of the theatre which are normally kept lighted during the performance. Where only one supply from a street main is available the connection used exclusively for emergency lights must be taken from a point on the street side of the main ser- vice fuses. When the source of supply is an isolated plant on the same premises, an auxiliary service at least sufficient to supply all emergency lights shall be connected with some outside source, or a NASHVILLE BUILDING LAWS 165 suitable storage battery witbin the premises may be considered the equivalent of such service. Where two sources of electric light are not available, an emergency system of gas lighting shall be installed and kept in working order. 4. At least one lawful EXIT light shall be placed over each exit and entrance opening from the auditorium and stage section. 5. All emergency lights shall be controlled by a special switch located in the lobby and accessible only to authorized persons. 6. The stage switchboard shall have a metal hood over the top, running the full length of the board and fully protecting same from anything falling from above. Idem. 517. Automatic Sprinkler Equipment. 1. A standard wet-pipe system of approved automatic sprinklers shall be installed throughout the theatre, except in the auditorium, foyers and lobbies. Sprinklers shall not be permitted over dynamos and switchboards or above the fusible links immediately under the automatic ventilators over stage. 2. Sprinkler equipments shall be installed in accordance with the requirements of Section 460. Idem. 518. Standpipes. 1. Standpipes conforming to the requirements in Section 459 shall be provided with hose connections located as follows: One on each side of the stage on each tier, one readily accessible from the property room, the carpenter shop, scenery storage rooms, lobbies and elsewhere as may be required by the Supervisor. 2. A sufficient quantity of approved linen hose, 1% inches in diameter, in 50-foot lengths or enough to cover floor area, shall be kept attached to each hose connection; 25-foot lengths will be per- mitted in fly galleries. Idem. 519. Miscellaneous Fire Appliances. 1. There shall be on each side of the stage two axes, one 20-foot, one 15-foot, and one 10-foot hook, as designated by the Eire Depart- ment On each side of the stage, under the stage, on each fly gallery, also in property and other store rooms, and in each workshop, there shall be kept in readiness for immediate use one approved 2% gallon 166 NASHVILLE BUILDING LAWS hand chemical fire extinguisher and one 40-gallon cask filled with water, and six fire pails ; said casks and buckets shall be painted red and lettered “For Fire Purposes Only.” There shall also be pro- vided at least three approved 2%-gallon hand chemical fire extin- guishers for each tier of the auditorium. 2. All apparatus for the extinguishment of fire shall be installed in accordance with the rules of the Fire Department and he kept at all times in condition satisfactory to and under control of the Fire Department. Idem. PART XXXYI. Construction of Moving Picture Theatres. 520. Requirements for Exhibition Room. 1. Xo motion picture machine shall be installed, maintained or operated in any building that does not abut directly upon a street; nor shall any such machine he installed, maintained or operated in connection with any exhibition room contained in a building occu- pied as a hotel, tenement house, or lodging house ; nor in factories or workshops, except where the exhibition room and motion picture machine are separated from the rest of the building by unpierced fireproof walls and floors ; in no case shall the main floor of such ex- hibition room he more than 4 feet abdve or below the adjoining grade level. All such floors, including gallery floors to be preferably of reinforced concrete or other approved fireproof construction, or may be of mill construction as herein provided, and have 2-ply of 14 lb. asbestos paper between the floors, and be fireproofed on under side with metal lath or ^-inch plaster board and not less than % inch of cement plaster. To overcome any difference of level on the ground floor gradients shall he employed of not over one foot in 10 feet; no steps shall he permitted. Exit doors shall he at the same level as the sidewalk. 2. If the walls of the auditorium contain wooden studs, they shall be protected with metal lath and not less than % inch of cement or cement-tempered plaster, or be covered with ^4-inch plaster hoards and plastered with % inch of plaster, or covered with metal. The NASHVILLE BUILDING LAWS 167 joints shall be properly filled with mortar. The ceilings of all snch auditoriums having wooden construction, And the ceilings of any basement or cellar which may exist under such auditoriums, shall be protected with metal lath and cement plaster or with %-inch plaster board and covered with plaster or metal as above specified for protection of walls. All metal lath used in such construction shall be of quality specified in Section 377. 3. All motion picture exhibition rooms shall be provided with at least four separate exits, two of which shall be in the front and the other two in the rear or side near the rear, all leading to alley, or open court or passageway. No exits shall be less than 5 feet in width, and there shall be a main exit not less than 10 feet in total width. 4. If an unobstructed exit to a street or alley or unobstructed open court cannot be provided at the rear of such buildings as herein specified, either an open court or a fireproof passage or corridor shall be provided from rear exit to the street front, of at least 4 feet in width for exhibition rooms accommodating fifty persons or less, and 6 inches additional for each additional fifty persons acommodated by such room. Such passage shall be constructed of fireproof material and shall be at least 10 feet high in the clear. The walls forming such passage shall be at least 8 inches thick, of brick or other ap- proved fireproof material, and if there be a basement the wall on the auditorium side shall either run 1 foot below the cellar bottom or may be carried in the cellar on iron columns and girders properly fire- proofed. The ceiling of said passages, and, if there be a basement, the floor, shall be of fireproof construction. 5. If unobstructed rear exits or exits to a street are provided, the said exit or exits shall be of the same total width required for the court or passage above mentioned. Said passages and exits to the street shall be used for no other purposes except for exit and entrance, and shall be kept free and clear. 6. The level of the open court or passage where it intersects the street shall be not greater than one step above the level of the side- walk, and the grade shall be not more than 1 foot in 10, with no per- pendicular rises. 7. All seats in any exhibition room for moving picture theatre shall be not less than 32 inches from back to back, measured hori- zontally, and securely fastened to the floor ; they shall be so arranged that there will be not more than ten seats in a line betwen aisles, nor more than four between any seat and an aisle. All aisles shall lead 168 NASHVILLE BUILDING LAWS directly to exits and all exits shall he directly acessible to aisles. No aisle shall be less than 3 feet, 6 inches in width. All exit doors shall be arranged to swing outward and be provided with fastenings that can be opened readily from the inside, without the use of keys or any special effort. Such doors shall not be locked when the room is open to the public. 8. All the requirements of this section relating to seats, aisles, passageways, exits and doors shall apply in connection with each open-air motion picture exhibition. 9. Every exit doorway leading from exhibition room shall have over the same on the auditorium side, the word “EXIT” in letters in metal box as herein provided not less than 6 inches high. Light used in marking exits or lighting passageways, stairways or inclines leading from them shall not depend upon or be controlled by wires, switches or fuses located in room, compartment, booth or enclosure containing motion picture machines, but shall be controlled from both the operating room and ticket office. Idem. 521. Approval of Picture Machine Theatres. — No picture ma- chine theatre shall be opened to the public until a joint certificate of approval, has been issued by the Supervisor of Buildings and the Electrical Inspector, and in no case shall any certificate of approval be issued until the entire building, structure, works, and appliances, conform to all the conditions of this ordinance. Idem. 522. Board of Examiners of Operators of Moving Picture Ma- chines. — The Commissioner of Eire, Sprinkling and Building Inspec- tion, the Supervisor of Buildings, and the Electrical Inspector are hereby constituted as a Board to examine and pass on all applications to operate moving picture machines in the City of Nashville, Ten- nessee. Idem. 523. Operators of Picture Machines. — Every moving picture ma- chine shall be operated by a competent male person, not less than 18 years of age, and then not until he has answered all questions and re- quirements contained in the form (furnished by the Board of Ex- aminers), which shall be countersigned and vouched for by the owner, lessee or employer who shall also be held responsible for the conduct NASHVILLE BUILDING LAWS 169 and efficiency of such persons while in charge of and operating the said owner’s, lessee’s or employer’s moving picture machine. Provided , that an apprentice learning the business may work under the direction and in the presence of the regular operator only for the purpose of perfecting his vocation. Idem. PAET XXXVII. Assembly Halls. 524. Requirements for Public Safety. 1. In all buildings or parts of buildings occupied for purposes of assembly, other than theatres, which are provided for in Sections 460 to 519, inclusive, the halls, doors, stairways, passageways, and all other exit facilities shall conform to the provisions of this Code as provided for in Sections 300-309. 3. All seats shall he spaced as required for theatres. In comput- ing the seating capacity of any room or building used for purposes of assembly in which the seats are not fixed, an allowance of six square feet of floor area shall be made for each person and all space between the walls or partitions of such room or building shall be measured in this computation. Movable seats are not permitted in balconies and galleries having stepped floors. 3. Any assembly hall containing a stage,. shall comply with the requirements for theatres, except that stages the area of which do not exceed one-fifth the area of the auditorium and having no transient scenery other than especially approved by the Supervisor, may con- form to the following requirements: The proscenium wall may be built as required for fireproof partitions, Section 379. All allowed openings in the proscenium wall except the curtain opening shall be protected by approved fire doors. The curtain in such assembly halls may be of asbestos instead of the rigid theatre curtain and shall be hung on incombustible supports. All scenery, borders, and wings shall be rendered non-inflammable as provided in Section 511. Idem. 170 NASHVILLE BUILDING LAWS PART XXXVIII. Garages. 525. Garages. 1. Private garages may be erected on the rear of premises similar to other outhouses within any zone except the Pire Retarding Zone. 2. Such garages shall not be more than one story in height and no larger than necessary to acommodate three such vehicles using gasolene or other volatile inflammable liquid for power. 3. Such buildings shall in all cases have approved fireproof floors, and the walls and the roofs thereof shall be of same materials as herein provided for buildings within such Zones. 4. Provided, that private garages may have a second story for servant’s quarters if the floors and ceilings are made of such fire re- tarding construction as double thick floors on top of joist with two ply of 14 lb. asbestos paper between, and metal lath and cement plaster on the ceiling. 5. And further provided that such one story garages may be of such all-metal buildings as are approved by the Supervisor of Build- ings. Idem . 526. Public Garages . — Xo public garage shall be permitted where any portion of the building is occupied for amusement, assem- blage or habitational purposes. Idem. 527. That all buildings used for public garages, occupied or erected after the passage of this ordinance, shall be of approved fire- proof construction, provided that roof for same may be of mill con- struction. Idem. 528. 1 . All public garages, or rooms, or sections thereof containing automobiles, shall be entirely separated by fire and vapor proof par- titions from any and all portions of such buildings used for machine or repair purposes, or for any purpose requiring the use of flame heat boilers and (or) furnaces. 2. All such wall must be without openings to the interior of the garage, except in such cases as when, in the judgment of the Super- visor of Buildings, the existence of such openings will not increase NASHVILLE BUILDING LAWS 171 the hazard to life and property, provided further such openings, when permitted must be protected by approved automatic fire doors, such door or doors to be kept tightly closed at all times when the opening is not actually being used. 3. All doors and windows in public garages, within 30 feet or closer to other buildings, shall be protected with approved fireproof doors, shutters, or fireproof windows of metal and wired glass. 4. There must be a system of ventilation to the outer air, with openings at floor line, not less than 6x8 inches for each ventilator. Idem. 529. That heating must be done by steam or hot water. The boiler room and any room where electric charging apparatus is used must be fireproof, and all openings between such rooms and other parts of the garage, shall be protected by automatic fire doors, these doors to be kept constantly closed, except when open for actual pas- sageway. 1. No stove, forges, torches, or furnaces, and no open flame or heat devices, shall be used or permitted in any room containing auto- mobiles or gasoline, except such automobiles as are being actually re- repaired and in the repair room or shop. 2. Only incandescent electric light, preferably enclosed in vapor- proof globes, with keyless sockets, protected by approved wire guards, and with all switches and fuses in approved cabinets shall be per- mitted. 3. All fire and lights on vehicles except electric lights or automo- biles, shall be extinguished upon the entry of such vehicles or auto- mobiles, into the garage as soon as the vehicle, or automobile comes to a standstill, and before the door of entry is closed, and shall not be lighted while the same is in the garage until the vehicle, or automobile is brought within 10 feet of the exit. 4. No person shall smoke in any garage. A notice in large letters “No Smoking” shall be kept displayed in a conspicuous place and manner on each floor and at the entrance of all garages. Idem. 530. That on the floor of every garage, there shall be constantly kept and maintained, convenient receptacles filled with sand, to be used in absorbing waste oils on the floors. In addition thereto, sand shall be kept on every floor in boxes or buckets of approved construc- tion, provided with metal hand scoops, to be used for fire extinguish- 172 NASHVILLE BUILDING LAWS ing purposes only. One such bucket, or box, to be provided for each 1.000 square feet of floor area. 1. One three-gallon carbonic acid gas fire extinguisher of ap- proved construction, and one one-quart pump type extinguisher of approved make, shall be provided and conveniently located for each 2.000 square feet of floor area. 2. Self-closing metal waste cans, set firmly upon four-inch legs, shall be kept on all floors of every garage, and all inflammable waste materials must be deposited into these receptacles. 3. Calcium carbide shall be kept in air tight receptacles, these receptacles to be deposited in a close and secure canister, or container, which must be at least six inches above the floor. Said container to be of metal, and to have a secure metal closing top, which must be kept closed at all times when the container is not in use. Idem. PART XXXIX. 531. Storage and Handling of Volatile Substances. — The hand- ling or storing of any inflammable liquid within dangerous proximity to an open flame or fire is expressly prohibited. Where inflammable liquids are kept, used or handled, one quart chemical extinguishers bearing the label of the Underwriters Laboratories, Inc., shall be provided in such quantities as may be necessary, and no vessels or pumps or other fixtures or appliance shall be used unless it has the above label. Idem. 532. Approved Containers. 1. Xo person, firm or corporation shall keep, nor permit to be kept on their premises for sale, use, manufacture or other purposes within the corporate limits of the City of X ashville, gasoline, naptha or other volatile inflammable fluids unless same is kept in approved storage receptacles. 2. Where any person, firm or corporation desires to keep five gallons or less of any volatile inflammable fluid or fluids for con- sumption, use or sale, an approved safety can or cans shall be pro- vided. NASHVILLE BUILDING LAWS 173 3. No person, firm or corporation shall sell or deliver to any per- son, firm or corporation, five gallons or less of any volatile inflam- mable fluid unless delivered into such approved can or cans, and no person, firm or corporation shall be permitted to keep for consump- tion, use, sale or other purpose, more than five gallons in such cans in any house, and for the storage of greater quantities of any volatile iuflammable fluid or fluids for consumption, use or sale, an approved underground storage system shall be provided. Idem. 533. All underground storage tanks (with the exception of exist- ing underground tanks now in use, and in good condition) should preferably he five feet or more from any building, and top of tank shall be at least three feet below the surface of the ground and below the level of the lowest pipe in the building to be supplied. If nec- essary, tanks may he permitted underneath the building if set on a firm foundation, encased in six inches of cement concrete, and buried at least three feet below the lowest floor. Idem. 534. Tanks located outside of buildings shall be set on a firm foundation surrounded by soft earth or sand, well tamped into place or encased in six inches of Portland Cement Concrete. Tank may have a test well, provided such well ‘extends nearly to the bottom of tank and top end shall be hermetically sealed and locked except when necessarily open. Idem. 535. All hose pipe used for transferring gasoline to the storage tanks on vehicles shall be an approved metal-lined rubber hose. Idem. \ 536. When tank is located underneath a building, the test well shall extend at least twelve feet above source of supply. The limit of storage permitted shall depend upon the location of tanks with respect of thp building to be supplied and adjacent buildings, as fol- lows : (a) For an unlimited capacity — if the top of tank is lower than any floor, basement, cellar or pit in any building within a radius of fifty feet. (b) For 20,000 gallons total capacity, if the top of tank is lower than any floor, basement, cellar or pit in any building within a ra- dius of thirty feet. 174 NASHVILLE BUILDING LAWS (c) For 5,000 gallons total capacity, if the top of tank is lower than any floor, basement, cellar or pit in any building within a radius of twenty feet. (d) For 1,500 gallons total capacity, if the top of tank is lower than any floor, basement, cellar or pit in any building within a radius of thirty feet. (e) For 500 gallons if not lower than any floor, basement, cellar or pit in any building within ten feet, in which case it must be en- tirely encased in six inches of concrete in addition to being three feet underground as provided above. Idem. 537. 1 . All underground storage systems in which the tank may contain inflammable gases shall have at least a one-inch vent pipe, run from top of tank to a point outside of the building, but which shall end at least twelve feet above level of source of supply and in a location remote from fire escapes and never nearer than three feet, measured horizontally and vertically, from any window or other open- ing; the tank vent pipe shall terminate in a goose-neck protected in the outer end by a 30x30 mesh or equivalent brass wire screen. Or a combined vent and filing pipes so equipped and located as to vent the tank at all times, even during filling operations. 2. The end of the filling pipe for underground storage tanks shall be carried to an approved location outside of any building, hut not within five feet of any entrance door ? or cellar opening, and shall be set in an approved metal box with cover which shall he kept locked except during filling operations, this filling pipe shall he closed hv a screw cap. 3. A 30x30 mesh or equivalent brass screen strainer shall be placed in the supply end of filling pipe. Idem. 538. Inflammable liquids shall be drawn from tanks by approved labeled pumps with controlling apparatus and piping so arranged as to allow control of the amount of discharge and prevent leakage and discharge inside the building by any derangement of the system. Pumps to be placed outside of and at least five feet from any build- ing. Idem. NASHVILLE BUILDING LAWS 175 539. Where the underground tanks are used, all pipes carrying volatile inflammable liquids except in dry cleaning establishments shall pitch toward tanks and shall enter tank at top. There shall be a check valve or other approved contrivance on all main line pipes leading from such underground storage tank and so located as to keep the pipe filled with gasolene at all times. All pipes passing through basement passageways, storerooms, or other places where they are liable to mechanical injury shall be enclosed in another pipe or sub- stantial construction. Idem. 540. Nothing in this ordinance shall be construed to prohibit a manufacturer from bringing into the factory in approved cans suffi- cient material for his daily operative needs. Idem. 541. The carrying or transferring of any volatile inflammable fluids in open receptacles in or about any premises or the filling of tanks in automobiles or other vehicles or open receptacles from any delivery wagon or other transporting vehicle or the use of gasolene torches for lighting purposes in any building is expressly prohibited. / Idem. 542. Sponging is prohibited in shops, dwellings, enclosures, yards and other places, unless carried on through the application of such inflammable liquids from an approved automatically closing safety can of not more than one quart capacity. Not more than one quart of such inflammable liquids shall be used for any one such sponging operation. 2. Sponging is also prohibited in any room not provided with safe means of exit direct to the outside of the building and shall not be executed or applied in any room or enclosure containing any open or flaming fire or light, nor within ten feet of such light, self -heating iron, or other spark or flame-producing appliance. During all such application, and for one-half hour thereafter, two direct openings for ventilation and air circulation must be provided, preferably on opposite sides of the room and near. the floor level. Idem. 176 NASHVILLE BUILDING LAWS PART XL. Buildings foe Dry Cleaning. 543. All gasolene, or other volatile inflammable substances bandied for cleaning, in quantities in excess of one gallon, shall be used or bandied in a separate, well-ventilated fireproof building, which shall be constructed of non-combustible material as herein pro- vided and shall not be more than one story or sixteen feet high, with- out a basement or other open space below the floor, and shall not be used for other occupancy, the walls, if of brick, shall not be less than thirteen inches thick, or if of reinforced concrete shall not be less than eight inches thick. All the floors and roofs shall he of concrete or other non-comhustitble material. Board of Commissioners, Ord. 832. Approved Oct. 24, 1916. Idem. 544. 1 . In wash-rooms, only the necessary approved machinery and appliances for washing, extracting and redistilling shall he per- mitted, and not more than four machines of any character shall be permitted in any one room. 2. No direct opening shall be permitted between washrooms and dry rooms, and sufficient fireproof hallways shall be maintained to serve all such rooms. There shall be no exterior openings placed in the outside walls of a room when nearer than thirty feet of another building, hut such necessary 8x1 0-inch intake vent openings shall he installed at the floor line, extending not less than six feet apart around the walls of the entire rooms and connected with 4xl0-inch service pipes, all properly housed in the walls, which shall extend to at least two feet above the roof line and be capped over with proper hoods. But where the building is more than thirty feet from another build- ing the inlet vent opening belongs to an outside wall may pierce through such outside wall to the exterior surface thereof. 3. Each room shall have an outlet exhaust, or vent opening, which shall conduct to and through a sufficient sparkless exhaust fan, which shall run continuously and empty into a vent stack which shall extend to an approved height and be of ample capacity to change the entire volume of air in each room or hall every five minutes. 4. All door openings shall be provided with approved fireproof gravity shutters or doors, which shall be kept closed except when passing through, and each door opening shall have a carpet strip rise NASHVILLE BUILDING LAWS 177 of one inch in the concrete floor under each door, all windows must have wire glass in metal frames. All doors, shutters windows and other necessary openings shall be arranged for ready opening or clos- ing from either side in case of emergency, using a fusible link attach- ment for closing automatically. 5. No combustible material for racks or appurtenances shall be permitted in the construction of any wash or dry room, and all steam or hot water pipes for drying purposes must be protected by wire screens, or otherwise, so as to prevent contact between pipes and in- flammable goods. 6. All rooms shall have an approved steam fire extinguishing system, erected similar to a standard water sprinkling system, with all necessary appliances for quick action. No outlet shall be more than eight feet from another outlet, a quick opening steam throttle valve shall be provided for each room and such valves shall be placed on a special valve board in groups, and the room number placed on the room and on the valve therefor, (or where such fire extinguishing system is not available, an approved system using a fire deterrent chemical or gas may be used), and in all cases an additional one quart approved hand chemical extinguisher shall be provided for each room, or for each 250 square feet of floor area. Board of Commissioners, Ord. 759. Approved June 7, 1916. 545. 1 . Each room and hall must have approved sky lights with wire glass in metal frames and provided with fusible link attach- ments for closing of all vent transoms or openings automatically. Such vent transoms or openings shall be covered with 12x12 mesh brass wire screens to prevent sparks or other fire entrance. 2. Necessary precaution shall be taken to prevent clogging or stopping in any way of air passage through such wire screens or ventilators. Idem. 546. 1 . Heating shall be done by steam or hot water only and no steam boiler, furnace, exposed fire, electric dynamo or motor, or other spark devices shall be allowed in any washing, drying, or dis- tilling room, or hall way opening thereto, or on the line with vapor travel therefrom. 2. All artificial lighting shall be in accordance with the rules and regulations of the “National Electric Code.’ Idem. 178 NASHVILLE BUILDING LAWS 547 . All existing dry cleaning plants shall comply with these ordinances within six months after official notice is received from the Supervisor of Buildings. Idem. 548 . Machines for Dry Cleaning. 1. All dry cleaning, washing, extracting and re-distilling shall be carried on in approved closed 1 machines, which shall be fluid tight. 2. Washers may have hinged doors and shall be arranged so that in case of an explosion the door will automatically close. 3. The transfer of all liquids shall be through continuous piping, and all outlets or drain lines shall he drained by gravity to settling or storage tanks. 4. No dry cleaning liquids shall be settled in any open or un- protected vessels or fanks. All piping and all metallic parts of each machine shall be properly grounded by at least Nb. 10 copper in- sulated wire to a water pipe or other grounded devices. 5. All reserve and storage stocks of such liquids shall be kept and handled in accordance with the rules and regulations for the storage of gasoline. • 6. General Precautions. — All goods removed from washers to extractors must be kept in tight metallic cans with under side of bottom covered with wood, and: all footwear, barrels, kegs or other accessories used 1 in dry cleaning establishments shall be free from iron and steel as a precautionary measure to obviate sparks, and no goods .or washed stocks shall be taken from wash room until washing liquid has been removed by the extractor and all dried goods shall be removed from extractors at close of operation. Idem. 549 . Settling Tanks. 1. Settling tanks shall be constructed, located and vented essen- tially as given for the storage tanks. At the close of the day’s opera- tions, all liquid contained in washers, extractors or stills, or other- wise, shall be returned to the stock or settling tanks. 2. All tanks containing inflammable, volatile fluids shall be plainly marked by signs, indicating danger. All dry cleaning prop- erties are to be enclosed entirely in substantial fences in a manner to prevent trespassing. Idem. NASHVILLE BUILDING LAWS 179 550. Tanks Above Ground for Wholesalers , Etc. 1. That wholesalers, manufacturers and refiners may erect, with- in the third zone, above ground, tanks under the following conditions : 2. That each tank located above ground containing naptha, ben- zine, gasoline or other inflammable-volatile liquids of equal or higher inflammability, with a capacity of 24,000 gallons or over, shall be located not less than 50 feet from the nearest adjoining property line. 8. That each tank located above ground containing naptha, ben- zine, gasoline, or other inflammable-volatile liquids, or liquids of equal or higher inflammability, with a capacity less than 24,000 gallons and not more than 18,000 gallons, shall be located not less than 30 feet from the nearest adjoining property line. 4. That each tank located above ground containing naptha, ben- zine, gasoline or other inflammable-volatile liquids, or liquids of equal or a higher inflammability, with a capacity less than 18,000 gallons and not more than 12,000 gallons, shall be located not less than 25 feet from the nearest adjoining property line. 5. That each tank located above ground containing naptha, ben- zine, gasoline, or other inflammable-volatile liquids or liquids of equal or a higher inflammability, with a capacity less than 12,000 gallons and not more than 8,000 gallons, shall be located not less than 20 feet from the nearest adjoining property line, 6. That each above ground tank containing liquids having a flash test exceeding 74 degrees F. may have capacities twice that above specified, and may be located one-half the distance of the tanks of corresponding capacities, above designated; 7. Provided , that said distances herein provided do not apply to the street property line or the railroad line. 8. That reinforced concrete may be used in the construction of tanks to be used for inflammable-volatile liquids, provided they are constructed in conformity with the provisions of the Building Code of the City of Nashville. 9. Tanks, other than reinforced concrete tanks, must be con- structed of galvanized steel, basic open hearth steel, or wrought iron of a minimum gauge (IT. S. Standard), depending upon the capacity as given herein. (1) Horizontal or vertical tanks not over 1,100 gallons capacity. 180 NASHVILLE BUILDING LAWS Capacity ( Gallons ) 1 to 30 . . 3 to 350 . . 351 to 1,100 .. , Minimum Thickness of Material . 18 gauge 16 gauge 14 gauge (2) Horizontal tanks over 1,100 gallons capacity. Minimum k Thickness of Material. Maximum Diameter. Shell. Heads. Hot over 5 feet 10 gauge 7 gauge 5 feet to 8 feet 7 gauge % inch 8 feet to 11 feet % inch % inch (3) Vertical tanks over 1,100 gallons capacity. Under 40 feet in diameter and containing not more than 5,000 gallons : Bottom, Ho. 8 gauge. Bottom Bing, Ho. 8 gauge. Other Bings, Ho. 10 gauge. Top, Ho. 12 gauge. Under 40 feet in diameter and containing more than 5,000 gal- lons hut less than 10,000 gallons : Bottom, Ho. 8 gauge. Bottom Bing, Ho. 7 gauge. Other Bings, Ho. 8 gauge. Top, Ho. 12 gauge. Other vertical tanks to be of thickness not less than indicated in the following table, the figures referring to U. S. Standard gauge: 2nd 3rd Jf-th 5th 6 th Ring Ring Ring Ring Ring Diameter Top Top from from from from from Feet. Ring Top Top Top Top Top Bottom 80 10 7 7 3 0 3-0 5-0 10 75 10 7 7 4 1 2-0 4-0 10 70 10 7 7 4 1 2-0 4-0 10 65 10 7 7 5 1 0 3-0 10 60 10 7 7 5 2 0 2-0 10 55 10 7 7 6 3 1 2-0 10 50 10 7 7 7 4 1 0 10 45 10 7 7 7 5 3 1 10 40 and less 10 7 7 7 5 3 2 10 NASHVILLE BUILDING LAWS 181 All riveted joints to have an efficiency of at least 60 per cent. Tanks of greater capacity than given above shall he of material of sufficient thickness to safely hold the contents, and proportionately heavier. No vertical tanks shall be more than 30 feet high. Each above-ground tank, over 1,000 gallons in capacity, must have all manholes, hand holes, vent openings, and other openings which may emit inflammable vapor, provided with 30x30 mesh, brass wire screen, or its equivalent, so attached as to completely cover the open- ing and be protected against clogging. A safety valve or vent must be provided, or, if there is no safety valve or vent, then all man- hole covers must be kept closed by weight only, and not firmly at- tached. The screen on such opening may' be made removable, but must be kept normally firmly attached. Tanks containing inflammable 'liquids flashing below 74 degrees Er. (23 degrees Cent.) closed cup tester shall have painted conspicu- ously upon their side, in letters at least 2 inches high, the wording, “INFLAMMABLE — KEEP EIRE AWAY.” All tanks must be protected against corrosion by coating the out- side with a suitable rust-resisting paint. 10. Tanks must be set upon a firm foundation, and must be elec- trically grounded. Tanks more than one foot above the ground must have foundation and supports of non-combustible materials, except wooden cushions. 11. Piping to be run as directly as possible and proper allowance made for expansion and contraction. 12. Each pipe attached to tank to be provided with a valve with no branches nor outlets between the tank and valve. 13. The handling of all liquids having a flash point below 187 degrees Fr. (86 degrees Cent.) closed cup tester shall be prefera- ble by approved pumps through continuous piping so as to avoid the exposure of the liquid or its vapors. Gravity discharge is more hazardous than handling by means of pumps. Board of Commissioners, Ord. 875. Approved Dec. 5, 1916. Idem. 182 NASHVILLE BUILDING LAWS PART XLI. Storage and Handling of Dynamite, Gun Powder, Etc. 551. Ho person, firm' or corporation keeping dynamite, nitro- glycerine or similar high explosives for sale or other purposes shall store or permit to he stored within the City of Nashville any such explosives within a building used for any other purpose, and not more than ten pounds of such explosives, either singly or collectively, shall be stored within any building located within the corporate limits of this City at any time. Board of Commissioners, Ord. 759. Approved June 7,, 1916. 552. All electric or other blasting caps must be kept in a separate fireproof receptacle. Idem. 553. No person, firm or corporation keeping gun or blasting powder, or similar explosives for sale or otherwise shall store or per- mit to be stored in any building within the corporate limits of the City of Nashville, more than twenty-five (2'5) pounds of such ex- plosives singly or collectively at any time, and such explosives shall be in a substantial metallic canister. Idem. 554. Any persons, firm or corporation selling or storing gun powder shall obtain a permit from the Supervisor of Buildings who shall inspect the place where same is to be kept, and such person, firm or corporation shall fully disclose to said Supervisor where such explosive is kept both in day and night time. Idem. 555. Gas Pipes. 1. Every building, in which gas is used for lighting or heating, shall have each supply pipe leading from the street mains provided with a heavy brass straight-way stopcock or valve placed in the side- walk at or near the curb, and arranged to permit shutting off at that point. 2. No gas, water, or other pipes shall be let into wooden beams placed within 36 inches of the end of the beams, and in no case shall the pipes be let into any beam more than onerfifth of its depth. Idem. NASHVILLE BUILDING LAWS 183 556. Installation of Gas Pipes and Gas Appliances. 1. All outlets and risers shall be left capped until covered by fixtures. 2. Ground joint unions or running threads shall be used. Where necessary to cut out for repair of leaks, or making extensions, pipe shall be again put together with ground joint unions or running threads. 3. All gas burners shall be placed at least 3 feet below any woodwork or ceiling attached to wooden beams, unless the same is properly protected by a shield, in which case the distance shall be not less than 18 inches. 4. No swinging or folding gas bracket shall be placed against or near any stud partition or woodwork. 5. No gas bracket on any lath and plaster partition or woodwork shall be less than 6 inches in length measured from the burner to the plaster surface or woodwork. 6. Gaslights placed near window curtains or any other combus- tible material shall be guarded by globes or wire cages. 7. Gas connections to stoves and similar heating devices shall be made by rigid metal pipes. For small portable gas heating devices, flexible metal or rubber tubing may be used when there is no valve or other shut-off on the device. 8. All gas, gasoline, oil, or charcoal burning stoves or heating de- vices shall be placed on iron stands at a standard height above com- bustible supports, provided that fire pots and charcoal burners be placed 4 inches above any combustible surface and have ventilators and metal guards at least on such above combustible support. 9. No open flame heating or lighting device shall be used in any room where gasoline or other volatile inflammable fluids are stored or handlecl. 10. No meter shall be set by any gas company until a certificate is filed with them from the Department of Buildings certifying that the gas pipes and fixtures comply with the foregoing rules. Idem. 184 NASHVILLE BUILDING LAWS PART XL1I. Enclosures Around Elevator Shaftways, in General. 557. The shaftways of all elevators shall be enclosed throughout their height with walls of brick, or terra cotta, or wire lath and plaster, or wired glass set in metal frames or other fire-resisting con- struction, except (1) elevators serving only two adjacent stories; (2) elevators within the wellways of surrounding stairs; (3) elevators of carriage type and of hatchway type; (4) elevators outside of build- ings; and (5) that part of a dumb-waiter shaftway located between the floor and a counter-top. The details of construction, thickness of walls, thickness, size and method of setting wired glass, etc., shall conform to the requirements of this Code. Two or more elevators may be installed in the same shaftway without partitions between them. Elevator machine rooms, opening to shaftways, must he enclosed with fire-resisting construction. 2. Fire-resisting shaftway enclosures shall he extended through and at least 3 feet above the roof if the elevator serves the top story of the building, except in the case of a dumb-waiter shaftway ter- minating under a counter-top, and except where a solid platform is located under the machinery and sheaves at the top of the shaftway entirely blocking it except for the openings for cables. 3. If the fire-resisting shaftway enclosures continue through the roof, a skylight or skylights shall be located in the top of the shaftway, or a window or windows shall be located in the side walls of the en- closures, at the top, unless there is a solid platform at the top of the shaftway entirely blocking it except for openings for cables, etc. The total glass area of such skylights or windows shall be in each case (1) not less than one-half the area of the shaftway; (2) not less than three square feet if the area of the shaftway is three square feet or more; and (3) the full area of the shaftway if the latter is less than three square feet. 4. If there is a solid platform under the machinery and sheaves at the top of the shaftway entirely blocking it except for the openings for cables, etc., windows of construction and as nearly as possible the area specified herein shall be installed in the shaftway immediately below such solid floor, and either in the outside wall of the building or above the roof. Idem. NASHVILLE BUILDING LAWS 185 558. Enclosures Around Shaftways of Elevators Serving Only two Adjacent Stories. 1. The shaftways of elevators serving only two adjacent stories shall he enclosed throughout the entire height of, at least, one of the two stories with fire-resisting construction as herein provided, ex- cept shaftways around dumb-waiters or elevators of carriage type and of hatchway type, or elevators outside of building. Idem. t 559. Enclosures Around Elevator Shaftways in Stairwells. 1. The shaftways of all elevators within the well ways of sur- rounding stairs shall be enclosed in each story with fire-resisting con- struction, as herein provided. 2. All such enclosures shall extend from floor to ceiling on all sides. Idem. 560. Enclosures Around Shaftways of Carriage-type Elevators. 1. The shaftways of carriage-type elevators which serve two floors only need not be enclosed except that the sides of the floor opening shall be protected by guards not less than 3 feet and 4 inches above the floor, such as grille work, sheathing, wood or metal double-rail fences, etc., securely fastened in place. 2. The shaftways of carriage-type elevators which serve more than two floors shall be completely enclosed from the second story floor up with fire-resisting construction such as specified herein. Idem. PART XLIII. 561. Signs, Sig7i-Bulletins, Billboards and Fences. 1. Xo signs, sign-bulletin or billboards or fences of any character shall be erected in the City of Xashville which in any way endangers or conflicts with public safety or convenience. 2. Xo person, firm or corporation, shall erect or permit to be erected any sign, sign-bulletin, billboard, structure or device for any purpose without the filing of plans and specifications of same with the Building Inspection Department and obtaining a permit therefor. 3. And the name of the contractor shall be painted on all signs. Idem. 186 NASHVILLE BUILDING LAWS 562. Horizontal Signs. 1. Horizontal signs for the front or face of buildings (such as are commonly used by merchants or other similar class of business) shall not be over 30 inches in height and placed in the solid wall spaces between the heads and sills of windows, or other openings used for ingress or egress, light or ventilation. 2. And in no case shall such sign project above the top of any window sill or cover any part of such opening as hereinabove stated. 3. All such signs shall be secured with sufficient expansion bolts which shall be let into the walls at least four inches in sufficient num- bers to properly secure the said sign. 4. Or said sign shall rest in and be bolted to strong, heavy metal brackets or saddles set not over six feet apart, each of which shall be securely bolted to the walls or steel girders with expansion bolts as above stated. 5. Or with stud bolts with sufficient capacity if secured to steel construction. 6. And in no case shall any signs whatsover be secured with wire, strips of wood, nails or sign hooks driven into the walls, or other structural parts of building, or any other such or similar or tempo- rary construction. 7. And no pediment or parasite sign shall be hung or secured to any sign. Idem. 563. Pilaster Signs. 1. Pilaster or panel signs are permissible on the face of a flat brick or stone pilaster of a business house, and must not project above the top of any sill or below the tops. of windows or doors, or any opening used for ingress or egress, light or ventilation. 2. And must be secured flat against the face of such walls with a good and sufficient number of heavy expansion bolts which shall be let into the walls at least four inches deep. 3. And in no case shall such signs be secured with wire, strips of wood, nails or sign hooks driven in the walls or other structural parts of the building. Idem. 564. Shingle Signs. — Sheet metal signs of a single thickness not over Ho. 16 gauge of the type known as “shingle signs” containing NASHVILLE BUILDING LAWS 187 not over four square feet, may be erected and placed not less than nine feet above the sidewalk line, and projecting the building line not more than two feet, and must be secured with proper metal bolts, anchors and stays. Idem. 565. Shy Signs. 1. Sky signs may be placed on tops of buildings (provided the written permission of the owner or owners is obtained and filed with the Building Inspection Department) with the application for a per- mit, and no permit shall be granted until such owner’s consent is filed. 2. Any letter, word, model, sign, device or representation in the nature of an advertisement, announcement or direction, supported or attached wholly or in part over or above any wall, building or struc- ture, shall be deemed to be a sky-sign. 3. Except as herein specified sky signs shall be constructed of metal including the supports and braces for same, and no sky sign shall project beyond the building line, and the sign body shall be of open metal work and may have illuminated letters or figures properly secured on the face thereof. Provided, that sky signs of sheet metal as provided in Section 562, paragraph 1, may be constructed with a body not over four feet high, with an open air space underneath, not less than 2 feet, 6 inches high, making a total height of 6 feet, 6 inches to the extreme top of the completed sign, the supports and bracing shall be the same as for other sky-signs as herein provided. 4. M> sky-sign shall be supported, anchored or braced to the wooden beams or other framework of a building which is over three stories high. 5. Sky-signs shall be set back at least four feet from the face of the wall on a street, alley or court front, and shall have a space at least 6 feet in height between the bottom of the sign and the roof and not over 50 feet total in height. 6. All such signs shall be designed to withstand a wind pressure of at least 30 pounds per square foot of surface. Board of Commissioners, Ord. 832. Approved Oct. 24, 1916. Idem. 566. Plans and specifications showing a comprehensive construc- tion and detail shall be filed with, and approved by the Building In- spection Department for each and every sign. Idem. 188 NASHVILLE BUILDING LAWS 567. No signs, bulletins or billboards erected upon uprights on a vacant lot or any other supports extending into the ground, shall be at any point more than 13 feet above the surface of the ground, and shall have at least two feet of open space next to the ground line. 2. No sign bulletins or billboards shall be nearer to the lot line on any street than the house line adjoining the same, and lines of resi- dences shall take precedence in establishing said line. 3. In no case shall any sign bulletin or billboard located in a resi- dence section be less than fifteen (15) feet from the street line. 4. Where new buildings are erected, present sign bulletins or bill- boards shall be set back to new house line. Board of Commissioners, Ord. 759. Approved June 7, 1916. 568. No matter shall be painted or posted on any sign bulletin, billboard, or structure that is licentious, vulgar or obscene, or depict- ing the commission of any crime, and no matter shall be painted or posted on any such sign bulletin or billboard structures until it has been inspected and approved by the Supervisor. Idem. 569. No fence, sign, sign bulletin or billboard within the City limits shall be used for or converted into a wall of or for a shed or building of any kind. Idem. 570. Fences shall not be more than seven (7) feet in height. Idem. 571. Sign bulletins, billboards and fences which were constructed prior to the enactment of this ordinance, and which were in accord with the previous ordinance may be permitted to remain, and they shall be kept in repair as herein provided. 2. No sign bulletin or billboard of any character shall be placed on top of another sign, sign bulletin or billboard. Idem. 572. Illuminated Signs. 1. Electric or gas illuminated signs only may project from, and at right angles to the front of business houses, and shall not project further out than twelve inches of curb line or be less than nine feet above the sidewalk. 2. Such signs shall be made of metal with all intersections securely bolted and soldered together, and any glass used therein (over 12x12 NASHVILLE BUILDING LAWS 189 inches) shall have woven wire in the entire body thereof and such glass shall not be less than 3/16-inch thick. 3. Suspension rods of such signs shall pass through the wall of the building and be secured with bolt washers and nuts on inside of such walls, or if to steel work then by steel angles and threaded bolts, and all junctions of suspension and other structural work shall be securely bolted together with bolted cable clips or similar bolted construction. Idem. 573. 1 . The owner or operator of such electric or gas illuminated sign shall sign a statement agreeing to cut in and use current or gas as soon as sign is hung in place, under a penalty fine for non-com- pliance. 2. Only one illuminated sign shall be attached to, suspended, or projected from the front of any one business house. 3. No illuminated sign shall remain if the lights thereof are not kept burning regular from 6 :30 p.m. to 10 p.m. each and every night, but shall be removed by the owner or agent. Idem. 574. Provided, that bracket signs not over 36 inches high, and secured to the wall with bolts and brackets and not projecting the property line more than twenty inches, may be placed not less than seven feet above the sidewalk grade. Idem. 575. Cloth Signs . — Temporary cloth signs for advertising pur- poses may be permitted on the fronts of buildings not over three feet wide and do not cover or obstruct any doors, windows or transoms ; (provided, that this shall not apply to solid transom over show win- dows of stores), such signs shall not be placed on any wooden frame, but shall be secured with corrugated nails and large tin washers, and shall be removed, within twenty-four hours after written notice from the Supervisor; provided , that no such cloth signs shall remain on any building or structure longer than 30 days. Idem. 576. No sign, billboard, dodger or advertising matter whatso- ever, shall be placed on any pile of building material, post or shed, where building or structural work is being, or preparing to be done. Idem. 190 NASHVILLE BUILDING LAWS 577 . No sign, banner, flag or other contrivance for advertising purposes shall be erected or suspended across any street, alley or public space. 2. No sign of any character shall be erected on the front or face of any building in such way as to cover or obscure any window, door or opening, or any part thereof. Idem. 578 . Materials for Signs. 1. All exposed surfaces of signs hereafter erected and attached to buildings and structures within the City of Nashville shall be of some incombustible material, such as tinplate, galvanized or enameled iron, sheet or cast, copper or brass (provided that signs having wooden letters placed on metal surfaces and properly riveted shall be per- missible), and a frame work for the purpose of receiving the metal face of such signs shall be constructed of angle steel and all riveting and securing of angles and face metal shall be done with rust-proof rivets. 2. All signs, sign bulletins and billboards shall be permanently secured, supported, braced and otherwise rigidly constructed using galvanized nails to secure face work to frame* and sound heart lumber for all rails, braces and posts. 3. All connections to woodwork, sign bulletins, or billboards shall 'be by steel angle plates properly secured to woodwork with 60-d nails, bolts or lag screws, and no post for billboards or sign bulletins shall be less than 4x4 inches at its smallest point, and set not less than three feet in ground ; to be of cedar, locust or other durable ma- terial. 4. Nor shall any billboard or sign bulletin be secured with wooden strips or light wire, or any part thereof extend over the property line. Idem. 579 . Flag Poles . — Permanent flag poles of approved metal con- struction may be erected and flags or pennants may be attached thereto with one end free. Idem. 580 . Tents. 1. It shall be unlawful to erect a tent within the Pirst Zone of the fire district. The Supervisor may, at his discretion, grant per- mits to a person or persons for the purpose of erecting tents- outside of the First Zone; NASHVILLE BUILDING LAWS 191 2. Provided , however, that before any such permit shall be issued the person desiring the permit shall pay to the City Treasurer the lawful tax or fee thereon, and shall state in writing the purpose for which he desires to use said tent, and shall also file with the Su- pervisor the written consent of such person or persons owning and occupying the property adjoining the place where it is proposed to erect said tent. 3. Any person erecting a tent excepting as herein provided, shall be guilty of a misdemeanor, and upon conviction shall be fined as provided by ordinance. Idem. 581. Bond for Sign or Awning Business. 1. Every person, firm or corporation engaged in the business of erecting, manufacturing, painting or hanging signs, signboards, illuminated signs, sign bulletins, billboards or awnings, shall file a good and sufficient surety bond in the penal sum of Five Thousand Dollars with the Board of Commissioners for the purpose of in- demnifying, saving and keeping the City of Nashville harmless and free of costs, damages or expenses of any or all kinds which may be suffered by the City because of neglect, bad construction, or work- manship on the part of such person, firm or corporation in the con- struction, repairs, or maintenance of such signs, sign bulletins, sign boards, illuminated signs or billboards, or awnings. 2. Such bond shall be for twelve months, and renewed annually thereafter. 3. No permit shall be issued to any person or firm to erect signs, sign bulletins, billboards, or awnings until such bond is filed. 4. And every person engaged in the sign bulletin or billboard business shall within two months (from date of this ordinance) file a schedule of all bulletins or billboards, owned and controlled by them, the sign location, and expiration date of such contracts. Idem. 582. Awnings. 1. Where cloth covered awnings are attached to buildings, the framework shall be of metal, and all awnings in the corporate limits shall be Italian awnings, or awnings such as may be folded back against the front of the building on which said awning is placed, when not in u3e, and shall not be less than eight feet above the side- walk when open. 2. All such awnings shall be securely framed and bolted together, and to the structural parts of the building. 192 NASHVILLE BUILDING LAWS 3. And no stationary awning or shed awning of wooden con- struction shall he allowed or maintained in the City of Nashville. 4. And no permit shall be issued to repair such shed or awning. 5. And all such wooden sheds or metal frames of stationary de- sign shall be removed within 6 months after passage of this ordinance. Idem. PART XLIV. 583. Marquise . — Marquise may he erected over the front en- trance of a store, hotel, flat or apartment house, or any public build- ing, and may project over the sidewalk to within two feet of the curb line at its widest projecting point beyond the building line. 2. Said marquise shall not front the street more than one-half the width of any building that has a frontage of thirty feet or less, and if said frontage be more than thirty feet, then the marquise may have a frontage width of not over one-third of the frontage width of the building. 3. Provided , that the remainder of such frontage space may have a continuing projection of not over 3 feet beyond the wall line and placed on same line of, and be a continuance of the marquise proper. 4. No marquise shall be less than nine feet above the sidewalk at the lowest point. 5. Said marquise shall be made entirely of metal framing and metal ornamental work well secured to the building and shall be roofed in with heavy wired glass, not less than three-eights inch thick and not over sixteen inches wide for each sheet, which shall be care- , fully embedded in a proper waterproof setting and shall have nec- essary valleys, gutters, and down pipes to completely drain all water to the gutter, or sewer. Idem . PART XLY. Protection op Workmen and the Public. 584. Provision for Safety. * 1. Fireproof floor construction shall follow up the erection of the steel framing of all structures within two complete tiers. NASHVILLE BUILDING LAWS 193 2. If filling with brick or other fireproof material is not required between floor beams, the under flooring or other planking shall be laid in each story as the building progresses. 3. If the floor construction is of structural steel, the contractor for the steel work or the owner of building in course of erection shall thoroughly plank the entire tier of steel beams on which the struc- tural work is being erected, except such spaces as may be reasonably required for hoisting materials and other erection work. 4. All openings in the floor framing intended for stairways, ele- vators or for other shafts shall be planked over or enclosed on all sides to a height of at least 3 feet. 5. If elevating or hoisting apparatus is used for the purpose of lifting materials within a building under construction, the shafts or openings in each floor shall be inclosed or fenced by a substantial barrier at least 6 feet high, except two sides for the handling of ma- terials. These sides shall be guarded by an adjustable barrier not less than 3 feet high above the floor and not less than 2 feet from the edge of such shaft or opening. Idem. 585. Strength of Temporary Supports . — Every temporary sup- port placed under any structure, wall, girder or beam, during the erection, alteration, demolition, or repair of any building or structure or any part thereof, shall be of sufficient strength for safely carry- ing the load to be placed thereon. Idem. 586. Overloading to be Avoided . — During the construction or alteration of any building or structure no material entering into such construction or alteration shall be placed on any floor in excess of the live load that such floor is intended to safely sustain. Idem. 587. Outside Scaffolds . — Whenever outside scaffolds are used on buildings over 40 feet in height, whether they be suspended or con- structed of poles and thrustouts, they shall be provided with a sub- stantial guard railing or enclosure of wire mesh or other suitable material, extending 4 feet above the working platform on its outer edge and ends. All such scaffolds shall be constructed in a manner to secure the safety of the workmen on them and the people using the street, provided that swinging scaffolds 30 feet or less in length shall not be included as above. Idem. 194 NASHVILLE BUILDING LAWS PART XL VI. Tenement House Law. 588. Scope of Law. 1. An ordinance controlling the construction and use of tene- ment and apartment houses. 2. This ordinance shall be known and cited as the Tenement. House Law, and provides regulations affecting the light, ventilation, protection from fire, means of egress, and sanitation of tenement houses. Except as herein otherwise provided, every tenement house shall he constructed and maintained in confirmity with the special provisions of this ordinance, and in accordance with all other re- quirements of this Code of which the Tenement House Law forms an integral part. Idem. 589. Class of Construction Required. 1. Fireproof Tenements. Every building erected or altered for use as a tenement house exceeding 3 stories in height, shall he con- structed fireproof in accordance with the requirements of this Code for fireproof buildings. 2. Non-fireproof Tenements. All non-fireproof tenement houses erected or altered having a height of three stories or less shall have the first floor slab above the cellar or lotvest story of fireproof con- struction. Idem. 590. Buildings Converted or Altered. 1. A building not a tenement house, if converted or altered to such use, shall thereupon become subject to all the provisions of this Code affecting tenement houses hereafter erected. 2. No tenement house shall at any time he altered so as to he in violation of any provision of this Code. If any tenement house or any part thereof is occupied by more families thafi provided in this ordinance, or is erected, altered or occupied contrary to law, such tenement house shall he considered an unlawful structure, and the Supervisor may cause such building to he vacated. Such building shall not again he occupied until it or its occupation as the case may be, conforms to the law. Idem. NASHVILLE BUILDING LAWS 195 591. Light and Ventilation . 1. Percentage of Lot Occupied. ~No tenement Louse shall occupy, either alone or with other buildings, except as otherwise provided in the sections prescribing the measurements for yards and courts, a greater percentage of the area of the lot than as follows: (a) In the case of a corner lot, not more than 90 per cent. (b) In the case of an interior lot which exceeds 90 feet in depth and does not exceed 105 feet in depth, not more than 70 per cent. (c) In the case of an interior lot which exceeds 105 feet in depth, not more’ than 65 per cent. 2. The space occupied by outside exit stairways shall not be con- sidered a part of the lot occupied. For the purposes of this section the measurements shall he taken at the ground level, except that where such a building has no basement, and the cellar ceiling is not more than 2 feet above the curb level, the measurements may be taken at the level of the second tier of beams. The provisions of this section shall not apply to a tenement house running through from one street to another street, provided that the lot on which it is sit- uated does not exceed 100 feet in depth. Idem. 592. Height , and Pent Houses. 1. The height of a tenement house shall not exceed one and one- half times the width of the widest street upon which it stands and in no case exceed 125 feet. Pergolas or similar open ornamental treatment of roof gardens or playgrounds shall not be considered as affecting such height. 2. If there are pent houses or superstructures, other than bulk- heads, exceeding 10 feet in height or covering an aggregate area greater than 10 per cent, of the area of the roof, the height measure- ment shall be taken to the top of the highest of such pent houses or superstructures. 3. A pent house, erected on the roof of a fireproof tenement house in which one or more passenger elevators are operated, shall not be considered as affecting the height measurement of the building, pro- vided the pent house complies with the following requirements : (a) The pent house,, including all the bulkheads shall not cover more than 50 per cent, of the area of the main roof. (b) The pent house shall be set back at least 10 feet from both the front and rear walls of the building, and at least 3 feet from 196 NASHVILLE BUILDING LAWS any court wall, and shall have a clear inside height of not less than 9 feet from finished floor to finished ceiling, and shall not exceed 12 feet in height from the highest point of the main roof to the highest point of the pent house roof. (c) The pent house shall be entirely of fireproof construction. (d) The pent house shall not be used or rented as apartments, but its use shall be limited solely to laundry and store room purposes, and to servants’ and janitors’ quarters. Idem. 593. Yards. 1. Behind every tenement house, unless abutting on a street or alley, there shall be a yard extending across the entire width of the lot. Except upon a corner lot, such yard shall have an unobstructed opening from every point to the sky, except that an unenclosed out- side stairway, serving as a fire escape exit, or a bridge or platform not exceeding 4 feet in width may extend above the yard from the roof of a tenement house to the roof of an adjoining or abutting building, without prejudice to this requirement. 2. The depth of said yard, measured from the extreme rear wall of the 'house to the rear line of the lot shall be as follows: (a) Except upon a corner lot, the depth of the yard behind every tenement house not exceeding 36 feet in height, shall be not less than 10 feet. Idem. 594. Courts. — ■E’o court of a tenement house shall be covered by a roof or skylight, but every such court shall be at every point open from the ground to the sky unobstructed, except by an outside exit stairway. Idem. 595. Public Hallways , Width of. 1. Every entrance hallway shall be at least 4 feet wide in the clear, from the main entrance to the stairway enclosure. If such entrance hallway is the only entrance to more than one stairway, that portion of said hallway between the entrance and the first stair- way, shall be increased in width one-half for each additional stair- way it serves. 2. In all tenement houses, public hallways serving as means of egress for not more than three apartments on one floor shall be 44 NASHVILLE BUILDING LAWS 197 inches wide in the clear; and for every additional apartment so served on such floor the width shall he increased 8 inches. 3. For doorways serving such hallways, see Section 300, para- graph 3. Idem. 596. Stairways. 1. In every tenement house all stairways shall extend from the entrance floor to the roof, and the stairs shall be at least 48 inches wide in the clear. Each apartment in every story shall have direct access to such stairways. 2. Each stairway shall have an exit to the, street at the street level, or to a court or yard which connects directly with the street. 3. In non-fireproof tenement houses no closet of any kind shall he constructed under any stairway leading from the entrance story to the upper stories, hut such space shall be left entirely open and free from incumbrance. Idem. 597. Stairways , Number of. — Every tenement house containing not more than twenty apartments or suites of rooms above the en- trance floor shall have at least one interior stairway, and for every additional twenty apartments or fraction thereof, one additional stair- way shall be provided. If such house contains not more than thirty apartments above the entrance floor, in lieu of an additional stair- way, the entrance hallway and stair hallway may each be made one- half wider than specified in Section 301. Idem. 598. Cellar and Basement Stairways. — In every tenement house there shall be an outside entrance to the cellar or other lowest story. Idem. 599. Stairs , Construction of. — All stairs for tenement houses shall be constructed in accordance with the requirements of Section 301. Idem. \ 600. Lighting of Public Hallways. 1. In a fireproof tenement house in which one or more passenger elevators are provided, elevator vestibules or hallways not less than 5 feet in minimum dimension and not exceeding in any dimension 198 NASHVILLE BUILDING LAWS twice the width of the elevator shafts which they serve, may be per- mitted without a window to the outer air, provided such elevator vestibules are completely shut off from all other parts of the house by approved fireproof enclosures; and provided that such elevator ves- tibules are ventilated to the outer air by means of vent flues not less than 12 inches square ; and provided that such elevator vestibules are equipped with wires, pipes and fixtures for both gas and electric lighting, and are kept properly lighted by electric light. 2. In every tenement house a proper light shall be kept burning by the owner in the public hallways near the stairs upon the entrance floor, and upon every floor above the entrance floor, every night from dark to dawn throughout the year ; also upon all other floors from sunset until ten o’clock in the evening. This paragraph shall apply to existing tenements as well as those hereafter erected. Idem. 601. Skylights for Public Hallways . — In every tenement house there shall be placed in the roof, directly over each stair-shaft, a ven- tilating skylight provided with ridge ventilators having a minimum opening of 40 square inches, or such skylight shall be provided with fixed or movable louvres ; the glazed roof of such skylights shall not he less than 20 square feet in area. In existing tenement houses where the stairs and public hallways are not provided with windows on each floor, opening directly to the outqr air, the skylights shall be pro- vided with both ridge ventilators and with fixed or movable louvres or movable sashes. Idem. 602. Lighting and Ventilation of Rooms. 1. In every tenement house, every room including water-closet compartments and bath-rooms, shall have at least one window opening directly upon the street or upon a yard or court of the dimensions hereinbefore specified; and such window shall be so located as to properly light all portions of such rooms. In addition to the above requirement, no apartment of three rooms or less shall extend in depth from the street or yard, as the case may be, for a greater dis- tance than 18 feet without the intervention of an inner or outer court adjoining said room, constructed as required by this ordinance. 2. Wherever a room in a tenement house opens upon an inner court less than 10 feet wide, measured from the lot line to the oppo- site wall of the building, such room shall be provided with a sash window, communicating with another room in the same apartment, NASHVILLE BUILDING LAWS 199 such window to contain not less than 10 square feet of glazed sur- face, and arranged to open easily. 3. The total window area in each room, except water-closet com- partments and bath-rooms, shall be at least one-tenth of the superficial area of the room, and the top of at least one window, shall not be less than 7 feet, 6 inches above the floor ; and the upper half of it shall be made to open the full width. No such window shall be less than 12 square feet in area between the stopbeads. Transom or partition sash to private hallways or to adjoining rooms shall be provided to secure thorough ventilation, when required by the Supervisor; but no such transom or sash window shall be required in rooms contain- ing two windows, 'provided each window contains 12 square feet of area between stop-heads, or in the case of a mullioned window contain- ing 24 square feet. 4. No tenement house shall be so altered that any room, or pub- lic hallway or stairs, shall have its light or ventilation diminished in any way not approved by the Supervisor. Idem. 603. Exits Required. 1. In all tenement houses every apartment or suite of rooms above the entrance floor shall have at least two independent means of egress located remote from each other and extending continuously to the street, or to a court or yard connected with the street, so arragned that each may be reached from the same apartment without having to pass the other. One of such means of egress shall be an interior stairway constructed and arranged as specified in Sections 595 to 599, inclusive. The other may be an additional interior stairway constructed the same as the first, or a smokeproof tower, an outside exit stairway, or a horizontal exit, as specified in Sections 301 to 309, inclusive. 2. The second means of exit shall be so located and arranged as to connect directly to at least one room or private hallway in each story above the first. Such room or private hallway shall be accessi- ble to every room of the apartment without passing through a public hallway. The connection shall' not be made through a bath-room or water-closet compartment. Access to exits shall not be obstructed in any manner. Idem. 604. Partitions in Non- fireproof Tenements . — Apartment parti- tions in non-fireproof tenement houses shall be constructed as speci- fied in Section 380. 200 NASHVILLE BUILDING LAWS Apartment partitions within the meaning of this section are par- titions crossing the floor beams at any angle, and designed to separate apartment from apartment, or any part of an apartment from the public hallway or other public part of the building. Idem. 605. Chimneys, Fireplaces and Flues. — In tenement houses not heated by steam, hot water or hot air every apartment shall be pro- vided with an open fireplace or grate or a stove pipe connection with a lawful flue or chimney. Under no circumstances shall a gas stove be directly connected with a flue that communicates with another apartment. Idem. 606. Vent Flues. — In a fireproof tenement house water-closets and bath-rooms which are supplementary to those required by law may be ventilated by individual vent flues extending independently of any other flue, to and above the roof. Such vent flues shall not be covered at the top, but may be provided with a hood or louvres. Idem. 607. Shafts. — All shafts in tenement houses shall be constructed as provided in Sections 353-356. Idem. 608. Frame Tenement and Tenements Prohibited on Lot With Frame Buildings. 1. No existing frame tenement house within the fire limits shall be enlarged or raised, except as provided in Section 452. 2. Frame tenements are prohibited. For limitations on frame dwellings outside the fire limits See Section 454. Idem. 609. Storage of Dangerous or Combustible Materials Prohibited in Tenements. — No part of any tenement house, nor of the lot upon which it is situated, shall be used as a place of storage, or handling of any article dangerous or detrimental to life or health, nor for the storage, or handling of feed, hay, straw, excelsior, lumber, cotton, paper, feathers, rags or other inflammable material. This section applies to existing tenements and those hereafter erected. Idem. 610. Tenement Houses Enlarged or Altered. 1. No tenement house shall be enlarged, or its lot be diminished, so that a greater percentage of the lot shall be occupied by buildings NASHVILLE BUILDING LAWS 201 or structures than is permitted in Section 59 1, provided that the space occupied by outside exit- stairways, and by chimneys or flues located in yards and attached to the houses and which do not exceed 5 square feet in area and do not obstruct light or ventilation, shall not be considerer a part of the lot occupied. 2. Any additional room constructed in a tenement house, shall comply in all respects with the provisions of this ordinance except that such room may be of the same height as the other rooms on the same story of the house. 3. No room in a tenement house erected prior to the adoption of this ordinance shall he occupied for living purposes unless it shall have a window opening directly upon the street, or upon a yard not less than 4 feet deep, or above the roof of an adjoining building, or upon a court or shaft of not less than 20 square feet in area, open to the sky, without roof or skylight. 4. Any shaft hereafter constructed in an existing tenement house, for lighting or ventilating rooms used for living purposes, shall be not less than 25 square feet in area, nor less than 4 feet wide in any part, and such shaft shall under no circumstances be roofed or covered at the top with a roof or skylight ; every such shaft shall be provided at the bottom with a horizontal intake or duct, of a size not less than 4 square feet, and communicating directly with the street or yard ; such duct shall be so arranged as to be easily cleaned out. Such shafts shall be of fire-resistive construction as provided in Sections 330-333. Idem . 611. Structural Requirements . — All structural details for tene- ment houses which are not specifically treated in this ordinance known as the “Tenement House Law” shall be subject to the requirements of the various sections of this Code dealing with such details, and the construction shall in every way conform to the provisions therein contained. Idem. 612. Water Supply . — In every tenement house there shall be in each apartment a proper sink with running water. The owner shall provide proper and suitable tanks, pumps or other appliances neces- sary to receive and distribute an adequate and sufficient supply of such water in each apartment, at all times of the year, during all hours of the day and night. Idem. 202 NASHVILLE BUILDING LAWS 613 . Water-closet Accommodations. 1. In every tenement house there shall be a separate water-closet in a separate compartment within each apartment. Every water- closet and bath hereafter installed in any tenement house shall he placed in a compartment completely separated from every other wa- ter-closet and bath ; such compartment shall be inclosed with plastered partitions extending to the ceiling and shall have a window opening directly upon the street or yard, or upon a court of the dimensions hereinbefore specified 1 . Such compartment shall also be provided with proper means of lighting. 2. The floor of every water-closet compartment shall be made waterproof with asphalt, tile, stone or other approved material ; such waterproofing shall extend up the walls at least 6 inches above the floor. Ho drip tray shall be permitted. Ho water-closet fixtures shall be inclosed with woodwork. Idem. 614 . Cellars. 1. In tenement houses all walls below the ground level and the cellar or lowest floor shall be made damp-proof. The entire cellar or lowest floor shall also be covered with a bed of good concrete at least 4 inches thick, troweled to an even surface. All cellars shall be properly lighted and ventilated. 2. In tenement houses there shall be not more than one apartment in the cellar and this shall contain not more than five rooms and bath, and shall be occupied solely by the janitor and his family and no other rooms in the cellar shall be occupied for living or sleeping purposes. 3. Ho room in the cellar shall be occupied for living purposes, unless all of the following conditions are complied with : (a) Such room shall be at least 9 feet high in the clear and its ceiling shall be in every part at least 4 feet above the curb level of the street in front of the building, or 4 feet above yard grade, when such room is located in the front part of the building; if such room is located in the rear of the building, the ceiling shall be not less than 2 feet above the curb level of the street in the front of the building, and the yard or court upon which such room opens shall extend to a point 6 inches below the floor level of said room. (b) Every such room shall be an integral part of an apartment containing a room having a window opening directly to the street or yard. NASHVILLE BUILDING LAWS 203 (c) There shall be appurtenant to such room the use of a sepa- . rate water-closet. (d) Such room shall have a window opening upon the street, or upon a yard or court; and the area of the window shall be not less than 12 square feet below stop beads. The upper half of such window shall open by means of a vertically sliding pulley hung sash. Idem. 615. Care of Walls and Ceilings. — The cellar walls and ceilings of every tenement house, and the walls of all yard courts, inner courts, and shafts connected with tenement houses, unless built of light colored brick, stone, or concrete, shall be thoroughly whitewashed or painted a light color by the owner, and shall be so maintained. Idem. 616. Shafts, Courts , Areas, and Yards. 1. In every tenement house the bottom of all shafts, courts, areas, and yards which extend to the basement for light or ventilation of liv- ing rooms, shall he 6 inches below the floor level of the part occupied. In every tenement house all shafts, courts, areas, and yards shall he properly concreted, graded, drained, and connected with the street sewer where practicable. 2. In every tenement house there shall be at the bottom of every shaft and inner court an approved self-closing fire door giving suf- ficient access to such shaft or court to enable it to be properly cleaned. Idem. 617. Roofs.— The roof of every tenement house shall he main- tained water-tight, and the rain water therefrom shall not- be permit- ted to discharge into the yards or courts. Idem. PART XL VII. 618. Drilling and Blasting. — It is unlawful for any person, firm or corporation to do any work at drilling or blasting of rock with any explosives whatsoever between the hours of 6 p.m. and 6 a.m. within the City limits, and all such lawful blasting shall be properly covered and barricaded before completing the blast. Idem. 204 NASHVILLE BUILDING LAWS PART XL VIII. 619. Work on the Sabbath Day . — No contractor, owner, work- man, laborer or person whatsoever shall do any work or labor on any building, structure, or works within the City between the hours of 12 p.m. Saturday night and 12 p.m. Sunday night. Idem. PART XLIX. 620. ' Electrical Installations . — That the office of Electrical In- spector is hereby created. He shall be elected by the Board of Com- missioners, and nominated by the Commissioner of Eire, Street Sprinkling and Building Inspection, and is under his supervision and control. His salary shall be not more than $1,500 per annum, pay- able as provided by ordinance. He shall give bond in the sum of two thousand ($2,000.00) dollars, with surety thereon, signed by an in- demnity insurance company authorized to transact business in the State of Tennessee, conditioned that said officer will faithfully dis- charge the duties that are now or may hereafter be imposed upon him, and all liability that may accrue by reason of his office. Said bond shall be approved by the Board of Commissioners as provided by Charter. Board of Commissioners, Ord. 916. Approved Feb. 13, 1917. Idem. \ 621. The Electrical Inspector shall proceed to make proper in- spection upon the exhibition to him of the permit, and he shall issue a certificate with his approval when the work is found by him to be in accordance with the ordinances of the City. No permit shall be granted, for any electric sign, picture machine, theatre booth, or simi- lar structure, either interior or exterior, until the Electical Inspec- tor and the other inspection departments, whose approval is required, shall have examined, passed on, and approved the applications, plans and specifications, and shall also be prepared to give their certificate of approval, all of which shall be based on the ordinances of the City of Nashville. If such applications, plans and specifications do not appear to conform to the requirements of said ordinances, no permit shall issue until such applications, plans and specifications are made to comply with the said ordinances of the City. All permits for elec- NASHVILLE BUILDING LAWS 205 trie signs, booths in picture machine theatres and similar structures must he a joint permit issued from such departments as are required to inspect and approve the same. Board of Commissioners. Approved June 7, 1916. Idem. 622. The Electrical Inspector shall use a book of certificates in duplicate and regularly numbered as may be approved by the Com' missioner, and shall retain a copy for his own records ; and the owners of all electric signs and similar structures shall be entitled to a cer- tificate from the Inspector stating that such signs or structures com- ply with these ordinances, at final acceptance by the Inspector. Idem. 623. The Electrical Inspector or his authorized assistants are hereby empowered and directed to enter all buildings or structures in pursuance of the duties of their office, and to inspect all electric wiring used for the transmission of current for light, heat and power purposes that is now or hereafter installed. And a semi-annual in- spection shall be made of all electric signs and structures of similar character. Ho person, firm or corporation shall attempt to do any electrical work, either new work, additions, alterations or changes on old work, without first applying to the Electrical Inspector and securing a permit for doing said work, and no permit shall be issued to any person, firm or corporation who 1 has not first obtained a license to do electrical work. The schedule of fees for inspection of electric wiring, shall be as follows: Where wires are to be concealed (porcelain knob or tube, or installation of iron conduit) for equipment of ten outlets or less $1.50 For each additional outlet, ten and including 25.... 10 For each additional outlet over 25 05 For opening or moulding work, for equipment of 10 or less out- lets 1.00 For each additional outlet up to and including twenty-five (25) 05 For each additional outlet over 25 02 Arc lamps and ceiling fans, for equipment of three or less. ... 1.00 For each additional up to and including 10 15 For each additional over 10 05 Motors, two horsepower or less 50 206 NASHVILLE BUILDING LAWS Motors, over two horsepower up to and including five horse- power 1.00 Motors over five horsepower and up to and including ten horse- power 1.50 Motors over 10 horsepower up to and including 15 horsepower. 2.00 Motors over 15 horsepower 2.50 Heaters and other electrical equipment will he charged same as motors containing 746 watts as one horsepower. Electric signs and structures similar thereto, each 1.00 Picture machine theatre booth 1.00 Mercury rectifiers, each 1.00 Combination or electrical fixtures, equipment of 10 or less. . .50 Additional fixtures 50 That all fees shall be certified to the City Comptroller by the Electrical Inspector; the said Electrical Inspector shall keep a copy of such certificate in a hook, and the certificate shall he numbered and shall correspond with the number of the copy of the certificate furnished the City Comptroller. The fees shall be paid to the City Treasurer upon the signature on the warrant signed by the Comp- troller ; and said certificate upon payment of said fee shall be marked “paid,” giving the date thereof. The said Electrical Inspector shall assess and receive the fees for the inspection of all other works (such as the Inspection of wiring, apparatus, machinery or structures previ- ously erected and passed on, but in need of other inspection) and issue his receipt therefor in triplicate. He shall pay said fee into the City Treasury daily with the original voucher or certificate there- for, and present a copy to the owner or party whose premises or prop- erty has been served, and shall retain a copy for his own records ; and the owners of all electric signs and similar structures shall be entitled to a certificate from the Inspector stating that such signs or structures comply with these ordinances before final settlement, with the contractor. Idem. 624. The Hational Electric Code rules are hereby adopted as a standard by which all wires for light, heat and power purposes shall be installed. Idem. 625. (a) All new wiring and additions to old wiring requiring one or more new circuits shall he run in rigid iron conduit, armored NASHVILLE BUILDING LAWS 207 cable or metal moulding within the limits of the First Zone, and in all other sections of the City, residences and outhouses alone ex- cepted. (b) No person, firm or corporation shall cause any wiring for light, heat, or power purposes to be covered up, or in any manner be concealed until such wiring has been duly inspected and a notice posted to the effect that the wiring has been approved. The Inspector must approve or disapprove work installed within forty-eight hours after a written notice for such inspection. Idem. 626. It shall be unlawful for any person, firm or corporation to place any furnace pipe, water, gas or sewer pipe, or any dangerous material in contact with any electrical apparatus or wires, or cause such apparatus or wires to be cut, disconnected or disarranged in any manner without first notifying the Electrical Inspector in writ- ing. It shall be unlawful for any person, firm or corporation to furnish or connect an electric current to the wiring on any building or structure, whether on the interior or exterior of such building or structure until said wires are first duly inspected and a written per- mit issued, allowing current to be supplied. Idem. 627. Temporary Certificates . — If the Electrical Inspector or his qualified representatives shall be unable to inspect any electrical work within twenty-four hours after notice of its completion, he may issue a temporary permit allowing current to be turned on pending the inspection of such work. Idem. 628. 1 . All dynamos, motors, wires or other machinery, appara- tus or material used for electrical purposes which may at any time become defective as to be likely, in the opinion of the Inspector, to cause fires or accidents, or endanger persons or property, it shall be condemned by the Inspector, when, in his opinion, it is deemed necessary. 2. In order to prevent such accident or dangers, said Inspector is hereby authorized to disconnect such wires or apparatus or to cause the same to be disconnected from service; and upon such con- demnation, the person or persons owning or using the same shall immediately cause the same to be put in a safe condition. In case any person or persons owning or using any electric wires, dynamos, 208 NASHVILLE BUILDING LAWS motors, or other electrical apparatus, structure or material of any nature whatsoever, which have been condemned by the Electrical In- spector, shall fail to have the same put in safe condition and accepted by. the said Inspector within forty-eight hours after the same has been condemned, or within such other reasonable time as shall he prescribed by the said Inspector. 3. Then, it shall he the duty of said Electrical Inspector to re- move the fuses, cut the wires, or by other means completely discon- nect, or cause to he disconnected, the condemned wires, apparatus or material from the source of electrical energy. 4. And when any electric wires, dynamos, motors or electrical apparatus or material of any nature whatsoever have been in any manner disconnected and rendered inoperative by the Electrical In- spector, as set forth in the foregoing provisions, it shall he unlawful for any person or persons to in any manner re-connect the same or cause the same to he re-connected to any source of electrical energy, or to use the same as a part of any electrical system, until they have been put in safe condition and certificate of acceptance has been issued by the Electrical Inspector. Idem. PART L. Inspections of Boilers and Elevators. 629. Office and Duties of Inspector of Boilers and Elevators. 1. That the office of Boiler and Elevator Inspector is hereby created. His salary shall he $1,500.00' per annum, payable as pro- vided by ordinance. Board of Commissioners, Ord. 788. Approved July 13, 1916. He shall give bond in the sum of two thousand ($2,000.00) dol- lars, with surety thereon, signed by an indemnity insurance company authorized to transact business! in the State of Tennessee, conditioned that said officer will faithfully discharge the duties that are now or may hereafter be imposed upon him, and all liability that may accrue by reason of his office. Said bond shall be approved by the Board of Commissioners as provided by charter. Board of Commissioners, Ord. 916. Approved Eeb. 13, 1917. NASHVILLE BUILDING LAWS 209 The Boiler and' Elevator Inspector shall be elected by the Board of Commissioners and shall be nominated by the Commis- sioner of Fire, Sprinkling and Building Inspection, and is under his supervision and control. Boiler and Elevator Inspections. 2. The fees for boiler and elevator inspections shall be as follows : Boilers for power purposes up to 40 h.p $2.00 Boilers for power purposes over 40 h.p 3.00 Permits for erection and installation up to 40 h.p 50 Permits for erecting or installation over 40 h.p 1.00 Heating furnaces, for inspection 50 Heating furnaces, for permit, each 1.00 Bake ovens,, for inspection 50 Bake ovens, for permits, each 1.00 Elevators, passenger, for inspection 1.50 Elevators, passenger, for permit . 50 Elevators, freight, for inspection . . . 1.50 Elevators, freight, for permit 50 Electric motors for elevators, inspection 50 Electric motors for elevators, for permit 50 Steam heating boilers over 40-lip. or subject to over 15 pounds pressure to the square inch, inspection fee 2.00 Permit fee 50 Steam heating boilers and plants for flats or apartment houses with not more than three suits of rooms each, and for private residences, not subject to more than 15 pounds pressure per square inch, inspection 50 Permits 50 Other steam heating boilers and plants as used in apartments of more than three suits of rooms and subject to not over 15 pounds pressure to the square inch, inspection 1.00 Permit fee 50 Fees for permits and all inspection of alterations and recon- struction of any item will be the same as for erection, in- stallation, or annual inspection. Fees for special inspection upon request will be the same as for annual or regular inspection. 3. The Inspector of Boilers and Elevators upon receipt of money for inspection fees shall promptly deliver to every owner or user 210 NASHVILLE BUILDING LAWS of any boiler, certificates of inspection of a boiler inspected by him or by his assistant ; every such certificate of inspection shall be prop- erly filled in as herein provided, and signed by said Inspector, and said certificates of inspection shall be displayed in some prominent place near where the boilers are used. 4. The Inspector of Boilers and Elevators shall make weekly returns to the Comptroller of all moneys collected, giving the names of the steam users from whom collected. 5. The engineers, engines and boilers of the Fire Department and locomotive boilers used on railroads are exempt from the pro- visions of this ordinance. 6. The Inspector of Boilers and Elevators shall devote the whole of his time and attention to the duties of his office. 7. He shall carefully inspect and test every stationary boiler and steam generating apparatus under pressure used for stationary power, or heating as provided by this ordinance, including all attachments and connections, located within the City, at least once annually. 8. He shall keep a complete and accurate record of the names of all owners or users of steam boilers, or warm air or other furnaces, giving a full description of the boilers and furnaces inspected by him, and the amount of pressure allowed and the date when last tested. 9. He shall notify all owners or users of boilers of the time when a re-inspection and a test will be made, at least ten days before the expiration of each certificate of inspection, and appoint a day on which he will make a re-inspection. 10. The said Inspector of Boilers and Elevators shall make monthly reports to the said Commissioner of Eire, Sprinkling and Building Inspection. Board of Commissioners, Ord. 788. Approved July 13, 1916. 630 . Manner of Inspection. Certificate. 1. The manner of inspection shall be substantially as follows: 2. The owners of steam boilers and users shall have the option of taking the hammer test or the hydrostatic test ; if the hammer test be asked for, the examination shall be thorough and searching on every part of the boiler, both internally and externally, including all fittings and attachments. / 3. If the hydrostatic test be asked for, each boiler shall be tested by the hydraulic pressure one-fourth greater than the ordinary work- NASHYILLE BUILDING LAWS 211 ing steam pressure used, and the certificate of inspection herein pro- vided shall state the maximum pressure at which any boiler may be worked. 4. In case a defect shall be discovered in any boiler or attach- ment thereto, the Inspector of Boilers and Elevators shall report the same to the owners or users of said boiler or boilers, and state the facts of the case in writing, giving a description of the particular locality in which each defect may be found, and whether of a dan- gerous character and necessitating immediate repair. 5. If the Inspector of Boilers and Elevators shall at any time find a boiler which, in his judgment, is unsafe, after inspecting same, he shall condemn its further use. 6. All boilers to be tested by the hydrostatic pressure shall be filled with water by the owners or users, and they shall furnish the necessary labor required, to work and handle the pumps in applying the tests. 7. When leaks occur which prevent a successful test, the Inspector of Boilers and Elevators shall make a second test upon receiving notice that all leaks have been repaired. 8. If, upon making a second test, the boiler or boilers are still defective, he shall not give a certificate until fully satisfied of the safety of the boiler or boilers. 9. All certificates of inspection shall be for one year and no longer. 10. Any ow*ner or user of any boiler or boilers insured by any steam inspection and insurance company duly authorized to transact busines in the City of Hashville, shall upon his request have the hydrostatic test applied once annually, by the Boiler Inspector, as provided in this ordinance. - Board 1 of Commissioners, Ord. 759. Approved June 7, 1916. Idem. 631 . That it shall be unlawful for any stationary engineer in the City of Hashville to neglect or refuse to comply with the orders and directions of the Boiler and Elevator Inspector given under the authority of the ordinances of the City, and that any violation there- of shall be deemed a misdemeanor, and such person shall, upon con- viction thereof, be fined as provided in said Ordinance Ho. 759. Board of Commissioners, Ord. 900. Approved Jan. 12, 1917. Idem. 212 NASHVILLE BUILDING LAWS 632 . Inspection of Boilers. 1. All owners or users of any stationary boilers, or steam generat- ing apparatus under pressure shall have the same inspected and tested as herein provided, before and while being used, and at least once a year thereafter ; and for every neglect or refusal to have such in- spection and test they shall be deemed guilty of a misdemeanor, and upon conviction thereof, shall be fined as herein provided. 2. On the written application of any owner or user of a steam boiler or boilers, or steam generating apparatus, duly countersigned by the boiler inspector of any steam boiler inspection and insurance company, which is authorized to transact business as herein provided, 3. It shall be the duty of the Inspector of Boilers and Elevators, upon the receipt of such application, to inspect the boiler or boilers of any such owner or user making such application, by the hammer test; and the Boiler Inspector shall, after performing the duty, give the said owner, or user a certificate of inspection as required by this ordinance and the said inspection and certificate shall be valid and accepted as in full compliance with the provisions of this ordinance. 4. In addition to the above, each steam boiler inspection and insurance company doing business under the provisions of this ordinance shall make a semi-annual report to the Inspector of Boilers and Elevators of all boilers inspected by the respective companies on the first day of January and July of each year, on blanks to be furnished by the Inspector of Boilers and Elevators, and such blanks shall contain the same requirements as those used by the Inspector. 5. If owners or users of steam boilers, or engineers in charge of the same, shall carry a greater pressure than is allowed in the certificate of inspection granted by the Inspector of Boilers and Ele- vators, they, or either of them, shall be deemed guilty of a mis- demeanor and upon conviction thereof, shall be fined as herein pro- vided and in the case of an engineer, his license shall be revoked. 6. Or if such owners or users shall use any boiler which has been condemned as unsafe by the Inspector of Boilers and Elevators, they shall be deemed guilty of a misdemeanor, and on conviction thereof shall be fined as herein provided. Board of Commissioners, Ord. 759. Approved June 7, 1916. Idem. 633 . The Inspector of Boilers and Elevators shall promptly de- liver to every owner or user of any boiler, certificates of inspection NASHVILLE BUILDING LAWS 213 of the boilers inspected by him or by his assistant; every such cer- tificate of inspection shall be properly made up as herein provided, and signed by said Boiler Inspector. 2. Said certificate of inspection shall be displayed in some prom- inent place near where the boilers are used. Idem. 634. Exemptions . — The engineers, engines and boilers of the Fire Department, and the locomotive boilers used on railroads, are exempt from the provisions of this ordinance. Idem. 635. Boiler Inspector s Certificate to be Posted. 1. Any steam user failing to place or put in a conspicuous place in the engine room or boiler house, the Boiler Inspector’s certificate shall be deemed guilty of a misdemeanor, and upon conviction there- of, shall be fined as herein provided. 2. Upon any owner or user of a boiler refusing to obtain a cer- tificate of inspection as provided for in this ordinance, it shall then become the duty of the Inspector of Boilers and Elevators to at once draw the fire under the said boiler and not permit its further use until the said certificate is duly obtained as required in this ordinance. Idem. 636. Duties of Owners and Users of Boilers. Before any owner, owners or users of steam boiler or boilers shall have said boiler or boilers placed in position, he or they shall notify the Inspector of Boilers and Elevators, who shall examine the same, and satisfy himself that the construction, material, bracing and all other parts of the boiler or boilers are such as to assure the safety of the same. It shall also be the duty of the owner or user of any steam boiler that requires repairs to notify the Inspector of Boilers and Elevators, who shall satisfy himself that the repairs made will assure the safety of said boiler or boilers. Idem. 637. Any violation of the provisions of this section shall be con- sidered a misdemeanor, punishable by a fine as herein provided. Idem. 638. Code . — The Code of the American Society of Mechanical Engineers is hereby adopted as a standard of rules and regulations for the manufacture and use of boilers within the City of Nashville, Tenn. Idem. 214 NASHVILLE BUILDING LAWS 639. Boilers to Have Plugs . 1. All bailers shall have inserted in them plugs of brass, filled with banca tin, a follows : All cylinder boilers with flues shall have one plug inserted in one flue of each boiler ; and also one plug in the shell of each boiler, as follows : 2. All plugs in shells shall have an external diameter of not less than that of one-inch gas pipe screw tap, and an internal opening of not less than one-half inch in smallest opening, all plugs to be in- serted in shell from inside, on second sheet from forward end, one inch above flues ; all plugs to be inserted in flues not more than three feet from after end, all plugs to be inserted in flues to have an ex- ternal diameter of that of a three-fourths gas pipe screw tap, and an internal opening of one-half inch except flues or tubes of six inches or less, when plugs may be used with an external diameter of that of three-eighths gas pipe screw tap, with an internal opening of one- fourth of an inch. 3. The Inspector of Boilers and Elevators shall have power to have one plug placed in each boiler not provided for in this ordinance, as he may deem necessary for the safety of lives and property and it shall be the duty of the inspectpr to see that such plugs are filled with banca tin at each inspection. Idem. 640. Furnace or Boiler Rooms. Ho warm air furnace, or low pressure steam hot water-vapor or other heating plant shall be in- stalled in a room with open joist ceilings above same, except such joist and ceiling is fireproofed, provided that such fireproofing may be left out if there be 24 inches or more of clearance above such fur- nace or boiler, and the smoke pipes thereof. Idem. 641. Warm Air Furnaces , Vapor Systems and Low Pressure Steam or Hot Water Heating Boilers. 1. All furnaces (or) boilers of the above class shall be set on a secure incombustible foundation. 2. Clearance at sides and backs between furnace and combustible wall and (or) partition shall not be less than five feet and clearance at front not less than six feet. 3. Clearance above such boilers or furnaces shall not be less than two feet to combustible ceiling or to under side of ceiling joists un- less an approved metal shield intervenes, when such clearance may be NASHVILLE BUILDING LAWS 215 not less than thirteen inches. An approved shield shall he con- structed of not less than 24 B & S gauge galvanized iron securely riveted together and reinforced at all edges by suitable angle irons not less than %x%inch ; or similar strengthening if approved by the Inspector; this shield must be .'suspended three inches below the ceil- ing by lag screws or other approved metal hangers. The shield must project on all sides at least one foot beyond all outer sides and sur- face or furnace or boiler. Provided that where ceilings of metal lath and cement plaster are installed the above shield may be left off. 4. All furnace tops shall have rim extending at least two inches above the top of casing or other satisfactory receptacle, and such space within the rim shall be filled with sand. Idem. 642. Smoke Pipes and Protections . — Smokepipe connecting the furnace with flue or chimney shall be made of not less than 22 B. & S. gauge galvanized iron and shall not be nearer than thirty inches to combustible ceiling or under side of joists at point of leaving fur- nace or boiler and not nearer than eighteen inches at point of entry into flue or chimney. The distance in this section may each be reduced six inches when a metal shield extending one foot beyond the outer edge of the smoke- pipe on each side is i constructed and installed as required for fur- naces such shield to continuously extend from point where smokepipe ] eaves furnace or boiler to the chimney or flue. Idem. 643. Warm-air Pipes . — All pipes for the conveyance of warm air shall be of bright tin or galvanized iron. The main leads of said pipes shall leave the furnace not less than 18 inches below the line of beams or ceilings, and have a gradual incline upward to not less than two inches of beams or ceiling at junction with the outlets to register boxes in floors or connections to wall pipes. All main leader pipes and junctions, and the riser pipes in walls shall be covered with one thickness of asbestos covering. All lath work for plaster on walls enclosing such pipes shall be expanded metal and contact with wood or other combustibles is pro- hibited in all classes of warm air pipes, but a space of at least % inch shall be maintained between same. Idem. 216 NASHVILLE BUILDING LAWS 644 . Hot -air Register. 1. All hot-air registers hereafter placed in the floor of any build- ing shall be set in iron borders not less than two inches in width. 2. There shall be an 'open space of at least one inch on all sides of the register box, extending from the under side of the ceiling below the register to the border of the floor. 3. The outside of said space where there is woodwork shall be covered with asbestos % inch made tight, and to extend from the under side of the ceiling up to the under side of said border. 4. The Boiler and Elevator Inspector shall not issue a permit for such installation, repairing or renewal of a warm air heating plant un- til he has carefully inspected the plans, specifications or description thereof and that the same are and are intended to comply with the ordinances relative thereto. 5. The Contractor shall notify the Inspector and inspections of new work shall be made as follows : When such work has proceeded to where the boiler or furnace has been set, and again when stacks to upper floors and heads for all registers have been installed, and boots have been connected and when the job is completed. 6. Upon finding that the works are lawfully constructed the In- spector shall affix to the boiler or furnace and to each stack or regis- ter head, a certificate stating that the work complies with the ordi- nances relating thereto. 7. Inspection of repaired or renewed work shall be made, in each case, as the nature of the work shall require. 8. Final inspection of plant shall be made after the whole is con- nected up and ready to operate, but before any fire has been started. 9. It shall be unlawful for any person to lath over, plaster or cover iip any warm air heating work installed in any newly con- structed building before such work has been inspected and certificates above referred to have been attached. 10. The Boiler and Elevator Inspector or his assistant shall have the right and authority to condemn any works or order removed all such lath, plaster or other covering which have been placed over such work of an unlawful nature by the plasterer or any other person what- soever. 11. The person, firm or corporation ordering or causing such work to be covered up as herein set forth, shall, upon conviction be subject to the penalties set forth for violations of the terms of this ordinance. NASHVILLE BUILDING LAWS 217 12. No heating permits shall be required for minor repair work. (By minor work is meant for incidental repairs to furnaces, which shall not affect the general action of the system, such as renewal of grates, smoke pipes, etc.,) but where stacks are renewed or installed, or where additional registers are installed, or where other work is done that would require inspection under the terms of this section, a permit shall be required and taken out. Idem. 645. Elevators. 1. All elevators installed or altered on or after approval of this ordinance shall conform with these regulations, except that in cases where contracts for the installation of new' elevators, or the altera- tion of existing elevators, have been made prior thereto, the same may be made to conform to the regulations now in force, 'provided, how- ever, that notice of such contracts made prior to approval of this ordinance shall be sent to the Boiler and Elevator Inspector before that date. 2. It shall be the duty of the Inspector of Boilers and Elevators to regularly inspect all elevators used for the purpose of carrying passengers or freight semi-annually. The result of such inspection shall be properly recorded in books kept for that purpose in the office of the Inspector of Boilers and Elevators, from which place all no- tices, certificates, etc., shall be issued. (a) Working plans and specifications for all layouts for eleva- tors and other appliances covered by this ordinance must be submit- ted to the Boiler and Elevator Inspector’s office for approval in ad- vance of any work being done in connection with the- building of same. These plans should accompany applications for permit. (b) Any installation must not be turned over for operation for service until final certificate of approval has been issued by the Boiler and Elevator Inspector. (c) No departure from approved plans shall be made in install- ing elevators or other appliances covered by this ordinance, nor shall any change be made in existing installations, without consent of the Boiler and Elevator Inspector. (d) Nothing in this section shall prevent any owner or his agent from making the ordinary repairs for maintenance, or prevent him from making repairs at once when needed. 3. Hatchways . — On all future installations the hatchways shall be so constructed that the inside surface which comes in front of the 218 NASHVILLE BUILDING LAWS opening, or door of the car, shall be flush. Where projecting thresh- olds are used, they shall he beveled sufficiently on their under side. Nothing in this section shall apply to the hatchways of elevators located in manufacturing plants, warehouses, or stores, which are used for the transportation of freight, provided same are protected by automatic hatchway doors. 4. Overhead Supports, Elevator Guides, Etc . — All guides for passenger elevators must he of steel. All supports for overhead sheaves or machines for passenger elevators must be of steel, and the same must be supported by steel or masonry work from the base of the building. The same requirements for guides and overhead sup- ports apply to all freight elevators with a car platform area of more than sixteen square feet where same are operated by steam, hydraulic or electric power. Steel guides for cars with platform area of less than sixteen square feet may be built of lighter material than that required for passenger service, but shall be subject to the approval of the Boiler and Elevator Inspector, or may have wood guides not less than 2x2^4:, end match, put in with lag screws or bolts, and wooden guide posts for the counterbalance as well as for the car. Wooden counterweight boxes will not be permitted. 5. Overhead and Pit Clearance. (a) On all electric elevators a clear space of not less than 3 feet must be provided between the top of the car cross-head and the lowest point of the overhead work, and a depth of pit not less than three feet below the lowermost car landing. (b) All passenger elevators shall be provided with cushion spring bumpers of type approved by the Boiler and Elevator Inspector, at least 12 inches in height, resting on a steel frame work secured to the guides, or in the pit forming the bottom of the shaft, the car frame being arranged with steel striking plates to meet the bumpers. On elevators of the traction type, these bumpers are to be of the oil type with spring return, the stroke of the bumper plunger to be not less than 12 inches 6. Overhead Protection . — All hatchways shall be protected at the top, above the clearance line and under the overhead mechanism, with a screen or (floor) of sufficient strength to bear a weight of not less than fifty pounds per square foot, and constructed so as to prevent anything dropping down the hatchway. 7. Passenger Elevator Enclosures . — All passenger elevators shall be protected on the front the full width of the door in the car from NASHVILLE BUILDING LAWS 219 the floor to the ceiling on each floor, excepting the top landing where the height of the front shall he not less than seven feet and six inches. On all sides excepting the front, the enclosure shall extend to a height of not less than seven feet and six inches above the floor. Where enclosure is of grille work, no greater space than one and one-half inches square shall he permitted; or if rods are used, they shall he vertical, and spaces between sides of rods shall not exceed one and one-half inches. 8. Hatchway Doors to Passenger Elevators . — All hatchway doors to passenger elevators shall be hung on substantial hangers of ap- proved type. Doors shall he properly guided at the bottom and fitted with substantial locks so that they cannot be opened from the landing side except by means of a key. This does not apply to elevator equip- ped with automatic door-closing devices of type approved by the Boiler and Elevator Inspector. 9. Counterweight Protection . — Where the counterweights of an elevator travel on an exposed side of the hatchway, they shall be pro- tected the full height of their travel by a solid screen or metal, or by wire mesh with openings not greater than one-half inch square. Ho counterweights shall be located so that they will pass an entrance to any hatchway. 10. Passenger Elevator Cars. (a) Passenger elevator cars shall be built of fireproof material throughout, with the exception of the flooring, and this must be com- pletely covered with metal on its under side. When the cage is con- structed of other than solid material, and where the counterweights pass the car at a distance of less than two feet, the side of the car next to counterweights shall be solid or be protected by a screen of fine mesh wire, the openings of which shall be not greater than one- half inch square. Where cars are not constructed of solid material, the grille work shall conform to the specifications covering hatch- way enclosures, as set forth in paragraph 7. (b) All elevator cars traveling in single enclosed hatchways shall have an emergency exit in the top of canopy arranged so that it may be removed to provide an exit for passengers should the car become lodged between landings. Where cars travel in adjoining hatchways, they shall be provided with emergency exits at the sides adjacent to each other so as to provide for the transfer of passengers from one car to the other. 220 NASHVILLE BUILDING LAAVS (c) Every passenger elevator with more than one entrance to an exit from a car shall be provided with a sliding door on the inside of the car on each such entrance or exit, and each of such doors shall he securely closed before the elevator is put in motion. 11. Freight Elevator Cars. • Freight elevator cars shall be protected on all sides not used as entrances with metal enclosures not less than five feet above floor of car. On long cars, such as are used in garages, a substantial railing not less than three feet above floor of car may be used in place of enclosure, but a solid enclosure the full width of the counterweights and not less than six feet in height must be used where counterweights pass car. (a) The opening in the hatchways of freight elevators shall be protected by semi-automatic gates extending to a, height of not less than four feet above the floor. This does not include hatchways with doors of approved type and design where the cars in such hatchways are in charge of an operator. 12. Floor Locks . — All freight elevators shall be provided with a locking device by means of which persons using the elevator at any floor can lock the operating cable and prevent the starting of the ele- vator by persons on another floor. 13. Warning Chains on Freight Cars . — Warning chains shall be suspended from the car sills of power freight elevator cars, except those of dumbwaiters, hatchway type elevators and sidewalk type elevators and except those with landing doors opening from the shaft- way. 14. Every passenger and freight elevator car when in use shall be properly lighted by electricity or gas at such times as there is in- sufficient natural light. The lights may be located in or adjacent to the shaftway if the car is lighted properly throughout its entire travel, or the light may be located in the car. 15. Windows in Hatchways . — Shall not be considered under the head of openings. All such windows shall contain wire glass in fire- proof frames and sash, and shall be painted red to indicate to firemen that they are in an elevator shaft. 16. Hoisting Cables . — Wire cables shall be used for the hoisting, counterweighting and operating of all elevators. The diameter of these cables shall be such as to give a factor of safety of not less than seven to one on all passenger elevators, and not less than five to one on all freight elevators, where cables are used for hoisting or for NASHVILLE BUILDING LAWS 221 counterweights. Where cable is used for operating, such cable shall he of what is known as tiller rope, and shall be not less than three- eights of an inch in diameter. All elevators with cables winding around drums, shall have not less than two hoisting cables. Where a drum-counterweight alone is used, this shall have two cables. Where a drum and car counterweight is used, each counterweight shall have two cables, and the drum weight must be connected separately from the car counterweights and below them. (a) Where the drum weight cables pass the car counterweights, they must be protected by iron pipe, or the car counterweight must be cast so as not to chafe drum weight cables. (b) Where necessary, all cables shall have suitable equalizers for distributing the load, the ends of all cables to be independently fas- tened in suitable sockets, the wires of the cables to he looped and bab- bitted into sockets so that the fold of the loop shall show through the babbitt. Where cables are secured to the elevator drum, they shall pass through separate holes in surface of drum and he secured on the inside of drum with suitable locking clamps. Where cables are wound on drum, not less than one and one-half complete turns of each cable shall he permitted on drum. On traction machines, the total number of cables for hoist and counterweights shall be not less than four. On hydraulic elevators, with the exception of elevators of the plunger type, there shall be not less than two hoisting cables and two counter- weight cables. Bar equalizers for car and counterbalance for trac- tion elevators are not required; but adjustable shackles which readily admit of adjustment of cables are to be provided. The diameter of sheaves and drums over which the hoisting or counterweight cables pass, shall be not less than twenty-four inches. 17. Clearance Between Car and Entrance Landing . — The space between the edge of the car platform and the threshold of any land- ing shall be not greater than one and one-half inches. 18. Safety Devices on Cars. (a) The safety devices on all passenger elevators where the speed is over seventy-five feet per minute, shall be mounted on independent steel frames or girdles which shall be entirely independent from the car floor or enclosing cab. (b) The safety clutches shall be located under the car platform and attached to the frames or girdles, the safety device to be operated by means of a speed governor which shall bring the safety clutches into action when the car attains an excessive descending speed, 222 NASHVILLE BUILDING LAWS whether due to the breakage of the cables or any other cause. The action of the governor and safety clutches shall bring the car to an easy and gradual stop in a distance not to exceed eight feet from the time the safety is applied until the car reaches a full stop. (c) ETo elevator shall be used for carrying of safes or other ma- terial of a greater weight than the normal lifting power of such ele- vator unless the car is equipped with a locking device which shall hold it fixed at any landing independent of the rope while such safe or other material is being loaded or unloaded. The normal carrying capacity of all passenger elevators shall not exceed seventy-five pounds per square foot inside area of platform. 19. Safety Appliances for Elevators Other than Above. — All elec- tric elevators having a car speed of seventy-five feet or over, shall be equipped with the following safety appliances, which are in addition to those specified in paragraph 15: The brakes of all electric eleva- tors, as above specified, shall he electrically released during the opera- tion of the elevator, and brakes shall be applied by spring pressure when the current is cut off either by the operator or through any other cause. The construction of these brakes shall be so that the magnet or solenoid operating same shall he directly attached to the brake levers and shall not be transmitted through means of shafts, gears or other mechanical devices. 20. Terminal Stops for Electric Elevators. — The terminal stops of electric elevators shall be controlled both by an automatic stop mo- tion device mounted on the machine (excepting push-button and trac- tion elevators) and by substantial limit switches located in the hatch- way. These limit switches shall be so arranged as to be actuated by the car itself, should it pass the upper or lower terminals of its travel. The operation of the machine and hatchway limits shall apply the brake and bring the car to rest independent of the operator. 21. Operating and Emergency Switches. — The operating switch in car shall automatically return to a stop position should the opera- tor for any cause release his hold on same, and there shall be in each electrically controlled elevator car an emergency switch located close to the operating switch by which the operator can ‘cut off current and bring the car to a stop should the main operating switch fail from any cause. 22. Every electrically controlled elevator shall be provided at the engine with a potential switch which shall- automatically cut off the current, should the voltage drop below twenty-five per cent, of the NASHVILLE BUILDING LAWS 223 required voltage, or should the current supply for any cause be inter- rupted. All electric elevators running at a car speed of 350 feet or over, shall have a switch on the speed governor, so that when the gov- ernor operates to stop the car the switch shall operate to cut off the current supply. 23. Slack-cable Device. — All hoisting engines of the drum type x shall have an automatic slack-cable device which shall stop the ma- chine if the hoist or drum weight cables should become slack from any cause. 24. Controlling Mechanism of Elevators. — -NV) elevator which runs at a car speed greater than one hundred and twenty-five feet per minute shall be controlled by a hand shipper rope, and no elevator which runs at a car speed of over one hundred and fifty feet shall be controlled by a wheel or other mechanical device. This does not apply to hydraulic elevators equipped with what is commonly known as the lever control. All electric elevators running at a car speed of more than one hundred and fifty feet per minute shall be controlled by means of an operator’s switch in the car. 25. All elevators of the direct plunger type shall be exempt from the specifications of paragraph 16. 26. The hatchways of all hand power elevators and dumbwaiters which have a travel of more than two stories shall be of fireproof con- struction and provided with suitable doors and gates. The same shall have a pit depth and overhead clearance of not less than twelve inches at each terminal. Where elevators mentioned in this Section are used for stage lifts, the hatchways may be protected at the landing with guard rails and suitable gates at the entrances. 27. Inspection of Elevators in Regular Service. — Owners of all elevators in regular service^ shall have them* inspected at least once each week by a competent person. Where such inspection shows any elevator defective, such elevator shall not be used for service until proper repairs have been made and report of same made to the Boiler and Elevator Inspector’s office. 28. Elevator Installation Prior to Passage of this Ordinance . — The foregoing provisions of this ordinance shall not apply to eleva- tors installed prior to the date of its passage where said elevators are insured and inspected by a reputable casualty, liability or surety company licensed to do business in the State of Tennessee, or where they are inspected as prescribed in paragraph 24. Any subsequent and material changes or alterations in existing elevator installations 224 NASHVILLE BUILDING LAWS shall conform as far as practicable to the requirements of this ordi- nance. 29. No signs of any description shall be placed in the car, with the exception of the annunciator or operator’s signal, and no glass or porcelain shall be attached to the dome of the car, with the exception of the light fixtures. 30. No person under the age of eighteen years shall operate, con- trol, manage or be in charge of any elevator. No person, firm or cor- poration shall employ a person under the age of eighteen years to operate, control, manage or have charge of any passenger elevator in the City of Nashville. 31. Any person operating, controlling, managing or fin charge of any passenger elevator, when the door has been opened for the re- ception of passengers, shall not start such elevator either up or down until the door of same has been closed and fastened, except such doors as are equipped with automatic operating devices, and when so equipped, such cars may be started when doors are within not more than six inches of being closed and in the act of closing. 32. No person operating, managing or in charge of any passen- ger elevator shall open the door of same for the purpose of discharging passengers therefrom until such elevator has been brought to full stop and be standing still. Idem. PART LI. 646 . Duty of City Officers. 1. The enforcement of this ordinance and all other laws and ordinances in force in the City applicable to the same subject matter shall primarily devolve upon the Building Inspection Department, the Electrical Inspector, and the Boiler and Elevator Inspector. 2. But the Department of Health, Eire and Police shall also be charged with the enforcement of this ordinance, and shall, as far as possible, act in connection with the Building Inspection Department. 3. But nothing herein shall be construed as to exempt any other officer or department from the obligation of enforcing the provisions of this ordinance. Idem. NASHVILLE BUILDING LAWS 225 647. This ordinance is intended to be a complete system of the building laws for the City of Nashville, however, it does not and is not intended to include the ordinances regulating plumbing and smoke prevention. Idem. 648. That the invalidity of any section, clause, or part shall not render the remainder of this ordinance invalid. Idem. PART LII. 649. Fines and Penalties . — Any person, firm or corporation who neglects, or refuses to comply with any of the provisions of this ordi- nance shall be deemed guilty of a misdemeanor and upon conviction therefor shall be fined not less than five ($5.00) dollars, nor more than fifty ($50.00) dollars. And the continued violation of any pro- vision of this ordinance shall constitute a separate offense, for each and every day such violation of any provision hereof shall continue. •? INDEX Page ADJOINING PROPERTY — Excavations affecting 31 ADMINISTRATION — Of Department of Buildings 9-15,23,224 AGGREGATE — For reinforced concrete 108,109,123,124 ALLOWABLE — Floor areas 50-53 Floor loads 51 Column loads 52 Fireproof construction 50-53 Floor loads 51, 52 Non-fireproof construction 50 Sidewalk loads 53 Strength, computation of 53 ALTERATIONS — To buildings in general 137 Tenements to make 200 Theatres to make 148 AMENDMENTS— To plans 107 ANCHORS — For corner blocks in shafts 89 Wooden beams and girders 80 Brick walls 39 APPEALS — Board and duties 9, 10 Decisions of Supervisor, from 9, 10 APPLICATION— For permits 11,12 General regulations concerning same 11-14 APPROVAL — Of plans and specifications 11-107 Theatre required before opening 149-168 APPROVED— Defined 18 ARCHES — And lintels in walls 49 Fireproof floor construction 99-100 Trimmer, in fireplace construction 132 ARCHITECT— Certificate of 11-107 AREA OF A BUILDING — Defined 19 AREAS — Allowable floor 50, 51 Frame buildings 139,140 Lot occupied 29, 30 Lot occupied by tenements 195 Shaft skylights 88,89 Stage ventilators 162 AREAWAY— Defined 19 Requirements for 95 ASHLAR — Requirements for use of 41 ASSEMBLY HALLS — Requirements for exits and stage 169 Seating capacity based on floor area 169 ATTIC — Use restricted in frame buildings 139 228 NASHVILLE BUILDING LAWS Page AWNINGS— Construction of 191 Bond for 191 Fees for 14 Permits for 14 Stationary 192 Wooden 192 BALCONIES — For smokeproof towers 57-59 Stairway and horizontal exits 60-62 Theatre exits 60,155,156 Wooden, within fire limits 139 BASEMENT — Defined 19 Stairways in tenements 197 Stairways not to be continuous to 56-197 BASES AND LINTELS— Cast iron 75 BAY WINDOW — Projection of 95 BEAMS — Minimum sizes for 79, 80 Reinforced concrete 111-113 Separation from chimneys 80 Separation of ends in 4 wall 79 Steel 76 Wooden 79 Protection of 102 BEARING CAPACITY OF SOIL 33 BEARINGS — Ends of wooden beams 79 Under ends of steel lintels or girders 76 BILLBOARDS 185-190 Billboard — Defined 19 BLASTING AND DRILLING 203 BOILER AND ELEVATOR— Ordinance Index 247-248 BOILERS — Furnaces for, protection around 134,135 Ladders to rooms for 63 Permitted in theatre building, not 163 Smoke flues for 131-134 Sprinklers over 146 BOILER ROOMS — Enclosures for 135 BOARD OF APPEALS — How composed and duties 10 Duties and term of office 10 BONDS — For buildings 16 Excavation under sidewalks 15 Fences and temporary enclosures 15 Piling of materials on streets 15 Supervisors of buildings 9 Wrecking or removal of 16 BRICK— Arches 100 Piers 40 Quality and test of 64 Walls 38-40 BRICKWORK— Bonding of 39 Weight of 69 Working stresses on 70 NASHVILLE BUILDING LAWS 229 Page BUILDING BLOCKS— Defined 66 Branded for identification 66 Cement mortar filled 67 Constructed how 66 Fire tests for fireproof buildings 67 For foundations 34-141 For skeleton construction 47 Test requirements and working stresses for 66, 67 Veneered with brick 39, 40 Walls of, general requirements 46 BUILDING CODE — All building construction to conform to 3 Enforced by Supervisor of Buildings, et al 224 Invalidity of 225 Provisions of remedial 3 Punishment for violations of 225 BUILDING— Area of defined 19 Classification of 24-29 Condemnation of 9 Converting frame building to store 138 Damage to existing frame buildings 138 Dry cleaning 176 Fire Retarding Zone 18 Height of defined 21 Length of defined 22 Limits of area 50, 51 Limits of height 49, 50 Moving of buildings 138 Percentage to be repaired 18 Raised, altered, repaired or moved 137,138 Remodeling in fire limits 137 Temporary, within fire limits 139 Type of construction affected by height 27,28,49,50,51 Used for business and residence 94 Width of defined 24 Wooden 138 BULKHEAD — Construction of 82 Defined 19 BUSINESS BUILDINGS— Used also for residence 94 When required fireproof 28 CAST IRON CONSTRUCTION 73 Bases and lintels 75 Columns 73 Quality and test of 68 Standards for 68 CASTSTEEL — Quality and test of 68 CEILINGS— In cellars 94 Non-fireproof building for business and residences 94 CELLAR — Ceilings in non-fireproof buildings 94 Ceilings in tenements 203 Defined 19 230 NASHVILLE BUILDING LAWS CELLAR — Continued. Page Drainage 94 Exits 62 Floors 94 Partitions 94 Requirements for . 94 Stairways in tenements 197 Use of in tenements 202 CEMENT — Lime Mortar 65 Mortar 65 Plaster, defined 19 Quality of 65 Tempered plaster, defined 19 CHASES AND RECESSES— In walls 48 CHIMNEYS— Construction of 131-134 Certificate of compliance by contractor 131 Circular, wind pressure on 73 Lining of 132 Mortar for 132 Wooden beams separated from 80 CHURCH SPIRES— Height of wooden 139 CHUTES — In fireproof buildings 89 In non-fireproof buildings 90 CINDER CONCRETE— Construction 124 CLASSIFICATION OF BUILDINGS— By construction 24-29 Business buildings, when fireproof 28, 29 Fireproof construction 26 Fire retarding construction 26 Frame construction 25 Factory Zone 25 Mill construction 26 Non-fireproof construction 25 Occupancy 26 Ordinary construction 25 Public buildings, when fireproof 26 Residence buildings, when fireproof 27 COFFEE ROASTERS — Buildings for, when fireproof 28 Flues for 133 Foundations for 135 COLUMNS— Cast iron 73 Concrete reinforced 115-118 Eccentrically loaded 72 Loads on 52 Metal, protection against corrison 78-101 'Metal, protection against fire 101,102,104 Reinforced concrete, construction of 115,116,118 Rolled Steel 75 Structural steel combined with concrete 115,116 Wooden 81-97 Working stresses for 72,73,74 NASHVILLE BUILDING LAWS 231 Page COMPUTATIONS FOR WORKING STRESSES 69 Condemnation of buildings and structures 9 Tenants to be notified 10 CONCENTRATED LOAD — At middle of beam 52 CONCRETE— Arches 100 Aggregates 35, 108, 123, 124 Better class of risk governs 17, 18 Building blocks, tests of 66, 67 Building blocks, use of 46, 47 Conflict between special and general provisions 17 Design factors for special 125 Fill 126 Floor systems approved 125 Footings 34, 35 For principal bearing members 125 Piles 37, 38 Protection for steel structural members 126 Quality of 67, 68 Reinforced 107-126 Slabs and arches 100 Tie rods for concrete 125 Weight of 69 Working stresses on 70, 71 CORNICES — Projection of 95 Fireproof required, when 83, 84 Requirements for 83, 84 COURT — Defined 19 COURTS — Requirements for tenements 196-199 Requirements for theatres 157-159 CURB — Defined 20 CURTAIN — For Theatre 159,160 CURTAIN WALL— Defined 20 Height and thickness 44, 45 DANGER CARDS — When necessary to use 11 DEAD LOAD— Defined 20 DEBRIS — To be dampened 18 DEFINITIONS 18-24 DEMOLISHING OR REMOVAL OF BUILDINGS 17 DISTANCE FROM LOT LINES — Constrolling protection of cornices. . 84 Frame buildings 139,140 DOORS — Automatic and self-closing, defined 45 Number and width of 53-54 DRY CLEANING— Buildings for 176 Doors and windows 176,177 Exhausts 176 Exits to open outward 54 Fire extinguishing 177 Fireproof 176 232 NASHVILLE BUILDING LAWS DRY CLEANING— Continued. Page Fire tests for 127 Heating 177 Inlets and outlets 176 Lighting 177 Machinery for 176-178 Precautions 178 Settling tanks 178 Skylights 177 DRAINAGE OF FLOORS 99 DRILLING AND BLASTING 203 DRY ROOMS 137 DUCTS— Ventilating 136 DUMBWAITERS AND OTHER SMALL SHAFTS 89, 90 DWELLING — Defined 20 Floor loads for 53 Thickness of walls for 42 ELECTRICAL INSTALLATIONS 204-208 ELECTRICAL — Ordinance Index 247 ELEVATOR AND BOILER— Ordinance Index 247-248 ELEVATORS — Construction and operation of 208-224 Enclosures for 87-89,184,185 Shaft ways about 184, 185 Location indicated by sign and green light . 55 Mill construction 98 Not included in exit calculations 55 ENCLOSURE WALLS— Shafts in fireproof buildings 87-92,184,185 Shafts in non-fireproof buildings 90 Stairway and elevator shafts in existing buildings 91 Stairway and elevator shafts in mill buildings 96 ENGINEER— Certificate of 11-107 ENGINEER’S STATIONARY LADDERS 63 ESCALATORS — Not included in exit calculations 55 Protection of 87-89 EXCAVATIONS— Under sidewalk, etc 15 Adjoining party walls 32 Affecting adjoining property 31 Bond for 15 Capacity of soils, etc 33,34 Footings and securings 32, 33 Permit approved by Commissioner of Streets, Sewers and Side- walks 15 Properly guarded 31 Supervisor designate space 15 Taken care of 32 EXISTING BUILDINGS — Enclosure of stairway and elevator shafts in 91 Exits and protection for 63 Floors of, strength of to be computed 53 Walls of 47 NASHVILLE BUILDING LAWS 233 Page EXITS — Assembly halls 169 Emergency 45 Existing buildings 60-63 Fire exit partitions 62 Horizontal 60-62 Location indicated by sign and green lights 55,60,154,165,168 Number and width of 53 Tenements 199 Theatres : 152-156, 167, 168 EXITS AND STAIRWAYS— Requirements for 55-60 EXTERIOR WALL OPENINGS— Protection of 85-87 FACTOR OF SAFETY 69 FACTORY— Defined 20 Construction required 28 FACTORY ZONE— Boundary of 6-8 FIBRE PLASTER BOARDS— Defined 20 FEES — For permits 13, 14 FILING PLANS AND STATEMENTS 11-107 FIRE DOORS— Defined 20-45 Fire escapes 58 Fire shutters required in 85, 86 Fire-resistive partitions and non-fireproof buildings 105-106 Horizontal exits • 60-62 Partitions in fireproof building 105 Shafts 88-90 Smokeproof towers 57 Test of 127 FIRE ESCAPE — Construction of 58 Description of 57-59 Penalty for non-compliance 60 Permits for 14 Supervisor to order erection of 59 Where to be erected 57 FIRE EXIT PARTITION— Defined 20 Requirements for 62 FIRE LIMITS- -Defined 3-9 Frame building outside of 139,140 Frame building and structures in 138,139 FIREPLACES — Construction of 134 FIREPROOF DEFINED 21 FIREPROOF CONSTRUCTION— Allowable floor area in 51 Floors 99 General requirements for 98-106 Limits of height of 51 Reinforced concrete construction for 107-123 Roofs 99 FIREPROOFING — Cornices 84 Metal structural members in fireproof buildings 99-101 Metal structural members in non-fireproof buildings 104 I 234 NASHVILLE BUILDING LAWS FIREPROOFING — Continued. Page Miscellaneous provisions 103,104 Tie rods 99 Reinforced concrete for 123-126 FIRE RETARDING ZONE— Boundary of 5, 6 FIRE SHUTTERS 85, 86 FIRE STOPPING— Chimneys 80 Frame buildings 141 Furred walls and partitions 93 , Pipe shaft, ducts and chases 93 Sliding doors, wainscoting and stairs 93 Frame buildings 141 FIRE TESTS— Approved roofing 128 Doors and shutters 127 Floors and partitions 126,127 Specifications for '. . 126 Stairs and elevator shaft partition 127 Windows 127 FIRE WALLS— Defined 21 Fireproof buildings in 45 Maximum floor areas between 50 Non-fireproof building in 45 Openings in, used for emergency exits 45 Protection of openings in 45 ' Protection of when used for emergency exit 45 FIRE WINDOW— Defined 21 Fireproof exit partition 62,63 Fire shutters, also 57 Protection of exit 58-61 Smokeproof towers 57 Restrictions in shaft opening 88 Tests for 127 Walls required in 85, 86 FIRE RESISTIVE PARTITIONS 105 FIRST ZONE — Boundary of 5 FLAG POLES 190 FLOOR — Areas in fireproof and non-fireproof buildings 50,51 FLOOR AREAS — Buildings of frame, in 139, 140 Capacity of horizontal exit refuge 60, 61 Construction, strength test of 128 Fireproof buildings 50, 51 Non-fireproof buildings 50, 51 Theatres 151 Workmanship 128-130 FLOOR FIRE TESTS 126 Basement or cellar 27, 28 Lights 92 Loads, allowable 51, 52 Not to be overloaded 193 Strength of 53 NASHVILLE BUILDING LAWS 235 Page FLOOR AND ROOF CONSTRUCTION — Fireproofing of 99 FOOTINGS — Materials and construction for 34, 35 FOUNDATION WALLS — Adjoining party walls 32 Bearing capacity of 33, 34 Defined 21 For frame buildings 140 Made safe 33, 34 Materials and construction 34 Mortar for 34 FRAME BUILDINGS — Air grates in 141 Alterations in existing 138 Area of 139, 140 Attic, use of restricted 139 Defined — Frame construction 25 Distance from lot line 139(G), 140(P), 4-6 Fire limits, in 138 Fire limits, out of 139,140 Fire-stopping, in 141 Fire walls, in 45 Floor beams and rafters in 140,141 Foundations for 140 Height and occupancy 139 Outhouses, sheds, fences 139 Temporary 139 Tenements 199, 200 Walls and partitions in 141 FRAMING — Of steel structural work 76 FURNACES — For heating and other purposes 135 FURRED WALLS — Construction of 48 Fire-stopping of 93 GARAGE — Boilers or furnaces for 170 Construction of private garages 170 Construction of public garages 170-172 . Defined 21 Fire extinguishers, etc 172 Fireproof, when required 171 Furnaces, stoves, forges, etc., prohibited 171 Lighting System 171 No smoking 171 Receptacles for waste, etc 171 GAS FLUES 132 GAS PIPES AND APPLIANCES 182,183 Fire pots, burners, etc 183 GIRDERS AND BEAMS— Steel 76 GRADIENTS — For horizontal exit 60 For theatres 152, 158, 166, 167 GRAND STANDS 27 GUTTERS AND CORNICES 83, 84 236 NASHVILLE BUILDING LAWS GYPSUM BLOCKS— Fire-resistive partitions ings Partitions in fireproof buildings Protection of structural members Restrictions as to use of Shaft enclosures GYPSUM MORTAR OR PLASTER— Defined HALLWAY — Public, defined Public, enclosures in fireproof building Public, enclosure in non-fireproof building Public, in tenements HEATING — Furnaces and Boilers Theatres, of HEIGHT OF BUILDINGS— Defined Construction of water tower, smokestack or Effect of pent houses on Limits of Gables HOISTWAYS— Enclosure for HOLLOW BUILDING BLOCKS HOLLOW WALLS HORIZONTAL EXIT — Class of required Defined Provided with self-closing doors Requirements for Pagi in non-fireproof build- 105 , 10 ( 104 101 104-106 87-91 65 23 104, 105 105, 106 196-198 135 163,164 21 chimneys 49 82 , 83, 195 49, 50 49, 50 91 46 48 60 , 61 60 , 61 61 60 HOTEL — Defined When required to be fireproof HOT WATER PIPES HOUSE MOVING — Permit and bond for Safeguards for HYDRATED LIME — In cement mortar INCOMBUSTIBLE— Defined Partitions, in fireproof buildings INTERIOR COLUMNS— Protection of INTERIOR WALL OPENINGS— Protection of .... JOIST — Minimum size and spacing of LIGHT AND VENTILATION — Existing tenements Floor lights Tenements Theatres Vent shafts ; LIME — Cement mortar Hydrated Mortar Slacked Quality of LINING — Chimneys Existing and hollow walls 22 27 136 17 17 65 22 . 104, 105 102 . 86 , 87 . 79 , 80 . 201-203 92 . 195-203 . 164-168 90 65 65 65 65 65 132, 133 47 , 48 NASHVILLE BUILDING LAWS 237 Page LINTELS AND ARCHES ' 49 LINTELS — Cast iron 75 LOADS — Column 52, 53 Concentrated 52 Dead, defined 20 Floor 51, 52 Live, defined 22 Roof 52 Sidewalk 53 LOADING TESTS — For floor construction 128-131 LOT — Area occupied 29-31 Area occupied for tenements 195 LOT LINE — Distance of building from 84,139,140 MARQUISE — Buildings erected on 192 Gutters and valleys for 192 Metal and glass 192 Manner of construction 192 Permits for 14 MASONRY — In compression 70,71 MATERIALS— Tests of 63, 64 MEANS OF EGRESS 53-54 METAL LATH AND PLASTER— Enclosures for shafts 89-91 Partitions 104,105 MISCELLANEOUS — Construction and requirements 92 Fireproofing 103 MILL OR SLOW-BURNING CONSTRUCTION— Defined 95 Foundations and walls 96 Floors .. 97 Limits of height and area 49-51 Partitions in 98 Protection of yrall openings 96 Roofs, skylights and cornices for 97, 98 Stairways and elevators in 98 Timber construction in 97, 98 MOMENTS — Bending in reinforced concrete construction 111,112 MORTAR— Cement 65 Chimneys 132 Fire walls 45 Gypsum 65 Lime 65 Ordinary 41 MOVING PICTURE THEATRES 166-168 Approval 168 Apprentice operators 169 Board of examiners 168 Fees for license 14 License of operators 168,169 Operators of machines 168 Owners to recommend 168 238 NASHVILLE BUILDING LAWS Page NEW CONSTRUCTION— Tests 129 NEW MATERIALS— Tests 63, 64 NON-FIREPROOF BUILDINGS— Classified 24-29 Allowable floor areas 50, 51 Business and residence 93, 94 Fire-resistive partitions 105,106 Limitations for use 27-29 Limits of height 50, 51 Partitions and ceilings 94 OCCUPANCY — Classification of buildings 26 Theatre buildings restricted 150-166 OFFICE BUILDING— Defined 22 Floor loads 52 ORDINARY CONSTRUCTION— Defined 25 OUTHOUSES — Tool houses, sheds, fences 139 OUTSIDE EXIT STAIRWAYS 60, 61 OVENS— Bakers’ 133 Flues 133 Foundation 133 Protection of smoke stacks for, through roofs 133 OVERLOADING OF FLOORS— To be avoided 193 PAINTING— Structural steel work 78 PARAPET WALLS— Defined 22 Exterior or party walls 46 Fire walls in general 45 Fire walls in frame buildings 141 Mortar 41 Shafts in fireproof and non-fireproof buildings 87-90 PARTITIONS — Considered as live load, Paragraph 40 22 Fire exit 62, 63 Fire exit partitions defined . 20 Fire-resistive in non-fireproof tenements 199,200 Fire-stopping 93-141 Fire test 126,127 In mill construction 98 In non-fireproof buildings 105 In fireproof buildings 104 In old stores, etc 142 Not of plank, sheet metal, or beaver board 142 Sash and glass in offices, etc 142 Sash, glass and stucco enclosing porches 142 PARTY WALLS— Defined 23 Foundations adjoining 32 Protection of openings 45 Thickness 43 PASSAGE AROUND BUILDINGS OR MATERIALS 16 Board walk 16 Fences 16 Removal on order of Supervisor 16 Supervisor to designate space 16 NASHVILLE BUILDING LAWS 239 Page PENALTIES — For violations 225 PENT HOUSES — Affecting height of buildings 82,83,195 Construction and use 82 Defined 19 On tenements 83-195 PERGOLAS— Use of 195 PERMISSIBLE WORKING STRESSES 69-73 PERMIT — Building construction . . 11 Bonds filed 15-17 Certificate of architect or engineer necessary 11-107 Fees for permits 13, 14 Must be kept on works 12 Necessary for all works 11 Null and void 12 Preliminary requirements 11 Plan to be filed 11-107 Revocation of permit 12 Signs, sign bulletins and billboards 13, 14 Temporary structures and street enclosures 14-16 PIAZAS— Described 139 PIERS — Construction of u 40 PILES — Concrete 37, 38 Sustaining power 36 Under frame buildings 37 Wooden 36 PIPES— Chases for 48 Gas 182,183 Smoke 134 Sprinkler 146 Steam and hot water 136 PLANS AND SPECIFICATIONS — Approval or rejection of 11, 12 Amendment to 12-107 Certificate of architect or engineer on 11,107 Filing 11,12,107,187 Not to be deviated from 12-107 Plaster board, fibre, defined 20 PLASTER — Cement defined 19 Cement, tempered, defined 19 Gypsum, or gypsum mortar 65 PLUMBING — In tenements 201-203 PRESSED STEEL CONSTRUCTION 106 PROJECTIONS — Beyond building line 95 PROTECTION — Metal structural members 78-101 Metal structural members in fireproofing 101,102 Metal structural members in non-fireproofing 104 Outside scaffold 193 Overloading 193 Provision for safety 192, 193 Skylight and roof 85 240 NASHVILLE BUILDING LAWS PROTECTION — Continued. Page Temporary supports 193 Vent flues and ducts 136 Vertical openings 87-91 WalLopenings 85,86,96 Workmen and public 192 PUBLIC BUILDINGS— Defined 26 Required fireproof 26 PUBLIC HALLWAY— Defined 23 PUBLIC SAFETY 192, 193 QUALITY OF MATERIALS 63-69 RANGES AND STOVES 136 RECESSES AND CHASES— Walls 48 RE-INFORCED CONCRETE — Aggregates 108,109,123,124 Approved 107 Beams 112-114 Cement 108 Columns, eccentrically loaded 116 Columns, length of 115 Columns and girder construction 115,116 Columns for girderless floors 118 Columns, special 116 Columns, with hoops 115 Columns, combined with structural steel 115 Columns without hoops 115 Defined 107 Design 107,118 Drying and freezing 121 Floors, girderless 117 Finish 114 RE-INFORCED CONCRETE — Floors of composite construction 114 Depositing concrete 120 Floors, systems approved on design 125 Floors, with girders or beams 113,114 Fireproofing 123-128 Forms, construction and removal of 121, 122 Freezing, affecting removal of forms 122 General test and requirements 122 Constant supervision required 122 Inspector 122,123 Joints 121 Mixing of concrete 120-123 Minimum thickness of slabs 114 Quality 107,108 REINFORCEMENT— Defects 119 Spacing 119 Protection 119 Requirements 118-123 Splices 119 Quality . 124 Slabs, minimum thickness of 114 I NASHVILLE BUILDING LAWS 241 REINFORCEMENT — Continued. Page Tests, floors 130 Walls, general construction 116 Working stresses t 110-112 Workmanship, requirements 120-123 REMEDIAL ORDINANCE 3 RETAINING WALL — Excavation for 31 Thickness at bottom 44 REVOCATION OF PERMITS 12 REVOLVING DOORS — Not included in exit calculations 55 RIVETING AND BOLTING 77 Stresses, etc 78 ROLLED STEJ3L — Columns and beams 75 ROOF GARDEN— Over theatre 149 ROOFINGS — Approved fire-resistive, defined 18, 19 Fire test 128 Of wooden shingle, repairs 82 Requirements 81, 82 ROOFS AND ROOF STRUCTURES 81-84,89 Coverings 81 Fireproof construction 99 Leaders 82 Loads 52 Mill construction 97 Pent houses and bulkheads 82 Protection 85 Signs on roofs 187 Signs above other signs 83 Sign or structures on without owners’ consent 83 Scuttles on roof 82 Sky signs 187 Smokepipes through 134 Stacks through 133 Tenement houses 203 Thicknesses of cinder concrete slabs 125 Thickness of stone concrete slab 116 RUBBLE STONE WALLS 41 Working stresses 67-71 SAFETY AND SANITATION— In tenements 200-203 . SAFETY — Factor of 69 Protection of public and workmen 192,193 Protection from fire in existing buildings 63 SAND — Re-inforced concrete, specifications 108-109 Quality 64 SCAFFOLDS— Outside 193 SCHOOLS— Doors 54 Height of stairway risers 56 When permitted non-fireproof 27 SCUTTLES— Roofs 82 242 NASHVILLE BUILDING LAWS Page SEATS — Assembly halls 169 Theatres : \ 151-167 SECOND ZONE — Boundary of 3-5 SHAFTS — Area of skylight 88 Enclosures in existing buildings 91 Enclosures in fireproof buildings 87-89 Enclosures in non-fireproof buildings 90, 91 Enclosures around shaftways 184,185 SHED — Defined 23 Fire limits, within 139 Protection of pedestrians 193 SHOW WINDOW— Projection 95 SHUTTERS— Fire test 127 Fire, use 86 SIDEWALK LOADS 53 Vaults under 95 SIGNS — Billboards, sign bulletins and fences 185 Bond for sign business 191 Bracket signs 189 Cloth signs 189 Constructed prior 188 Erection of 188 Fences not over seven feet high 188 Horizontal signs 186 Illuminated signs 188,189 Materials and general construction of signs, etc 190 Name painted on 185 No sign on top of another sign 188 Not for walls 188 Permits 13, 14 Pilaster signs 186 Plans and specifications 185-187 Schedule of locations filed 191 Shingle signs 186,187 Signs across street 190 Sign bulletins, construction, etc 185-190 Sign bulletin, defined 23 Signs on Lumber, etc 189 Sign on roof, owners’ permission 83 Sky signs 187 Sky sign, owners’ permission 83 Vulgar or obscene matter 188 SKELETON CONSTRUCTION— Defined 23 Terra cotta blocks for walls 46 Walls 44 SKYLIGHT— Construction 84,85 Defined 23 For a shaft area 88 Protection 85 SLOW -BURNING CONSTRUCTION— Mill construction 95-96-98 NASHVILLE building laws 243 Page SMOKE FLUES ...131-134 SMOKE PIPES 134 SMOKE STACKS — Construction 133 SMOKE-PROOF TOWER — Construction 57 Filling the requirements for stairway 60 Where considered, a fire escape 60 When required 61 SOIL — Bearing capacity 33 Character of 33, 34 SPRINKLERS — Approval of materials, etc 145-146 Direction, labels and approval 148 Exceptions 145 Existing buildings 145 General requirements 145-148 Tables of maximums 146 Theatres 165 With fire pumps 147 With pressure or gravity tanks 147 W T ith Siamese connections 147 STAIRS AND STAIRWAYS— Construction 55-57 Fire-stopping 90, 91 Winding treads prohibited 56 STAIRWAYS — Continuity to be broken at street level 56 Enclosed interior 57 Enclosures in fireproof building 87 Enclosures in non-fireproof buildings 90, 91 Mill construction 98 Number and width 55-62 Outside exit 60-62 Smokeproof tower 57 Tenement houses 197 Theatres 153-155 STANDPIPES — Buildings in general 142-145 Exceptions 143 Fire Department use 142 General location 143,144 Private protection 144 STEAM BOILERS— Flues 132-134 Protection around furnaces 135 STEAM PIPES— Hot water pipes 136 STEEL — Castings 68 PRESSED STEEL CONSTRUCTION 106 Compression tension and shear 70 Quality of and standards 68 Reinforcement bars 109 Rolled structural members 70-73 STEEL CONSTRUCTION 75-106 Base plates 116 Details 75-78 Girders and beams 76-102 244 NASHVILLE BUILDING LAWS STEEL CONSTRUCTION— Continued. Page Protection against corrosion 78-102 Protection against fire 102-104 Trusses 77 STONE WALLS 41 STORAGE AND PILING OF MATERIALS 15 Bond for use of space 15 Permit necessary 15 Red lights 15 Space designated 15 STORAGE AND HANDLING OF DYNAMITE AND POWDER 182 Corporate limits 182 Blasting caps 182 Permit for selling and storing 182 STORAGE AND HANDLING OF VOLATILE SUBSTANCES 172-175 Approved containers 172 Capacity of tanks 173,174 Draining of liquids ' .174, 175 Filling pipes and pumps 174,175 Five gallons only in cans 172 Sponging prohibited 175 Underground tanks 173-175 STORES — Floor area 50, 51 When required fireproof 28 STORY — Defined 23 Height, limits 50, 51 "STOVES AND RANGES— Regulations 136 STRENGTH— Existing floors 53 Of temporary supports 193 Tests of floor construction 128-131 Test of materials 63-64 STRESSES — Working stresses 69, 70 STRUCTURAL STEEL — Column combined with concrete 115,116 Framing and connecting 76 Protection against corrosion 78-101 Protection against fire 101-103 Quality of and standards 68 STRUCTURAL TIMBER 68 Standards 68 Stresses 71 SUPERVISOR OF BUILDINGS — Office of 9 Assistant to 9 Salaries, bond and duties of each 9-12 TANKS— Capacity 179,180 Dry cleaning 178 General requirements 83 Piping, etc 181 Safety valves and appliances 181 Sprinkler systems 147 Tables for construction 180, 181 Wholesalers of volatile oils 179 NASHVILLE BUILDING LAWS 245 Page TEMPORARY BUILDINGS AND STRUCTURES 139 TEMPORARY SUPPORTS 193 TENANTS TO BE NOTIFIED OF CONDEMNATION 10 TENEMENT — Alterations 194 Area of lot occupied 195 Buildings on same lot 200 Cellars 194, 202, 203 Chimneys, fireplaces and flues 200 Construction required 194 Court, defined 19 Courts, requirements 196-203 Dangerous business or combustibles 200 Defined 24 Enlarged or altered 194-200 Exits 199 Fireproof 194 Frame prohibited 200 Hallways, public construction 196-198 Hallway, public, lighting 197,198 Height 195 Light and ventilation 195-201 Non-fir eproof 194 Partitions in non-fireproof 199, 200 Pent houses 195 Roofs 203 Scope of law 194 Structural requirements * 201 Shafts, construction 200 Size of room and cellars 202 Stairways 197 Skylights 198 Vent flues 136-200 Walls and ceilings 203 Water closet accommodations 202 Water Supply 201 Yard, defined 24 Yard requirements 196-203 TERRA COTTA — Building block or concrete 464,47 For fireproofing 100-105 Floor tile, quality 67 Terra cotta, arches 100 TEMPORARY TOOL HOUSES, PATFORMS, BOOTHS, ETC 139 TENTS — Where erected and how 190,191 TESTS — Of construction by fire . ... 126 Materials 63, 64-67 Workmanship for floor construction 130 THEATRES — Alteration, construction and equipment 148-169 Aisles ' 152 Alterations 149 Approval required before opening 149-168 246 NASHVILLE BUILDING LAWS THEATRES — Continued. p A6E Auditorium, construction 150,151-156 Boilers not permitted 163 Capacity measured by floor area 148 Cross Isles or tunnels 152 Courts, width and length corridors 157, 158 Defined 24 Diagram of exits 154 Dressing rooms 163 Entrances, requirements 153 Entrance to street fronts . . . 153 Entrance and exit doorways 153 Emergency exits 153-156 Exits from stage . 156 Exit lights 165-168 Exit requirements 150-167 Fire appliances, miscellaneous 165 Floor exit 152 Fireproof building over auditorium 149 Floors 151 Gallery, platform, fly galleries 151,162-166 Gridiron and scenery 162 Gradients . .158-166 Heating apparatus 163,164 Lighting 164 Moving picture requirements 166-168 Occupancy of building restricted 150-166 Openings in exterior walls 161 Outside balconies, construction 155 Passages 152 Proscenium curtain 159-161 Proscenium wall and openings in same 158-161 Roof garden over 149 Seats : 151-167 Separation of vestibule and auditorium 150 Sprinkler and stand pipe equipment 165,166 Stage, construction and equipment 161,162 Stairways and balconies 55-62,154,155,156 Steps in aisles 152 Standing in aisles not permitted 148-152 Width of aisles 152 Vestibule and auditorium separated 150,151 Vestibule at stage entrances 161 Ventilation of stage 162 Workshops, storerooms and property rooms 150 THIRD ZONE— Boundary of 5 TIE RODS — Requirements 125 TIMBER — Columns, posts and trusses 81 In mill construction 97, 98 Ordinary construction 80, 81 Prohibited in walls 40 Structural, quality of and standards 68 Working stresses 71-73 NASHVILLE BUILDING LAWS 247 Page TRIMMER ARCHES 134 TRIMMER BEAMS 79 TRUSSES— Of steel 77 Tension, compression and framing 77 UNFINISHED BUILDING— walls 49 VAULTS UNDER SIDEWALKS 95 VENT FLUES AND DUCTS— Construction 136 Tenements 200 VENT PIPES 136 VENT SHAFTS — Construction 90 Existing tenements 201 VENTILATION — General requirements 92 Theatres 162,163 VERTICAL OPENINGS — Protected in existing buildings 91 Protection in fireproof building 87-90 Protection in non-fireproof buildings 90, 91 VOLATILE OILS— Wholesalers 179 Storage and handling 172-175 VIOLATIONS — Penalties and fines 225 WALLS — Adjoining protected 31-33 Anchors in brick 39 Arches and lintels 49 Ashlar, facing 41 Bearing, defined 19 Brick, general construction 38,, 40 Brick, weight 69 Curtain wall, defined 20 Division walls, defined 20 Existing walls 47, 48 Exterior walls defined 20 Fire walls, defined 21 How built, fire walls 45 Height and thickness of curtain walls 44 For dwelling house class, thickness 42 For warehouse class, thickness 43 Foundation walls 34 Defined 21 Footings 34 Furred, construction 48 Furred, fire-stopping 93 Height of between lateral supports 43 Hollow 48 Hollow block 46 Joint party wall, defined 22 Lining of walls .' 47, 48 Masonry, in rows of frame buildings 141 Mortar * 41 Non-bearing walls, defined 22 Panel or enclosure, defined 22 248 NASHVILLE BUILDING LAWS WALLS — Continued. Page Panel for skeleton construction 44-46 Parapet, defined 22 Party walls, defined 23 Party walls, thickness 42 Piers 40 Plank, sheet metal, or beaver board, not permissible 142 Proscenium, in theatre 158 Protection of openings 85, 86 Recesses and chases 48 Reinforced concrete 116 Retaining walls, defined 23 Retaining walls in general 31, 32 Separation of wooden beams 79 Sash and glass walls for porches 142 Sash and glass walls for offices 142 Stone 41 Thickness affected by openings 44 Thickness for brick walls 42, 43 In unfinished buildings 49 In old stores 142 Veneered 39, 40 Working stresses 70, 71 WALL OPENINGS— Protection 85,86,96 Columns to be fireproof 101,102 Girders to be fireproof 101,102 Steel girders and beams 102 WALLS IN OLD STORES, ETC 142 WEIGHT OF MATERIALS 69 WHOLESALERS OF VOLATILE OILS 179 WIND PRESSURE — Formula for compression members 73 Buildings 73 Circular chimneys 73 Signs 187 WINDOWS— Fire tests 127 Protection of bay and oriel 95 Show, protection 95 WIRED GLASS— Defined 24 WOODEN BEAMS— Anchors 80 Bearings at ends 80, 81 Minimum sizes 79, 80 Separated from masonry chimneys 80 Separation in walls 79 WOODEN BUILDINGS 138 Temporary tool houses, booths, sheds 139 WOODEN COLUMNS, POSTS AND TRUSSES 72-81 WOODEN FENCES 139 WOODEN PIAZZAS— Within fire limits v 139 WOODEN PILES 36, 37 WOODEN SHINGLES — Allowable, and for repairs where 82 NASHVILLE BUILDING LAWS 249 Page WORK— On Sabbath day 204 WORKING STRESSES FOR BUILDING BLOCKS 66-67 Cast iron columns 72 Columns eccentrically loaded 72 Reinforced cinder concrete 125 Reinforced concrete columns 115,116 Reinforced stone concrete 110-123 Steel columns 72 Structural materials 69-72 ^WORKMANSHIP— Test for floor construction 130,131 WORKMEN AND PUBLIC— Protection 192,193 WRECKING OF BUILDINGS— Permit for 14-16 Bond to be filed for 16 Safeguards for 16 YARD— Defined 24 Tenement houses 196 ZONES— Defined 24 Boundary of First Zone 5 Boundary of Second Zone 3-5 Boundary of Third Zone 5 Boundary of Fire Retarding Zone 5, 6 Boundary of Factory Zone 6-8 Index to Eectrical Laws. ELECTRICAL INSPECTOR— Appointment 204 Approval 204 Bond and salary 204 Condemnation of works 207, 208 Duties of 205-208 Issue Certificates 204-207 Inspections 205 Joint approval 204 CONDUIT TO BE USED 206 FEES — Certified, to be 206 Contractors -to be licensed 205 Duties of city officers 224 Fines and penalties 225 Inspections for 205 Joint for booths 204 Joint for signs 204 National Code to be used 206 Permits for y 205 Plans and specifications 204 250 NASHVILLE BUILDING' LAWS Index to Boiler and Elevator Laws. Page BOILER AND ELEVATOR INSPECTOR— Appointment 20.8 Bond and salary of 208 Boilers, inspection 211,212 Certificates issued 210-212 Certificate posted 213 Duties of Inspector 209,210 Exemptions 213 Fees for inspection 208, 209 Keep records 210 Minor repairs 217 Permits 208,209 Steam and hot water boilers 214 Vapor heating systems 214 Warm air furnaces . . .* 214 Warm air pipes and registers 215, 216 ELEVATORS — Age limit of operators 224 Clearance for cars 221 Code of American Society of Engineers 213 Controlling mechanism 223 Counterweights 219 Duties of owners and users 213 Floor locks 220 Freight cars 220 Furnace rooms 214 Hatchway doors 219 Hatchway windows 220 Hoisting cables 220,221 Inspection of 217 Installations prior 223 Overhead-pit clearance 218 Overhead protection 218 Overhead supports and guides 218 Passenger cars 219 Passenger enclosure 218, 219 Penalties and fines 225 Police 224 Regular service inspections 223 Safety appliances 222 Safety devices 221 Slack cable device 223 Switches, operating and emergency 222,223 Smoke pipes and protections 215 Terminal stops 222 Warning chains 220 ^O.S-0RB»NA 0 1 Nashv\Ue